EIA C sul a Thhe etWW eesst oBBennggaall PPowwerr...

FFIINNAALL

TTTAAARRRAAA (((EEEAAASSSTTT))) &&& TTTAAARRRAAA (((WWWEEESSSTTT))) CCCOOOAAALLL MMMIIINNNIIINNNGGG PPPRRROOOJJJEEECCCTTT Villages: Churulia, Chinchurbill, Deshermohan, Jaynagar, Birkulti, Manpur and Joyantipur

Block – Jamuria, District – Paschim Bardhaman, West Bengal (Project Area 937.44 Ha, Peak Production Capacity of Coal = 4 MTPA)

(Project Category ‘A’)

PPrroojjeecctt PPrrooppoonneenntt

TThhee WWeesstt BBeennggaall PPoowweerr

DDeevveellooppmmeenntt CCoorrpp.. LLttdd.. (A Govt. of West Bengal Enterprise)

Bidyut Unnayan Bhaban, 3/C, LA-Block, Sector-III, Salt Lake, Kolkata – West Bengal

Pin Code:- 700 098

EEIIAA CCoonnssuullttaanntt

SSrruusshhttii SSeevvaa PPrriivvaattee LLttdd.. NABET Accredited

EIA Consultant Organization Certificate No. NABET/EIA/1720/RA 0105

Valid till 15/05/2020

(As Per EIA Notification No. S.O. 1533(E) dated 14th September 2006

March 2019

EIA/EMP for Tara (East) & Tara (West) Opencast Coal Mine Project (Peak Production Capacity = 4 MTPA ; Project Area = 937.44 Ha), District – Paschim Bardhaman, West Bengal

Srushti Seva Private Ltd. NABET Accredited EIA Consultant Organization: Certificate No. NABET/EIA/1720/RA0105 Valid till 15/05/2020

AABBBBRREEVVIIAATTIIOONNSS

WBPDCL M/s West Bengal Power Development Corp. Ltd

MoEF&CC Ministry of Environment, Forest & Climate Change, GOI

MoC Ministry of Coal, GOI

EAC Expert Appraisal Committee

EC Environmental Clearance

TOR Terms of Reference

OB Dump Overburden Dump

EIA Environmental Impact Assessment

EMP Environmental Management Plan

CSR Corporate Social Responsibility

CER Corporate Environment Responsibility

DGMS Directorate General of Mines Safety

MTPA Million Tonnes Per Annum

MillionCum Million Cubic Meter

Kgs Kilograms

m Meter

Kms Kilometers

KLD Kilo Liters Per Day

Mm3 Million Meter Cube

µ/m3 Microgram per Meter Cube

LS Lump Sum

GLC Ground Level Concentration

3



Index

S. No. Topic Page

No.

COMPLIANCE OF TOR 13-26

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY 27-36

CHAPTER- 1 INTRODUCTION 37-51

1.1 Purpose of the Report 37

1.2 Identification of Project and Profile of Project Proponent 38

1.3 Briefe Description of the Project 41

1.4 Scope of the Study 50

CHAPTER–2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION 52-105

2.1 Type of the Project 52

2.2 Need for the Project 52

2.3 Location of the Project 53

2.4 Size / Magnitude of Operation 56

2.5 Proposed Schedule for Approval and Implementation 59

2.6 Technology & Process Description 59

2.7 Project Description 60

2.8 Description of the Mitigation Measures Incorporated Into the Project to

Meet Environmental Standards 102

2.9 Assessment of New & Untested Technology for the Risk of Technological

Failure 105

CHAPTER–3 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT 106-

181

3.1 Background 106

3.2 The Tara (East) and Tara (West) Coal Mining Project 106

3.3 Present Environmental Scenario 106

3.4 Baseline Environmental Quality Data 106

3.5 Methodology for Baseline Data Collection 109

3.6 Meteorology 110

3.7 Ambient Air Quality 114

3.8 Noise Environment 120

3.9 Water Environment 124

3.10 Hydrology 128

3.11 Soil Environment 151

3.12 Land Environment 154

3.13 Traffic Survey Report 157

3.14 Socio –Economic Status 160

4



S. No. Topic Page

No.

3.15 Socio-Economic Characteristics of House Hold Respondents 162

3.16 Flora & Fauna 163

3.17 Biodiversity

163

CHAPTER–4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES 182 -

225

4.0 Introduction 182

4.1 Impact on Climate 182

4.2 Impact on Topography and Drainage 182

4.3 Impact on Land Use 183

4.4 Impact on Soil 185

4.5 Impact on Air Quality 185

4.6 Impact on Water Regime 191

4.7 Impact on Noise Levels and Ground Vibrations 198

4.8 Impact on Socio - Economic Aspects 204

4.9 Mitigation Measures 207

4.10 Rainwater Harvesting 212

4.11 Proposed Rainwater Harvesting Structure 214

4.12 General Guidelines for Recharge Structure 216

4.13 Soil Conservation Measures 216

4.14 Restoration and Rehabilitation of Mined Out Areas 217

4.15 Corporate Social Responsibility 221

4.16 Irreversible & Irretrievable Commitments of Environmental Components 223

4.17 Energy Conservation 224

4.18 Occupational Health (Impacts and Mitigation Measures) 225

CHAPTER–5 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES 226-

233


5.2 Demand / Supply Alternative 226

5.3 Location / Site Alternative 227

5.4 Process / Technology Alternative 227

5.5 No Go Alternative 231

5.6 Assessment of New and Untested Technology for the Risk of Failure 233

CHAPTER–6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME 234 -239


6.2 Scope of the Environment Monitoring Programme 234

6.3 Key Environmental Parameters to be Monitored 235

6.4 Environment Monitoring Programme for Key Parameters 235

6.5 Environment Monitoring Programme for Other Project Parameters 237

6.6 Establishment of Environment Monitoring Cell 238

5



S. No. Topic Page

No.

6.7 Budgetary Provision for Monitoring 239

CHAPTER-7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES 240-

274


7.2 Public Consultation 240

7.3 Occupational Health & Safety 241

7.4 Risk Assessment & Disaster Management Plan 243

7.5 Resettlement & Rehabilitation Plan (R & R Plan) 264

7.6 Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) 265

7.7 Corporate Environment Responsibility (CER) 267

7.8 Dewatering of Existing Waterlogged Pits & its Management 271

CHAPTER–8 PROJECT BENEFITS 275-

278


8.2 Project Benefits to the Government 275

8.3 Project Benefits to the Local Community 277

8.4 Project Benefits to the Implementing Agency viz. WBPDCL

278

CHAPTER-9 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS

CHAPTER-10 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN 280 ‐ 292


10.2 Anticipated Potential Impacts & Suggested Mitigation Measures 280

10.3 Plan for Implementation & Monitoring of the Suggested Mitigation Measures 286

10.4 Plan for Compliance of the Regulatory Requirement 291

CHAPTER–11 SUMMARY & CONCLUSION 293

11.1 Allocation of Coal Block 293

11.2 Location of the Project 293

11.3 Project Area & Land Requirement 293

11.4 Current Status of the Project Site 293

11.5 Environmental Sensitivity 294

11.6 Grant of TOR & Base Line Data Monitoring 294

11.7 Mining Methodology 294

11.8 Production, Reserves and Life of Mine 294

11.9 Nala Diversion 294

11.10 Road Diversion 294

11.11 Manpower, Water & Power Requirement 294

6

279

-



S. No. Topic Page

No.

11.12 Resettlement & Rehabilitation

11.13 Base Line Environment 295

11.14 Anticipated Impacts & Mitigation Measures

11.15 Environment Management Plan

11.16 Corporate Social Responsibility

11.17 Corporate Environment Responsibility

11.18 Overall Justification for Implementation of the Project

11.19 Explanation on how Adverse Effects are Mitigated 298

11.20 Conclusion 298

CHAPTER–12 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT 299

List of Tables

Table no. Index Page No.

1.1 Salient Features & Environmental Setting of the Project 45

2.1 Salient Features of the Project 56

2.2 Village Wise Land Requirement 57

2.3 Existing Land Use 57

2.4 Anticipated Post-Mining Land Use 58

2.5 Status of Land Acquisition 59

2.6 Relevant Details of Geological Faults 63

2.7 Sequence of Coal Seams 64

2.8 Seam Wise Coal Quality 66

2.9 Proximate Analysis of Coal 66

2.10 Ultimate Analysis of Coal 67

2.11 Seam Wise and Grade Wise Reserves with Opencast Potential 67

2.12 Coal Reserves which were available for Mining 68

2.13 Coal Reserves extracted till 31st March 2015 69

2.14 Coal Reserves available for extraction by Opencast Mining 70

2.15 Coal Reserves available for extraction by Underground Mining in future 70

2.16 Seam Wise Coal Reserves & Overburden (OB) Quantity 71

2.17 Mine Boundary Parameters 73

2.18 OB Bench Parameters 73

2.19 Coal Bench Parameters 74

2.20 Calendar Plan for Coal Production & OB Removal 76

2.21 Annual Productivity of Shovel / Dumper Combination 77

2.22 Annual Productivity of Rear Dumpers with matching Shovels 77

2.23 List of envisaged HEMM for Overburden 78

7

295

296

297

297

297

297




2.24 List of envisaged HEMM for Coal 78

2.25 List of envisaged HEMM for Common Operations 79

2.26 List of envisaged HEMM for Reclamation 79

2.27 Details of Existing Overburden Dumps 80

2.28 Year wise generation of Top Soil & Overburden 80

2.29 Details of Overburden Generation & Mode of Disposal 81

2.30 Details of Excavation Area, Backfilled Area & Void Area 81

2.31 Details of Elevation Wise Backfilling in the mined out area 82

2.32 Envisaged Drilling Parameters 83

2.33 Explosive Requirement at Peak Capacity 83

2.34 Envisaged Storage of Blasting Accessories 84

2.35 Details of envisaged Pumps 85

2.36 Water Requirement for the Project 86

2.37 Fuel Requirement for Major HEMM 87

2.38 Manpower Requirement for the Project 88

2.39 Details of the End Use Plants 91

2.40 Details of the areas to be reclaimed technically 93

2.41 Details of the areas to be reclaimed biologically 94

2.42 Details of Post-Mine Closure Land Use 94

2.43 Annual Mine Closure Cost 96

2.44 Year Wise Annual Mine Closure Cost 97

2.45 Mine Closure Activities & Associated Costs 98

2.46 Manpower requirement for Progressive Mine Closure 99

2.47 Manpower requirement for Final Mine Closure 100 3.1 Salient Features of Study Area (10 km Buffer zone) 107

3.2A IMD Data Durgapur, Paschim Burdhman 112

3.2B IMD Data Asansol, Paschim Burdhman 113

3.3A Accuracy of Meteorological Equipment 114

3.3B Meteorological Observations 114

3.4 Details of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations 116

3.5 Summary of Ambient Air Monitoring 119

3.6 Details of Noise Level Monitoring Locations 120

3.7 CPCB Noise Standards 121

3.8 Location of Noise Level Monitoring Stations in Buffer Zone 123

3.9 Location of Noise Level Monitoring Stations during vehicles operation 123

3.10A Location of Surface Water Sampling Stations 124

3.10B Location of Ground Water Sampling Stations 126

3.11 Location of Infiltration Test Site 134

3.12 Infiltration test Data 134

3.13 Hydrogeological Units (Aquifer Disposition) 139

3.14 Abstract of the well inventory 141

3.15 Recharge by Rainfall Infiltration 146

8




3.16 Dynamic Groundwater Resources of Core & Buffer Zone 147

3.17 Annual Ground Water Draft 147

3.18 Ground Water Balance 148

3.19 Stage of Development 149

3.20 Details of Soil Sampling Locations 153

3.21 Landuse Pattern in Study Area 154

3.22 Summary of the Average Daily Traffic (ADT) and peak hour traffic 157

3.23 Location of Sample Plots 165

3.24 List of Flora in Core Zone 166

3.25 List of Flora in Buffer Zone 167

3.26 Diversity of Trees found in Protected Forests of the study area 171

3.27 List of Fauna in Buffer Zone 174

3.28 List of Fauna in Core Zone 176

3.29 List of Fishes 177

4.1 Pre Mining Landuse 184

4.2 Post Mining Landuse 184

4.3 Predicted Ground Level Concentration for Particulate Matter (PM10) 190

4.4 Predicted Ground Level Concentration for Particulate Matter (PM2.5) 190

4.5 Aquifer Parameter 193

4.6 Estimation of Radius of Influence & empirical relation for mine inflow

estimation 195

4.7 Mine Inflow 195

4.8 Water Balance of Mine 195

4.9 Permissible Peak Particle Velocity (MM/S) 200

4.10 Proposed Impact of Project 204

4.11 Source of Rainwater for Groundwater Recharge 213

4.12 Estimation of Runoff for Designing of RWH/AR Scheme 213

4.13 Plantation programme 218

4.14 Proposed Stage wise Plantation (species, nos.) 218

6.1 Air Quality Parameters to be monitored and suggested locations 235

7.1 Activities & Associated Environmental & Occupational Hazards 241

7.2 Major Hazardous Activities associated with Coal Mining 245

7.3 Envisaged Explosive Storage Capacity 246

7.4 Envisaged HSD Storage Capacity & Its Hazardous Characteristics 248

7.5 Prescribed Maximum Percentage of Fund Allocation for CER Activities 267

7.6 Activities which can be implemented under CER 268

7.7 CER Action Plan, Funds Allocation & Implementation Schedule 269

7.8 Corporate Environment Policy 270

7.9 Quality of Accumulated Mine Pit Water 271

8.1 Estimated Economic Benefits to the Government from the Project 276

10.1 Summary of Anticipated Potential Impacts & Suggested Mitigation

Measures 280

9




10.2 Stage Wise Land Use & Reclamation Area 284

10.3 Details of the area available for Plantation during Mine Life 285

10.4 Suggested Green Belt Development Plan 285

10.5 Suggested Plant Species For Green Belt Development Plan 286

10.6 Estimated Capital Expenditure towards Pollution Control Measures 288

10.7 Phasing of Capital Expenditure towards Pollution Control Measures 290

10.8 Estimated Recurring Expenditure towards Pollution Control Measures 291

List of Figure

Figure No. Index Page No.

1.1 Project Location Map 42

2.1 Boundary of the Project Area on Toposheet 54

2.2 Boundary of the Project Area superimposed on Cadastral Map 55

2.3 Map indicating the Coal Transport Route 90

2.4 Implementation Schedule for Mine Closure 101

3.1 Study Area Map Showing Core and Buffer Zone 108

3.2 Wind Rose 115

3.3 Location of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations 117

3.4 Location of Noise Level Monitoring Stations 122

3.5 Location of Surface & Ground Water Sampling Stations 125

3.6 Topographical Map of DEM Map of Micro Watershed 129

3.7 Watershed of Ajoy River with Location of mine 130

3.8 Drainage map of Buffer zone (10 Km) 131

3.9 Drainage map of Buffer zone (2.5 Km) 132

3.10 Catchment Map of Ajoy River 133

3.11A Infiltration Test Data Site-2 135

3.11B Infiltration Test Data Site-2 135

3.12 Alignment of Nala Diversion 137

3.13 Catchment Area for Peak Runoff Generation of Nala Diversion 138

3.14 Conceptual Hydrogeological Model 140

3.15 Location of observation well 142

3.16 Water Table Map of Pre-monsoon 143

3.17 Water Table Map of Post-monsoon 144

3.18 Water Table Map of Pre & Post Mining 145

3.19 Groundwater Balance 148

3.20 Stage of Development 149

3.21 Location of Soil Sampling Stations 152

3.22 A Satellite Imagery of Study Area (10 Km) 155

3.22 B Map of Landuse Land Cover of study area (10 km) 156

3.23 Seismic Zonation Map 158

10



List of Documents

Sr. No. Particulars

1 Standard TOR

1.1 Copy of the Allotment Order

1.2 Copy of the TOR Letter

1.3 Copy of Permit

1.4 Copy of the Mining Plan Approval Letter

1.5 Copy of the Submitted Application

1.6 Authority Letter

7.1 WBPDCL CSR Policy

List of Annexures

Sr. No. Particulars

3.1 Ambient Air Quality Analysis Results

3.2 Ground and Surface Water Samples Analysis Results

3.3 Integrated Report on Hydrology and Hydrogeology

3.4 Soil Sample Analysis Results

3.5 Demographic Data (As per Census 2011)

3.6 Vocational Data (As per Census 2011)

7.1 Public Hearing Notice

7.2

7.3

7.4 Social Impact Assessment & Corporate Social Responsibility Plan

12.1 NABET Certificate of EIA Consultant

12.2 List of Experts contributing to the EIA/EMP

Figure No. Index Page No.

4.1 AERMOD View PM10 188

4.2 AERMOD View PM2.5 189

4.3 AERMOD View PM10 Transportation revised 192

4.4 Intersection of Water Table During Mining 193

4.5 Analytical Model 194

4.6 Water Balance flow Diagram 196

4.7 Design Sedimentation Pond 197

4.8 Design of Recharge Pond with Borewell 214

4.9 Design of Recharge Well with Borehole in Pond 215

4.10 Scheme of Plantation 219

4.11 Scheme of Plantation 220

6.1 Proposed Environment Cell Set-Up 239

7.1 Structure of Emergency Organization 257

7. 274 2 Schematic Arrangement - Dewatering of Waterlogged Pits

Proceedings of Public Hearing

Action Plan raised in Public Hearing

11



List of Plates

Sr. No. Particulars

1.1 Photographs of the Project Site

2.1 Details of the Geographical Coordinates

2.1 A Surface Plan

2.2 Existing Land Use of the Project

2.3 Post-Mining Land Use of the Project

2.4 Bore-Hole Litholog of the Project

2.5 Geological Plan

2.6 Proposed Nala Diversion Alignment

2.7 Proposed Road Diversion Alignment

2.8 Production & Development Plan for 1st Year

2.9 Production & Development Plan for 3rd Year

2.10 Production & Development Plan for 5th Year

2.11 Production & Development Plan for 11th Year

2.12 Post-Mine Closure Plan & Cross Section

7.1 Location of the Explosive Magazine

7.2 Sedimentation Tank & proposed Dewatering Plan

12


Srushti Seva Private Ltd. NABET Accredited EIA Consultant Organization : Certificate No. NABET/EIA/1720/RA0105 Valid till 15/05/2020

COMPLIANCE OF TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR)

WBPDCL had submitted the application to MoEF&CC on 02/08/2018 for obtaining Environment

Clearance for the Project. The Expert Appraisal Committee (Thermal & Coal Mining Projects) of

MoEF&CC considered the Project for grant of TOR on 31/08/2018 and 26/10/2018.

The TOR for the Project was accorded vide MoEFCC Letter No. J-11015/22/1996-IA.II(M) dated 12th

Dec. 2018.MoEF&CC accorded the TOR for Tara (East) & Tara (West) Coal Mining Project for

preparation of EIA/EMP Reports with Public Consultation subject to compliance of all terms and

conditions as specified/notified in the Standard TOR applicable for Opencast Coal Mines along with

four Additional Conditions.

The MoEF&CC vide its publication dated April 2015 had published the Standard Terms of Reference

for EIA/EMP Reports for Projects/Activities requiring Environment Clearance under EIA Notification

2006. The Standard TOR for Opencast Coal Mining Project has been included in the said publication

(Ref Page No. 27 to 33). The copy of the relevant page along with Standard TOR is attached as

Document – 1.

The details pertaining to compliance of the TOR accorded by MoEF&CC are provided below:

TOR Point No.

Description Response Reference in Final EIA/EMP Report

A. Standard TOR for Opencast Coalmine Project:

1

An EIA-EMP Report shall be prepared for 4 MTPA rated capacity in an ML/Project Area of 937.44 Ha based on the generic structure specified in Appendix III of the EIA Notification,2006.

The EIA/EMP Report is prepared for 4 MTPA coal production in Project Area of 937.44 Ha as per the generic structure specified in Appendix III of the EIA Notification, 2006.

Final EIA/EMP

2

An EIA-EMP Report would be prepared for 4 MTPA rated capacity to cover the impacts and environment management plan for the project specific activities on the environment of the region, and the environmental quality encompassing air, water, land, biotic community, etc. through collection of data and information, generation of data on impacts including prediction modeling for 4 MTPA of coal production based on approved project/Mining Plan for 4 MTPA. Baseline data collection can be for any season (three months) except monsoon.

An EIA/EMP Report is prepared for 4 MTPA rated capacity covering the impacts and environment management plan for the project specific activities on the environment of the region, and the environmental quality encompassing air, water, land, biotic community, etc. through collection of data and information, generation of data on impacts including prediction modeling for 4 MTPA of coal production basedon approved

Para No. 1.4

13



TOR Point No.


project/Mining Plan for 4 MTPA. Baseline data was collected in Winter 2018 (Oct. 2018 to Dec. 2018).

3 A map specifying locations of the State, District and Project location.

Location of the Project on Project Index Plan and Toposheet No.73M/1 has been included in the Report.

Para 1.3.3 & Fig. No. 1.1 and Fig.

No. 2.1

4

A Study area map of the core zone and 10 km area of the buffer zone (1: 50,000 scale) clearly delineating the major topographical features such as the land use, surface drainage pattern including rivers/streams/nallahs/canals, locations of human habitations, major constructions including railways, roads, pipelines, major industries/mines and other polluting sources. In case of ecologically sensitive areas such as Biosphere Reserves/National Parks/WL Sanctuaries/ Elephant Reserves, forests (Reserved/Protected), migratory corridors of fauna, and areas where endangered fauna and plants of medicinal and economic importance found in the 15 km area of the buffer zone should be given.

The Study Area Map of the Core Zone (Project Area of 947.44 Ha) and 10 Kms area of the Buffer Zone on 1:50,000 Scale) has been included in the Report.

Para 1.3.3 & Fig. No. 3.1

5

Land use map (1:50,000 scale) based on a recent satellite imagery of the study area may also be provided with explanatory note on the land use.

Land Use Map (1: 50,000 scale) based on recent satellite imagery of the Study Area including the Satellite Imagery has been included in the Report.

Para 3.12.1 and Fig. 3.22A & 3.22B

6

Map showing the core zone delineating the agricultural land (irrigated and un-irrigated, uncultivable land as defined in the revenue records, forest areas (as per records), along with other physical features such as water bodies, etc should be furnished.

Map showing core zone delineating the agricultural land, along with other physical features has been included in the Report.

Para 2.3.1 and Figure 2.2

7 A contour map showing the area The Contour Map showing the Para 3.10.1 and

14



TOR Point No.


drainage of the core zone and 2.5 Kms of the study area (where the water courses of the core zone ultimately join the major rivers/streams outside the lease/project area) should also be clearly indicated in the separate map.

area drainage of the core zone and 2.5 Kms of the study area has been included in the Report.

Fig. 3.8 & 3.9

8

A detailed Site plan of the mine showing the various proposed break-up of the land for mining operations such as the quarry area, OB dumps, green belt, safety zone, buildings, infrastructure, CHP, ETP, Stockyard, township/colony (within and adjacent to the ML), undisturbed area -if any, and landscape features such as existing roads, drains/natural water bodies to be left undisturbed along with any natural drainage adjoining the lease /project areas, and modification of thereof in terms of construction of embankments/bunds, proposed diversion/re-channeling of the water courses, etc., approach roads, major haul roads, etc.

The detailed Site Plan showing all the desired features has been included in the Report.

Para 2.4.2 & Plate No. 2.2

9

In case of any proposed diversion of nallah/canal/river, the proposed route of diversion /modification of drainage and their realignment, construction of embankment etc. should also be shown on the map.

There is a proposal of nallah diversion and realignment of part of one local nallah entering into lease area from south direction. The Map indicating proposed diversion has been included in the Report.

Para 2.7.16 and Plate No. 2.6

10

Similarly if the project involves diversion of any road/railway line passing through the ML/project area, the proposed route of diversion and its realignment should be shown.

There is a proposal of Village Road diversion and the Map indicating the proposed diversion has been included in the Report.

Para 2.7.16 and Plate No. 2.7

11 Break up of lease/project area as per different land uses and their stage of acquisition.

Para 2.4.1 & Table No. 2.2 & 2.3. Break up of land use in Hector is given in the table below

Sr. No.

Land Use Within ML

Area Outside ML

Area Total

1 Agricultural Land 262.60 0.00 262.60

2 Forest Land 0.00 0.00 0.00

3 Wasteland 0.00 0.00 0.00

15



TOR Point No.


4 Grazing Land 0.00 0.00 0.00

5 Surface Water Bodies 6.10 0.00 6.10

6 Settlements 62.48 0.00 62.48

7 Others (Specify)

Old Excavation Area (East Quarry) 87.02 0.00 87.02

Old Excavation Area (West Quarry) 179.02 0.00 179.02

Old OB Dumps 0.00 96.21 96.21

Roads & Mine Infrastructure 0.00 21.27 21.27

R & R Colony 6.0 0.00 6.0

Staff Colony 0.00 10.0 10.0

Green Belt 0.00 9.96 9.96

Balance Area 196.78 0.00 196.78

Total Project Area = 800.00 137.44 937.44

12 Break-up of lease/project area as per mining operations.

Break-up of lease/project area as per mining operations has been included in the Report.

Para 2.4.3 & Table No. 2.4

13

Impact of changes in the land use due to start of the project if much of the land being acquired is agricultural land/forestland/ grazing land.

Impact of changes in the land use due to the project has been included in the Report.

Para 4.3

14

One-season (non-monsoon) primary baseline data on environmental quality -air (PM10, PM2.5, SOx, NOx. and heavy metals such as Hg, Pb, Cr, As, etc), noise, water (surface and groundwater), soil - along with one-season met data coinciding with the same season for AAQ collection period should be provided.

Baseline Environmental Quality Data for Winter Season 2018 (Oct. 2018 toDec. 2018) encompassing air (PM10, PM2.5, SOx, NOx and heavy metals such as Hg, Pb, Cr, As, etc), noise, water (surface and groundwater), soil along with one-season MET Data was collected and has been included in the Report.

Para 3.4

15

Map (1: 50, 000 scale) of the study area (core and buffer zone) clearly delineating the location of various stations superimposed with location of habitats, other industries/mines, polluting sources. The number and location of the sampling stations in both core and buffer zones should be selected on the basis of size of lease/project area, the proposed impacts in the downwind (air)/downstream (surface water)/groundwater regime (based on

Map of the study area (Core and Buffer zone) showing location of sampling stations has been included in the Report. The details of the observed values have also been included in the Report.

Para 3.7 and Fig. 3.3 (Air), Para 3.8 and

Fig. 3.4 (Noise), Para 3.9 and

Fig. 3.5 (Water), Para 3.11 and Fig. 3.21 (Soil)

16



TOR Point No.


flow). One station should be in the upwind/upstream/non-impact/non-polluting area as a control station. The monitoring should be as per CPCB guidelines and parameters for water testing for both ground water and surface water as per ISI standards and CPCB classification wherever applicable. Values should be provided based on desirable limits.

16

Study of the existing flora and fauna in the study area (10km) carried out by an institution of relevant discipline. The list of flora and fauna duly authenticated separately for the core and buffer zone and a statement clearly specifying whether the study area forms a part of the migratory corridor of any endangered fauna. If the study area has endangered flora and fauna, or if the area is occasionally visited or used as a habitat by Schedule-I fauna, or if the project falls within 15 km of an ecologically sensitive area, or used as a migratory corridor then a Comprehensive Conservation Plan along with the appropriate budgetary provision should be prepared and submitted with EIA-EMP Report and comments from the CWLW of the State Govt. shall be obtained and furnished.

Study of flora and fauna is carried out and the details are included in the Report.

Para 3.16 & Para 3.17

17

Details of mineral reserves, geological status of the study area and the seams to be worked, ultimate working depth and stage-wise working scheme until the end of mine life should be reflected on the basis of the approved rated capacity and calendar plans of production from the approved Mining Plan. Geological maps and sections should be included. The Progressive mine development and Conceptual Final Mine Closure Plan should also be shown in figures.

Geological Reserves =209.69 Million Tonnes Seams to be worked out: 11 Coal Horizons. Ultimate depth of working : 255 m Geological Status :Barakar Formation Stage wise progressive working, geological plan and sections, conceptual final mine closure plan have been included in the Report.

Para 2.7.9 & Table No. 2.11

17



TOR Point No.


18

Details of mining methods, technology, equipment to be used, etc., rationale for selection of that technology and equipment proposed to be used vis-à-vis the potential impacts should be provided.

Mining Method: Mechanised Opencast Method with Shovel / Dumper Combination for OB Removal and Surface Miner for Coal.Details of equipment, rationale for selection of opencast technology and potential impacts have been included in the Report.

Para 2.7.15 & Para 2.7.23 and Table No. 2.23 to 2.26

19

Impact of mining on hydrology, modification of natural drainage, diversion and channeling of the existing rivers/water courses flowing though the ML and adjoining the lease/project and the impact on the existing users and impacts of mining operations thereon.

A detailed study has been carried out on hydrology and hydrogeology of the area and the same has been included in the Report.

Para 4.6.2

20

Detailed water balance should be provided. The break-up of water requirement for the various mine operations should be given separately.

Detailed water balance along with break-up of water requirements for various mine operations has been included in the Report.

Table 4.8 & Fig. 4.6

21

Source of water for use in mine, sanction of the Competent Authority in the State Govt. and impacts vis-a-vis the competing users.

Source of Water: Mine Pit Water for industrial purpose and borewell water for domestic purpose in mining lease area.

Table 4.8

22

Impact of mining and water abstraction use in mine on the hydrogeology and groundwater regime within the core zone and 10 km buffer zone including long-term modeling studies. Details of rainwater harvesting and measures for recharge of groundwater should be reflected in case there is a declining trend of groundwater availability and/or if the area falls within dark/grey zone.

A detailed study has been carried out for impact of mining on hydrology and hydrogeology of the project area and the same has been included in the Report.

Para 4.6 and Para 4.6.3; Para 4.10;

Annexure 3.3

23 Impact of blasting, noise and vibrations should be given.

Impact of blasting, noise and vibrations has been assessed and the details have been included in the Report.

Para 4.7 to 4.7.3

24

Impacts of mining on the AAQ, predictive modeling using the ISCST-3 (Revised) or latest model should be provided.

Dispersion Modelling using AEROMOD has been done and the details are included in the Report.

Para 4.5 and Figure 4.1 &

Figure 4.2

18



TOR Point No.


25

Impacts of mineral transportation - within and outside the lease/project along with flow-chart indicating the specific areas generating fugitive emissions should be provided. Impacts of transportation, handling, transfer of mineral and waste on air quality, generation of effluents from workshop etc, management plan for maintenance of HEMM machinery/equipment. Details of various facilities such as rest areas and canteen for workers and effluents/pollution load emanating from these activities should also be provided.

There will be increase in traffic due to movement of dumpers of 18 tonnes capacity on the route from mine to the railway siding. Impact of transportation as well as handling & transfer of mineral on air quality together with details of generation of effluents from workshop within the mining lease area have been included in the Report. Various facilities for workers are elaborated in the Report.

Para 4.7.6 and Fig. 4.3

26

Efforts be made to reduce / eliminate road transport of coal inside and outside mine and for mechanized loading of coal through CHP/Silo entirely in wagons and into truck/tippers.

The transport of coal from mine to railway siding located at about 14 Kms is inevitable. From there, the coal shall be loaded into wagons for onward dispatch to the End Use Thermal Power Plants.

Para 4.7.6

27

Details of waste OB and Top Soil generated as per the approved calendar programme and their management shown in figures as well as explanatory chapter with tables giving progressive development and mine closure plan, green belt development, backfilling programme and conceptual post-mining land use. OB Dump heights and terracing should based on slope stability studies with a max of 280 angle as the ultimate slope. Sections of dumps (ultimate) (both longitudinal and cross section) with relation to the adjacent area should be shown.

The total OB Generation during the 11 years of Opencast Mine Life shall be 190.56 Million Cum. The entire OB shall be backfilled into the decoaled area. Further, the four existing OB Dumps containing 34 Million Cum of previous OB shall be re-handled during 12th, 13th and 14th year of mine closure operations and shall be backfilled into the decoaled area. The relevant details of waste generation and its disposal are included in the Report.

Para 2.7.24 & Table No. 2.28

28

Efforts be made for maximizing progressive internal dumping of OB, sequential mining, external dump on coal bearing area and later rehandling into mine void – to reduce land

The Revised Mining Plan (2nd Revision) proposes progressive backfilling of the entire OB into the mine void. Further, the existing OB

Para 2.7.24 and Table No. 2.29 &

2.30

19



TOR Point No.


degradation. Dumps shall also be rehandled and backfilled post OC Mine Closure.

29 Impact on change in land use from mining operations and whether the land can be restored to agriculture use post mining.

The details of the impacts on change in land use have been included in the Report. Most of the excavated area shall be restored through backfilling.

Para 4.3

30 Progressive Green belt and ecological restoration / afforestation plan (both in text, figures as well as in tabular form as per the format of MoEF&CC given below) and selection of species (native) based on original survey/land-use should be given.

The details in desired format are provided below:

Para 10.2.2 and Table No. 10.2 Table 1: Stage wise Land Use and Reclamation Area

Note: - As the OC Mine life is only 11 years, details are provided for 1st, 3rd, 5th and 11th years.

20



TOR Point No.


Para 10.2.2 and Table No. 10.4 Table 2: Stage wise cumulative plantation

Note: - As the OC Mine life is only 11 years, details are provided for 1st, 3rd, 5th and

11thyears; 12th, 13th and 14th year shall be Post-Mine Closure Years.

31 Conceptual Final Mine Closure Plan andPost Mining Land Use and restoration of land/habitat to the pre-mining should be provided. A Plan for the ecological restoration of the area post mining and for land use should be prepared with detailed cost provisions. Impact and management of wastes and issues of re-handling (wherever applicable) and backfilling and progressive mine closure and reclamation should be provided.

Conceptual Final Mine Closure Plan and post mining land use and restoration of land/habitat to the pre-mining status is provided. Details as per the table are given below:

Para 2.4.3 and Table No. 2.4

Table 3: Post Mining Land Use Pattern of ML/Project Area

Sr. No.

Land Use During Mining

Land Use (Ha)

Plantation Water Body

Public Use

Undisturbed Total

1 External OB Dump

96.21 --- --- --- 96.21

2 Top Soil Dump --- --- --- --- ---

21



TOR Point No.


3 Excavation 350.03 55.03 --- --- 405.06

4 Roads --- --- 3.59 --- 3.59

5 Built-up Area --- --- 21.27 --- 21.27

6 Green Belt 9.96 --- --- --- 9.96

7 Undisturbed Area

--- --- --- 329.79 329.79

8 Safety Zone / Rationalization Area

50.58 --- --- --- 50.58

9 Diversion / Below River / Nala / Canal

--- 6.10 --- --- 6.10

10 Water Body --- 4.88 --- --- 4.88

11 Staff Colony --- --- 10.00 --- 10.00

Total Area = 506.78 66.01 34.86 329.79 937.44

32

Flow chart of water balance should be provided. Treatment of effluents from workshop, township, domestic wastewater, mine water discharge, etc. should be provided. Details of STP in colony and ETP in mine should be given. Recycling of water to the max possible extent should be accorded.

Water balance is provided. Details of gainful utilization of mine water discharge has included in the Report. The necessary provision of workshop with oil and grease trap has been made.

Fig. 4.6

33

Occupational health issues. Baseline data on the health of the population in the impact zone and measures for occupational health and safety of the personnel and manpower in the mine should be given.

The details of the base line data on the occupational health, impacts on it and mitigation measures have been included in the Report.

Para 3.15; Para 4.18

34 Risk Assessment and Disaster Preparedness and Management Plan should be provided.

Risk Assessment and Disaster Preparedness & Management Plan is included in the Report.

Para 7.4

35

Integration of the Environment Management Plan with measures for minimizing use of natural resources - water, land, energy, etc. should be carried out.

Environment Management Plan with measures for minimizing use of natural resources - water, land, energy, etc. has been carried out and included in the EIA/EMP Report.

Para 4.9 and Para 4.10

36 Cost of EMP (capital and recurring) should be included in the project cost and for progressive and final mine

Cost of EMP Capital: Rs. 997.50 Lakhs Recurring: Rs. 145.00

Para 10.3.3 and Table No. 10.6 & 10.8 and Table

22



TOR Point No.


closure plan. Lakhs/Annum Final Mine Closure Cost: Rs. 10158.00 Lakhs

2.44

37

Details of R&R. Detailed project specific R&R Plan with data on the existing socioeconomic status of the population (including tribals, SC/ST, BPL families) found in the study area and broad plan for resettlement of the displaced population, site for the resettlement colony, alternate livelihood concerns/employment for the displaced people, civic and housing amenities being offered, etc and costs along with the schedule of the implementation of the R&R Plan should be given.

The Project does not involve shifting of any village located within the Project Area. However, the two R&R Colonies viz. Dulalpur and Pialdanga shall be relocated outside the Mining Area. The two R&R Colonies have

103 household and the

total Project Affected Persons

are 455 Nos. The details of

R&R have been included in the

EIA/EMP Report.

Para No. 7.5

38

CSR Plan along with details of villages and specific budgetary provisions (capital and recurring) for specific activities over the life of the project should be given.

The details of the envisaged CSR and the budgetary provisions have been included in the EIA/EMP Report.

Para No. 7.6

39

Corporate Environment Responsibility:

1. The Company must have a well laid down Environment Policy approved by the Board of Directors.

2. The Environment Policy must prescribe for standard operating process/procedures to bring into focus any infringements/deviation/violation of the environmental or forest norms/conditions.

3. The hierarchical system or Administrative Order of the company to deal with environmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the EC conditions must be furnished.

4. To have proper checks and balances, the company should have a well laid- down system of reporting of non-

The Corporate Environment Policy approved by the Board of Directors of WBPDCL is included in the EIA/EMP Report. The Standard Operating Process / Procedures to bring into focus any infringements / deviation / violation of the environmental or forest norms / conditions are being prepared. The hierarchical system of the Company to deal with environmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the EC conditions has been included in the Report. Director (Mining), WBPDCL shall be overseeing the Environmental Cell.

Para No.7.7

23



TOR Point No.


compliances/violations of environmental norms to the Board of Directors of the company and/or shareholders or stakeholders at large.

WBPDCL have a well laid- down system of reporting of non-compliances / violations of environmental norms to the Board of Directors.

40

Details on Public Hearing should cover the information relating to notices issued in the newspaper, proceedings/minutes of Public Hearing, the points raised by the general public and commitments made by the proponent and the action proposed with budgets in suitable time frame. These details should be presented in a tabular form. If the Public Hearing is in the regional language, an authenticated English Translation of the same should be provided.

The Public Hearing was held on 22.02.2019 as per the provision of EIA Notification 2006. The compliance of this issues raised during Public Hearing have been addressed in this Final EIA/EMP to MoEF&CC for obtaining Final Environment Clearance.

Para 7.2 and Annexure 7.1,

Annexure 7.2 and Annexure 7.3

41 In built mechanism of self-monitoring of compliance of environmental regulations should be indicated.

The details of the mechanism of self-monitoring are provided in the EIA/EMP Report.

Para 6.4 and Table 6.1

42 Status of any litigations / court cases filed/pending on the project should be provided.

As informed by WBPDCL, no litigation / Court Case is pending on the Project.

----

43

Submission of sample test analysis of Characteristics of coal: This should include details on grade of coal and other characteristics such as ash content, S and heavy metals including levels of Hg, As, Pb, Cr etc

Analysis of coal samples has been carried out and details are provided in the EIA/EMP Report.

Para 2.7.8 and Table No. 2.8 &

2.9

44

Copy of clearances/approvals such as Forestry clearances, Mining Plan Approval, mine closer plan approval. NOC from Flood and Irrigation Dept. (if req.), etc. wherever applicable.

The Revised Mining Plan along with Progressive Mine Closure Plan (2nd Revision) has been approved by Ministry of Coal. The copies of relevant approvals are provided in the EIA/EMP Report. Forest Clearance is not applicable as no forest land is involved in the Project.

Document No. 1.4

24



TOR Point No.


B. Additional Conditions of TOR prescribed by MoEF&CC

(i)

The Groundwater permission from Central Ground Water Authority (CGWA) shall be obtained, if applicable.

The State Water Investigation Directorate (SWID) of Government of West Bengal vide its Permit No. PO 2130220430 – 40000001 TSE dated 30-06-2016 has already issued permission for withdrawal of 1632 Cum/Hr groundwater from the opencast mine.

Document No. 1.3

(ii)

An integrated hydrological study would be carried out of the impact of coal mining on the base flows in the downstream of the mine area.

An integrated hydrological study of the impact of coal mining on the base flows in the downstream of the mine area has been carried out and presented in the EIA/EMP Report.

Annexure No. 3.3.

(iii)

For proper baseline air quality assessment, adequate monitoring stations (4-5 nos.) in the downwind areas need to be set up and included in the air quality monitoring.

5 monitoring stations had set up in the downwind areas, details of which are provided in the Report.

Table 3.4 & Fig. 3.3

(iv)

Ecological Restoration and Mine Reclamation Plan to be prepared with afforestation of local / native species found in the area.

The Ecological Restoration and Mine Reclamation Plan has been prepared and is provided in the EIA/EMP Report.

Para 4.14

C. General Conditions of TOR

(i) All documents should be properly indexed, page numbered.

All documents are properly indexed and page numbered.

(ii) Period/date of data collection should be clearly indicated.

Baseline Data Collection Period of Oct. 2018 to Dec. 2018 has been clearly indicated.

(iii) Authenticated English translation of all material provided in Regional languages.

The EIA/EMP Report is in English language. Wherever any material in the Report is provided in any regional language, authenticated English translation of the same has been provided.

25



TOR Point No.


(iv)

After the preparation of the draft EIA-EMP Report as per the aforesaid TOR, the proponent shall get the Public Hearing conducted as prescribed in the EIA Notification 2006 and take necessary action for obtaining environmental clearance under the provisions of the EIA Notification 2006.

The Public Hearing was held on 22.02.2019 as per the provision of EIA Notification 2006. The compliance of this issues raised during Public Hearing have been addressed in this Final EIA/EMP to MoEF&CC for obtaining Final Environment Clearance. Refer Para 7.2, Annexure 7.1, Annexure 7.2 and Annexure 7.3

(v)

The letter/application for EC should quote the MOEF & CC file No. and also attach a copy of the letter prescribing the TOR.

Complied

Proposal No : IA/WB/CMIN/76052/2018

File No : F.No. J-11015/22/96-IA-II (M)

(vi)

The copy of the letter received from the Ministry on the TOR prescribed for the project should be attached as an annexure to the final EIA-EMP Report.

Complied

(vii)

General Instructions for the preparation and presentation before the EAC of TOR/EC projects of Coal Sector should be incorporated/followed.

Complied

(viii) The aforesaid TOR has a validity of three years only.

Agreed

(ix) Grant of TOR does not necessarily mean grant of EC.

Agreed

(x)

Grant of TOR/EC to the present project does not necessarily mean grant of TOR/EC to the captive/linked project.

Agreed

(xi)

Grant of TOR/EC to the present project does not necessarily mean grant of approvals in other regulations such as the Forest (Conservation) Act 1980 or the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972.

Agreed

(xii)

Grant of EC is also subject to circulars issued under the EIA Notification 2006, which are available on the MOEF & CC website: www.enfor.nic.in

Agreed

26


Srushti Seva Private Ltd. NABET Accredited EIA Consultant Organization: Certificate No. NABET/EIA/1720/RA 0105 Valid till 15/05/2020

EEXXEECCUUTTIIVVEE SSUUMMMMAARRYY 1.0 INTRODUCTION

The West Bengal Power Development Corporation Limited (WBPDCL) is a Government of

West Bengal Undertaking and the largest power generating utility in the state of West Bengal.

WBPDCL is engaged in generation of power in its coal based Thermal Power Plants (TPP) at

Santaldih TPP (500 MW), Kolaghat TPP (1260 MW), Bakreswar TPP (1050 MW), Bandel TPP (455 MW) and Sagardoghi TPP (1600 MW) at various locations in West Bengal. The total estimated coal requirement of its TPPs is 19.18 Million Tonnes per Annum.

Part of the coal requirement of TPPs of WBPDCL was met from the coal from Tara (East) &

Tara (West) Coal Mining Project which was earlier operated by a Prior Allottee Viz. Bengal EMTA Coal Mines Ltd (BECML) for the period from 1997-98 to 2014-15.

Subsequent to cancellation of all the Coal Blocks Allocations by the Hon’ble Supreme Court

of India, the mine was closed since 1st April 2015. Ministry of Coal has allotted Tara (East) & Tara (West) Coal Mine to WBPDCL under Clause

(c) of Sub-Rule (2) of Rule 7 and Sub-Rule (1) of Rule 13 of the Coal Mines (Special Provisions) Rules, 2014 vide Allotment Order No. 103/10/2015/NA dated 31st March 2015.

The Project is located in Raniganj Coalfields covering area of seven villages viz. Churulia,

Chinchurbill, Deshermohan, Joynagar, Birkulti, Manpur and Joyantipur of Jamuria Block in Paschim Bardhaman District of West Bengal. Manpur and Joyantipur villages are un-inhabited as per 2011 Census. The Project Area is covered under Toposheet No. 73 M/1.

The Project has been proposed to be worked by Mechanized Opencast Mining Methodology

by deploying Surface Miner for extraction of coal and Shovel/Dumper Combination for removal of Overburden. The Project shall be covering an area of 937.44 Ha with ultimate production of 4 MTPA coal from the Mine. The envisaged Project Capital Cost is Rs. 33560 Lakhs.

In accordance with the provisions of EIA Notification 2006 published by MoEF&CC vide

Notification No. S.O. 1533 dated 14/09/2006, the Project is required to obtain Prior Environment Clearance from the Central Government as Category “A” Project.

WBPDCL entrusted the services of assessment of the environmental impacts arising due to

the proposed Project to NABET Accredited EIA Consultant viz. M/s Srushti Seva Pvt. Limited (SrSPL), Nagpur to facilitate grant of Prior Environment Clearance for the Project.

Accordingly, an application was submitted in MoEF&CC on 02/08/2018 for obtaining

Environment Clearance for the Project. The Expert Appraisal Committee (Thermal & Coal Mining Projects) of MoEF&CC considered the Project for grant of Terms of Reference (ToR) on 31/08/2018 and 26/10/2018. The ToR for the Project was accorded vide MoEFCC Letter No. J-11015/22/1996-IA.II(M) dated 12th Dec. 2018.

27



SrSPL collected the Base Line Environmental Data at the Project Site pertaining to various environmental components including air, noise, water, land and biological component along with parameters of human interest which may be affected due to proposed Project from Oct. 2018 to Dec. 2018.

This Final EIA/EMP Report has been prepared in accordance with the ToR issued by MoEF&CC after conduction of Public Hearing (Public Consultation) on 22.02.2019 as a part Environmental Clearance Process.

2.0 PROJECT DETAILS

Tara (East) & Tara (West) Coal Block lies in the northern part of Raniganj Coalfield in Paschim Bardhaman District, West Bengal. It falls between Latitude 230 45’ 30”N & 230 47’ 45”N and Longitude 870 04’ 00”E & 870 07’ 15”E and is included in Survey of India Toposheet No. 73 M/1.

The Coal Block is ideally located and is well connected by road and rail. Asansol, the District Headquarter of Paschim Bardhaman District is located as a distance of about 16 Kms by road in south-west from Tara (East) & Tara (West) Coal Block. The Churulia-Domohani Road, which connects the Grand Trunk (GT) Road with Ajay Ghat passes through the western part of the Coal Block.

The Revised Mining Plan (2nd Revision) envisages peak production capacity of 4 MTPA with Project Area of 937.44 Ha including earlier Mining Lease Area of 800 Ha and 137.44 Ha area used/to be used for mining & allied activities like OB Dumps, Colony, Nala/Road Diversions etc. Further, the Revised Mining Plan envisages change in technology through deployment of Surface Miner for mining of coal. The total land requirement for the Project is 937.44 Ha. However, only 607.65 Ha is required to be acquired for opencast mining project. Out of this about 355.23 Ha has already been vested and balance 252.415 Ha is being acquired through direct negotiations with the land owners. The compensation for the land shall be in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Right to Fair Compensation & Transparency in Land Acquisition, Rehabilitation & Resettlement Act, 2013. The Project does not involve shifting of any village located within the Project Area. However, the two old R&R Colonies viz. Dulalpur and Pialdanga shall be relocated outside the Mining Area in accordance with provisions of the applicable statutes. The Project envisages extraction of 17.78 Million Tonnes of coal along with Overburden Removal of 190.56 Million Cubic meter in 11 years of mine life. The quality of coal ranges broadly from G7 to G12. The entire quantity of 190.56 Million Cum overburden is proposed to be backfilled into the mined out area. A final void of only about 55.03 Ha shall remain post closure of opencast mine which will be converted into a Water Reservoir. The Project shall provide direct employment to nearly 1161 persons besides creating many indirect employment opportunities. The local persons shall be given preference in employment for mine as per their eligibility.

28



Necessary training shall be given to train the unemployed youths of the nearby villages. The indirect employment opportunities shall automatically be created with the re-opening of the Project in the region. The Water Requirement of the Project is estimated to be 853 Cum/Day. Out of this, 564 Cum/Day of the water is required Dust Suppression, Plantation & other activities and the balance 289 Cum/Day for drinking/domestic purpose. Water requirement for dust suppression & plantation shall be met from Mine Pit Water. The requirement of drinking/domestic purpose shall be met from tube well. The Power Requirement based on rated peak capacity of 4 MTPA ROM Coal shall be in the range of 2-3 MVA at 33 kV. The same shall be met through West Bengal State Electricity Distribution Company Limited (WBSEDCL). The Project shall be requiring about 3509 Liters/Hour diesel for meeting the fuel requirement of the Heavy Earth Moving Machineries envisaged for removal of Overburden and mining of coal. The Project envisages use of about 26.47 Tonnes of explosives per day for removal of Overburden.

A perennial nala traverses across the block and passes through the central part and drains the area to Ajoy River flowing in the eastern proximity of the block. This Nala shall be diverted to facilitate Coal Mining Operations. The section of Churulia-Joynagar Road passing through the proposed mining area shall be diverted to facilitate Coal Mining Operations. Coal produced from the mine shall be stocked on the surface at the Mine Head. The ROM Coal from the Stock Yard shall be transported by road to the Bhanora Railway Siding by Dump Trucks for onward despatch to the Thermal Power Plant. 3.0 BASE LINE ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS

The Base Line Environmental quality data for various components of environment viz. Air, Noise, Water, Land and Socio-Economic were generated during October – December 2018 in the Study Area covering 10 Kms around the Tara (East) & Tara (West) Coal Mine. Other environmental data on Flora and Fauna, Land Use Pattern, Forest etc were also generated through field surveys and also collected from different State Government Departments. Air Quality Monitoring was carried out at 13 Stations consisting 3 Sampling Stations within the Core Zone (Project Area) and 10 Sampling Stations in Buffer Zone (10 Kms around Core Zone). Parameters of twelve air pollutants viz. PM10, PM2.5, Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), Oxides of Nitrogen (NOX), Ozone (O3), Carbon Monoxide (CO) and Heavy Metals were monitored. These parameters were included for representing baseline status of ambient air quality within the Study Area.

Results & Discussion:

On the basis of observations the parameter wise result of monitored parameters are discussed below compared with National Ambient Air Quality Standards.

29



o Particulate Matter (PM10): The maximum PM10 concentration covering all the air quality monitoring stations i.e. A-1 to A-13 were observed in the range of 43.54 – 94.3 µg/m3. Almost all the stations have PM10 concentrations less than half of 24 hours average permissible limit i.e. 100 µg/m3 as prescribed by MoEF&CC for industrial, residential, rural and other area.

o Particulate Matter (PM2.5): The maximum PM2.5 concentration covering all the air quality monitoring stations A-1 to A-13 were observed in the range of 26.1 – 59.3 µg/m3 as against the NAAQ Standards of MoEF&CC prescribed limit of 60 µg/m3 for industrial, residential, rural and other areas.

o Sulphur Dioxide (SO2): The maximum SO2 concentrations covering all sampling stations A-1 to A-13 were in the range of 21.06 – 48.51µg/m3. All monitored stations have SO2 concentrations well within the stipulated (annual 24 hours) limit of 80 µg/m3 as prescribed for industrial, residential, rural and other areas under revised NAAQ Standards of MoEF & CC.

o Oxides of Nitrogen (NOX): The maximum NOx concentrations covering all sampling stations A-1 to A-13 were observed in the range of 12.6 -46.2 µg/m3. All monitored stations have NOX concentrations well within the stipulated (annual 24 hours) limit of 80 µg/m3 as prescribed for industrial, residential, rural and other areas under NAAQ Standards of MoEF& CC.

o Heavy Metals: Representative samples from all sampling stations were collected and analyzed for heavy metals i.e. Lead, Arsenic & Nickel. The concentrations of heavy metals were observed below detectable limit at all the stations.

o Free Silica: A few samples of PM10 were analyzed for free silica which was found to be always below 0.0001 percent.

o The ambient air quality of Tara (East) & (West) Coal Block mine area and its buffer zone showed that the concentrations of all monitored parameters were within the stipulated standards of MoEF& CC.

o The noise Levels in the lease buffer zone were observed in the range of 29.7-78.2 dB (A) covering all the 8 monitoring stations which are below the prescribed regulatory limits.

o Water quality monitoring was carried out from 7 ground water and 7 surface water monitoring stations located in the study area. The quality of water samples are showing that the water sources of the area are not polluted except the surface water samples getting contamination from surface run-off. The Coliforms values are exception otherwise all the water samples are indicating its characteristics within limit as given in relevant Indian Standards.

o Hydrogeology: During opencast coal mining there will be no loss of base flow from Ajay

River. It is expected that during non-monsoon period the mine inflow will contribute to increase base flow of Ajay River. The intersection of groundwater occurs at 10 – 15 m below ground level. The integrated hydrological and hydrogeological study concludes that there is no impact on base flow of downstream of Ajay River due to coal mining. It may increase flow of Ajoy River from pumping of mine water after treatment to the tune of 800 m3/day during non-monsoon period.

o The drainage pattern of the area was studied in detailed manner particularly for the area covered around 2.5 Km radius and details are provided in the report. Similarly, a systematic hydrogeological survey has been carried out in and around mine area. The water level measurement in the existing dug wells was done to study the diurnal variation of the unconfined aquifer and their impact, due to nearby coal mine.

30



o Soil samples were collected at selected locations in the study area to assess the existing soil conditions around the Tara (East) & (West) Coal Block. Though the Project Area does not consist of forest land, soil samples from the forest patches present in the study area of 10 kms were collected. Characteristic of forest land soil has sufficient nutrients. Whereas, two agricultural land soils are moderately suitable for cultivation of climatic crops and have good fertility.

o Primary Socio economic survey on selected villages has been carried out and the details are provided in EIA/EMP. As per census 2011 demographic characteristics of the study area are represented by a number of criteria, namely population composition, sex ratio, family structure, and age distribution pattern. Attempt has been made to compare the demographic features between the census data whenever corresponding data are available. The area selected for the study constitutes 215 inhabited villages.

o The floral and faunal assemblage in the study area is also provided in the report. National Park, Wildlife sanctuary, defense installation or sensitive area are not located within 15 km radius of the mine.

4.0 ANTICIPATED IMPACT

To predict the expected impacts of various activities on the different environmental parameters, a detailed survey of the factors are performed and identification of probable impacts are done by different techniques.

In order to estimate the ground level concentrations due to the emission from the proposed increase in production, EPA approved Industrial Source Complex AERMOD View Model has been employed.

Predicted 24 hourly Ground Level Incremental Concentrations of PM10&PM2.5 are estimated to be 22.25 ug/m3 and 14.68 respectively at work place. This prediction is based on various mining operations and site specific meteorological data in worst scenario.

The mining operations may cause surface water pollution due to wash off from dumps and Soil erosion. Proper control measures which are essential to prevent the flow of suspended matter from the mine and dump.

It is proposed to liquidate the reserves by conventional benching method of opencast with shovel-dumper combination for overburden removal and use of surface miner for coal removal. Out of the 937.44 Ha of mining lease area, 405.06 Ha will be used for excavation out of which 350.03 Ha shall be reclaimed by concurrent internal dumping and remaining 55.03 Ha of void will be converted into water body. It may be noted from Table 4.1 that excavation of 266.04 Ha has already been carried out at present in west and east quarry by Prior Allottee. The proposed mining operation will be continued to be extended from these two quarries and finally it will be joined together to form a single quarry and hence 139.02 Ha additional area will be broken up in phased manner during the course of mining. There are 4 existing OB dumps within the mining lease covering 96.21 Ha of the land. However, these will be rehandled during 12-14th Years and waste material lying within these dumps will be used for backfilling and subsequently this area will be biologically reclaimed. Thus, there will be no external dumps at the closure stage. Total OB generation will be of the order of 190.56 Mm3. Plantation in 506.78 Ha will be done which covers barrier, safety zone and infrastructure around including road and undisturbed land etc. Thus, 54% the Mining lease area shall be biologically reclaimed and 07 % area will be utilized as water reservoir, 3 % will remain as public utility land and balance 36 % land will remain as undisturbed land.

31



About 11.43 Mm3 top soil is likely to be generated. It is proposed to systematically utilize the generated soil for plantation on backfilled areas and also on external dump areas.

WBPDCL proposes to develop about 506.78 ha (including safety & reclaimed area and OB dump) of land with 10,13,560 saplings under plantation and greenbelt development programme in progressive manner during the life of the mine. As per the MoEF& CC guidelines, it is proposed to plant local tree species @ 2000 trees/ ha in consultation with the Forest Department.

Under CSR activities it is proposed to distribute fruit saplings (like guava, mango, jamun, chikoo etc) to the students of various schools. The students will be encouraged to plant these saplings at their backyards and in school premises. They will be also encouraged to maintain and nourish these trees.

The quantity used for blasting is unlikely to create any strong vibration. Impact due to vibration on the surface structures is not anticipated. In order to check the ground vibration and to keep them within set limit, delay blasting is being undertaken. Delay detonators with 5 to 10 millisecond delay interval are used.

The transport of coal will be carried out to the desired destination of end use through rail. However, the coal will be transported to the Bhanora railway siding through road network which is about 14 Km from the mining lease. The available road network is adequate to handle the additional transport road. Considering 100% transport by road which works out to be 12121 tonnes per day (at peak production), there will an additional traffic of 1480 dumpers of 18 tonnes capacity considering two way movement. However, considering the normal production rate of 6060 tonnes/day, there will be an additional traffic of only 740 dumpers considering two way movement. The transport route will be maintained by WBPDCL on regular basis and water sprinkling will be carried out thrice a day besides undertaking avenue plantation on the available places on the route.

The impact on socio economic of surrounding area will be positive, as mine will directly employ about 1161 workers. Preference will be given to the local resident of the area for employment. There will be employment generation of double this number in secondary and tertiary sectors. There is no displacement of any habitation or personnel.

There will be negligible impacts on bio diversity of the area beyond what is already present due to traffic on the State Highway. On the other hand there will be positive impact due to the plantation activities, which are proposed by management on areas surrounding surface infrastructure for the proposed OC mine.

5.0 REHABILITATION & RESETTLEMENT

The Project does not involve shifting of any village located within the Project Area. However, the two old R&R Colonies viz. Dulalpur and Pialdanga shall be relocated outside the Mining Area in accordance with provisions of the applicable statutes.

As per the Survey carried out by WBPDCL, the two R&R Colonies have 103 household and the total Project Affected Persons are 455 Nos.

Further, about 252.415 Ha is being acquired for the Project. Thus, the Project shall include Land Oustees.

32



The shifting of the R&R Colonies and the purchase of the agriculture land shall be made by WBPDCL by paying appropriate mutually and voluntarily agreed compensation between the Company and the Land Owners.

6.0 CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY (CSR) WBPDCL proposes to undertake a number of activities under the Corporate Social Responsibility Initiative during the operation of Tara (East) & Tara (West) Coal Mining Project. The capital CSR budget has been worked out as per the expressed felt needs of villagers during Rapid Rural Appraisal. The proposed total budget is to the extent Rs. 2,40,00,000.00 (Rupees Two Crores Forty Lakhs Only) and will be spent in core and buffer villages of study area. The capital cost of Rs.1.54 Cr for CSR activities shall be spent in the first five years. About Rs.0.85 Cr would be spent as recurring expenditure for CSR activities

The total CSR plan outlay is for five years.

The Company is already committed to spend Rs. 2/- per metric ton of production on revenue account which would amounts to at least Rupees 2.40 Crores in five years.

The CSR plan activities are performed under two heads – capital investment activities and recurring cost activities.

7.0 CORPORATE ENVIRONMENT RESPONSIBILITY (CER)

In addition to the CSR, WBPDCL proposes to undertake a number of activities as one time measure under the Corporate Environment Responsibility Initiative during the operation of Tara (East) & Tara (West) Coal Mining Project. A budgetary provision of Rs. 250 Lakhs is proposed to be made for implementing the CER Activities.

8.0 ENVIRONMENTAL MITIGATION MEASURES

Mitigation Measures at the source level and an overall Management Plan at the Study Area Level are elicited so as to improve the supportive capacity of the Study Area and also to preserve the assimilative capacity of the receiving bodies. The Report provides detailed Action Plan for each pollutant viz. Air, Water, Noise, Socio-Economic, Land Use and Plantation Activities.

The proposed Mitigative Measures to be adopted during operation of the Tara (East) & Tara (West) Coal Mining Project are briefly described below under various head:

8.1 Air Pollution Management:

a) Haulage Roads shall be frequently sprinkled with water for which truck mounted water tankers with atomized mist spray sprinkler arrangement have been provided.

b) Coal shall be covered by tarpaulins to prevent spread of dust from it during transportation.

c) Regular maintenance of vehicles and machineries shall be carried out in order to control vehicular emissions.

d) Green Belt Development shall be taken up at various places. e) The dust respirators shall be provided to all the workers. f) Good housekeeping and proper maintenance shall be practiced which shall help in

controlling the pollution. g) Maintenance of the road from Mine to Railway Siding shall be made.

33



8.2 Water Pollution Management:

The Mining Project shall require continuous supply of water for various purposes during mining, plantation etc apart from drinking water supply. The main source of water pollution in opencast mining is the surface run-off due to rainfall. There may be accumulation of rain water during monsoon season; the accumulated water may contain fine silt. This shall be treated in Settling Tank of adequate dimensions. The treated water (overflow) will be used for plantation and dust suppression.

The mine water pumped from opencast pit shall be collected in a Settling Tank at surface and part of it shall be utilized for water spraying in the mine, plantation and the excess balance shall be discharged to natural water course.

Workshop effluent will be treated in Effluent Treatment Plant (ETP) which will be designed for a capacity of 30 m3/day. The oil, grease & sludge collected from the ETP will be recycled through authorized CPCB vendors and the treated water from ETP will be reused in workshop.

It is proposed to prepare Water Security Plan for adjoining villages (Seven villages) WSP aims for drinking water security in selected villages by means of Ensuring Quality and quantity of water supply, storage management (aquifer management, demand management), capacity building and training.

In order to restrict the surface runoff from mines to control the soil erosion and wash off from dumps following measures shall be adopted; i) Garland Drains shall be provided around the mine wherever required to arrest any soil

from the mine area being carried away by the rain water; ii) Gully formations, if any, on sides of the benches shall be provided with check dams of

local stone or sand filled bags. The inactive slopes shall be planted with bushes, grass, shrubs and trees after applying top soil to prevent soil erosion;

iii) Loose material slopes shall be covered by plantation by making contour trenches at 2 m interval to check soil erosion both due to wind and rain;

iv) Retaining walls (concrete or local stone) shall be provided, around the dump or wherever required to support the benches or any loose material as well as to arrest sliding of loose debris.

8.3 Noise & Vibration Management:

Noise is best abated at source by choosing machinery and equipment suitably, by proper mounting of equipment & ventilation systems and by providing noise insulating enclosures or padding where practicable. Proper maintenance of vehicles shall be done which keeps the noise level within limits.

At the boundary of mining lease Green Belt of local trees shall be planted which acts as acoustic barriers. Planting of bushy trees of rich canopy in and around the mine area to intercept noise transmission shall be done. A Green Belt of trees of different heights shall be useful to act as noise attenuator in the mining areas. Mechanical ripping shall be used, where possible, to avoid or minimize the use of explosives. Use of specific blasting plans, correct charging procedures and blasting ratios, delayed / micro delayed or electronic detonators, and specific in-situ blasting tests (the use of down

34



the hole initiation with short-delay detonators improves fragmentation and reduces ground vibrations) shall be done. Implementation of ground vibration and overpressure control with appropriate drilling grids shall be practised. Ground vibrations caused by blasting shall be monitored in order to know their degree and to build safe guards.

8.4 Solid Waste Management:

The solid waste generated during mining operations is not hazardous in nature. During these mining operations simultaneous back filling of the OB shall be done. After leveling the dumps/backfilled area, plantation will be carried out for stabilization of all the OB dumps in the mining lease area. Construction of parapet walls/bund is proposed at toe of dumps to avoid siltation towards sloping side of the ML area due to dumps. No toxic and hazardous element is present in the OB. Hence no toxic contamination is expected and protective measure is required. The non-active sides of the dump will be vegetated and stabilized by

fast growing grasses. It is proposed to undertake Technical and Biological Reclamation of the backfilled area towards progressive and final mine closure activities.

8.5 Top Soil Preservation: Efforts shall be made to excavate and segregate top soil separately. Top soil shall be scrapped by dozer before the ground preparation for drilling and blasting. Scraped top soil shall be transported to the top soil storage area. During initial period of mining the top soil shall be directly utilized for plantation of saplings along the proposed roads and barren land. As and when the internal waste dump gets stabilized the stored top soil shall be spread over the area of dump to facilitate plantation.

It is proposed to store the excavated top soil over the backfilled area. Therefore, separate Top Soil Dump shall not be required.

8.6 Plantation:

A total of area 597.65 Ha shall be disturbed due to mining and allied activities during the operation of the Project. To compensate for the above, plantation over 506.78 Ha area shall be undertaken. The plantation rate over 506.78 Ha shall be undertaken @ 2000 Trees / Ha.

The type of species shall be selected from the local tree, herbs, shrubs & grasses. Species of local abundance shall be selected and if required guidance of the Forest Department shall be sought.

9.0 IMPLEMENTATION OF EMP & ITS MONITORING

In order to mitigate the anticipated impacts of the Coal Mining & Allied Activities, implementation and monitoring of the suggested EMP is an important aspect of the Environmental Impact Assessment / Environment Management Plan Document.

WBPDCL proposes a full-fledged Environment Department consisting of two separate Cells

viz. EMP Implementation Cell and Environment Monitoring Cell to review, implement, supervise and monitor the environmental related issues. As regards to air quality monitoring two continuous ambient air monitoring stations will be installed one in the core zone and one in the buffer zone. The water quality, noise level, vibration monitoring, ground water

35



level (using 10 piezometers) will be carried out and the records will be submitted to the competent authorities besides uploading the same on WBPDCL website.

The Mitigation Measures suggested in the Report shall be implemented so as to reduce the impact on environment due to operations of the proposed mining activities. In order to facilitate easy implementation, mitigation measures are phased as per the priority implementation. A separate budgetary allocation of the funds shall be made for the Environmental Protection Measures. The monitoring of the pollution to know the effectiveness of the applied control measures shall be carried out at regular interval. WBPDCL consider protection of workers’ health and well- being as their prime concern and responsibility. The company accordingly proposes to adopt certain measures for providing proper occupational health services which will ensure optimal physical and mental health of employees & workers. The Capital Budget for Environmental Protection Measure is estimated to be Rs. 997.50 Lakhs and the Recurring Budget is estimated to be Rs. 145.00 Lakhs.

10.0 PROJECT BENEFITS

The primary benefits to the Government (State as well as Central) from any mining project are generation of additional revenues in terms of receipt of royalties and other statutory levies against the coal mined. The secondary benefits to the Government are socio-political benefits in terms of enhanced economic activities and employment opportunities in the Project Area resulting into overall development of the area.

The Project shall have positive impacts in the Project Area and surrounding villages in terms of development of infrastructure facilities like roads and communication, transport, schools as well as basic amenities viz. drinking water, sanitation, hospitals, health care, and overall socio economic development.

The Company shall initiate necessary steps to create above facilities which will ultimately help in uplifting the living standards of local communities.

The direct requirement of manpower for Tara (East) & Tara (West) Coal Mining Project has been assessed at 1161.

The Project shall offer creation of Secondary & Tertiary Business Opportunities for the local people in the form of Service Industry resulting in development of ancillary & allied services like Security, Canteen & Mess, Transport, Civil Repair & Maintenance, HEMM Repair and Maintenance etc. WBPDCL is operating its Thermal Power Plants in the State of West Bengal. These coal based Power Plants need coal for generation of power. The Tara (East) & Tara (West) Project shall be meeting about 20% of the total coal requirement of the Power Plants. The Project shall be providing consistent supply of coal of improved quality of coal at lower price to the TPPs of WBPDCL.

36



CHAPTER 1

IINNTTRROODDUUCCTTIIOONN

1.1 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT

Ministry of Coal has allotted Tara (East) and Tara (West) Coal Mine to The West Bengal Power Development Corp. Ltd (WBPDCL) under Clause (c) of Sub-Rule (2) of Rule 7 and Sub-Rule (1) of Rule 13 of the Coal Mines (Special Provisions) Rules, 2014 vide Allotment Order No. 103/10/2015/NA dated 31st March 2015. The copy of the Allotment Order is attached as Document – 1.1.

The Tara (East) & Tara (West) Coal Block is located in Raniganj Coalfields covering area of seven villages viz. Churulia, Chinchurbill, Deshermohan, Jaynagar, Birkulti, Manpur and Joyantipur of Jamuria Block in Paschim Bardhaman District of West Bengal.

The Tara (East) and Tara (West) Coal Mine has been proposed to be worked by Mechanized Opencast Mining Methodology by deploying Surface Miner for extraction of coal and

Shovel/Dumper Combination for removal of Overburden. The Project shall be covering an area of 937.44 Ha with peak production upto 4 MTPA coal from the Mine.

In accordance with the provisions of EIA Notification 2006 published by MoEF&CC vide Notification No. S.O. 1533 dated 14/09/2006, the Tara (East) & Tara (West) Coal Mining Project is required to obtain Prior Environment Clearance from the Central Government.

WBPDCL entrusted the services of assessment of the environmental impacts arising due to the proposed Project to NABET Accredited EIA Consultant viz. M/s Srushti Seva Pvt. Limited (SrSPL), Nagpur to facilitate grant of Prior Environment Clearance for the Project. Accordingly, an application was submitted in MoEF&CC on 02/08/2018 for obtaining Environment Clearance for the Project. The Expert Appraisal Committee (Thermal & Coal Mining Projects) of MoEF&CC considered the Project for grant of Terms of Reference on 31/08/2018 and 26/10/2018. The TOR for the Project was accorded vide MoEFCC Letter No. J-11015/22/1996-IA.II(M) dated 12th Dec. 2018 The copy of the TOR Letter is attached as Document – 1.2.

SrSPL collected the Base Line Environmental Data at the Project Site from Oct. 2018 to Dec. 2018 pertaining to various environmental components including air, noise, water, land and biological components along with parameters of human interest which may be affected due to proposed Project from Oct. 2018 to Dec. 2018.

The Draft Report had been prepared in accordance with the TOR issued by MoEF&CC for submission to West Bengal State Pollution Control Board (WBPCB) for undertaking the Public Hearing which is a part Environmental Clearance Process. In compliance to this TOR condition, the necessary documents( Draft EIA/EMP, Summary EIA in English & Bengali) were submitted to West Bengal Pollution Control Board, Kolkatta for conduct of the said Public Hearing. Accordingly, the Public Hearing as per the provisions of EIA Notification 2006 was conducted on 22.02.2019.

The present Final EIA/EMP Report provides complete information of the Study Area in a standard format of EIA / EMP as prescribed by the MoEF&CC, Government of India along with the Public Hearing Proceedings and action plan addressing issues raised during Public Hearing .

The study provides status of present environment in Core Zone (Project Area of 937.44 Ha) as well as Buffer Zone (10 Kms radius around Core Zone) of the Tara (East) & Tara (West) Coal Mine with a proposed peak annual coal production upto 4.0 MTPA.

37



1.2 IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT & PROFILE OF PROJECT PROPONENT 1.2.1 The Project: The background of the Tara (East) & Tara (West) Coal Mining Project is as under:

Ministry of Coal allotted Tara (East) and Tara (West) Coal Blocks to West Bengal State Electricity Board (WBSEB) & The West Bengal Power Development Corporation Ltd (WBPDCL) as captive mining blocks for exclusive supply of coal to their power plants vide Letter No. 47011/7/(281)/03-CPA dated 14th July 1995 and 47011/15/86-CPA dated 26th February 1996.

Subsequently, WBSEB & WBPDCL opted for operation of Tara (East) and Tara (West) Coal Mine in joint venture with M/s Eastern Minerals & Trading Agency (EMTA) through a Joint Venture Company viz. Bengal EMTA Coal Mines Ltd (BECML).

BECML submitted the Mining Plan to Ministry of Coal for operation of the Mine by Opencast Mining Methodology in July 1996.

This Original Mining Plan had envisaged peak production capacity of 2 Million Tonnes Per Annum (MTPA) with Project Area of 361 Ha.

Ministry of Coal approved the Original Mining Plan of July 1996 vide Letter No. 13011/6/95-CA dated 15th Nov. 1996.

The Joint Venture Company viz. BECML applied to Ministry of Environment & Forests for Prior Environment Clearance under Environmental Impact Assessment Notification, 1994 vide Letter No. BECM/EMP/96/55 dated 18th Dec. 1996.

Ministry of Environment & Forests granted Environment Clearance under EIA-1994 Notification for the Project with peak production capacity of 2 MTPA and Project Area of 361 Ha vide its Letter No. J011016/22/96-IA.II(M) dated 30th January 1997.

The State Government of Bengal granted Mining Lease to BECML on 6th Feb. 1997 and executed the Lease Deed on 11th March 1997 for 800 Ha.

BECML started mining operations in March 1997 and produced 20.783 Million

Tonnesfrom the Mine till Financial year 2004-05.

Subsequently, BECML submitted the Revised Mining Plan to Ministry of Coal for operation of the Mine by Opencast Mining Methodology on 2nd May 2005.

Ministry of Coal approved the Revised Mining Plan (1st Revision) vide Letter No. 13016/2/97-CA (Part) dated 17th May 2005.

This Revised Mining Plan (1st Revision) had envisaged peak production capacity of 4 MTPA with Mining Lease Area of 800 Ha and Opencast Mining Area as 373.21 Ha.

38



BECML continued the mining operations after revision in the Mining Plan and operated the Mine till Financial year 2014-15 and produced 33.047 Million Tonnes coal.

Later, the Hon’ble Supreme Court of India cancelled the allotments of all the coal blocks including Tara (East) and Tara (West) Coal Block and all the mining operations are ceased from 1st April 2015.

Subsequently, Ministry of Coal re-allotted Tara (East) and Tara (West) Coal Mine to WBPDCL under Clause (c) of Sub-Rule (2) of Rule 7 and Sub-Rule (1) of Rule 13 of the Coal Mines (Special Provisions) Rules, 2014 vide Allotment Order No. 103/10/2015/NA dated 31st March 2015.

Further, Ministry of Environment, Forest & Climate Change vide its Letter No. J-11016/22/1996-IA-II.(M) dated 6th July 2015 has transferred the Environment Clearance granted to BECML in the name of WBPDCL.

The State Water Investigation Directorate (SWID) of Government of West Bengal vide its Permit No. PO2130220430-40000001TSE dated 30-06-2016 issued permission for withdrawal of 1632 Cum/Hr groundwater from the opencast mine. The copy of the Permit is attached as Document – 1.3.

However, WBPDCL has again revised the Mining Plan and submitted the Revised Mining Plan (2ndRevision) – February 2018 to Ministry of Coal for approval in Feb. 2018.

Ministry of Coal approved the Revised Mining Plan (2nd Revision) vide its Letter No. 34011/02/2018-CPAM dated 30/08/2018. This Revised Mining Plan (2nd Revision) envisages peak production capacity of 4 MTPA with Project Area of 937.44 Ha including earlier Mining Lease Area of 800 Ha and 137.44 Ha area used/to be used for mining & allied activities like OB Dumps, Colony, Nala/Road Diversions etc. Further, this Revised Mining Plan envisages change in technology through deployment of Surface Miner for mining of coal. The copy of the Mining Plan Approval Letter is attached as Document – 1.4.

WBPDCL has already requested the State Government of West Bengal for grant of Mining Lease over additional 137.44 Ha area vide Letter No. WBPDCL/GM(MMC)/491 dated 26-06-2018 The copy of the submitted application is attached as Document 1.5.

MoEFCC vide its Notification No. 1385 dated 6th April 2018 has stipulated that mining projects which were granted environmental clearance under the EIA Notification 1994 but could not obtain environmental clearance for expansion / modernization / amendment under the EIA Notification 2006 shall make application in Form 1 within six months from the date of issue of the Notification.

Now, therefore considering all the above, WBPDCL is seeking fresh Prior Environment Clearance from Ministry of Environment, Forest & Climate Change under the provisions of EIA Notification 2006 before opening the closed Tara (East) and Tara (West) Coal Mine for peak capacity of 4 MTPA and Project Area of 937.44 Ha.

39



The Expert Appraisal Committee (Thermal & Coal Mining Projects) of MoEF&CC considered the Project for grant of Terms of Reference on 31/08/2018 and 26/10/2018 and noted the gross violation in production in terms of Approved Mining Plan and also non-compliance of EC Conditions by the earlier Allottee. The EAC desired comments of Ministry of Coal on the matter.

The Ministry of Coal vide Letter No. 103/10/2015/NA dated 26th Oct. 2018 submitted the reply to the observations as made by the EAC. The Nominated Authority of MoC informed the MoEF&CC that the said coal mine has been allocated afresh to M/s WBPDCL and the Allottee has entered into an Allotment Agreement with the Ministry of Coal as per which the coal mines are to be developed as per the timelines prescribed in it. Further, it was informed that so far as the earlier violation of Mining Plan and non-compliance of the conditions stipulated in the EC is concerned, the same has been done by the Prior Allottee of the said coal mines. The Ministry of Coal further emphasized that since the said coal mines have been allotted afresh and revised Mining Plan has been approved by MoC, the MoEF&CC may consider the proposal of EC for the said coal mines as per the applicable law.

Subsequently, the TOR for the Project was accorded vide MoEFCC Letter No. J-11015/22/1996-IA.II(M) dated 12th Dec. 2018.

The Draft Report had been prepared in accordance with the TOR issued by MoEF&CC for submission to West Bengal State Pollution Control Board (WBPCB) for undertaking the Public Hearing which is a part Environmental Clearance Process. In compliance to this TOR condition, the necessary documents( Draft EIA/EMP, Summary EIA in English & Bengali) were submitted to West Bengal

Pollution Control Board, Kolkatta for conduct of the said Public Hearing. Accordingly, the Public Hearing as per the provisions of EIA Notification 2006 was conducted on 22.02.2019.

The present Final EIA/EMP Report provides complete information of the Study Area in a standard format of EIA / EMP as prescribed by the MoEF&CC, Government of India along with the Public Hearing Proceedings and action plan addressing issues raised during Public Hearing .

1.2.2 The Project Proponent:

The West Bengal Power Development Corporation Limited (WBPDCL) is a Government of West Bengal Undertaking and the largest power generating utility in the state of West Bengal. It has an existing capacity of 4865 MW with 5 (five) power plants. With the goal to supply electricity in the State of West Bengal, WBPDCL works in tandem with West Bengal State Electricity Board (WBSEB) and Calcutta Electric Supply Corporation (CESC). The name and address of the Authorized Representative of the Company is as under:

Shri Amalesh Kumar Director (Mining) The West Bengal Power Development Corporation Ltd (WBPDCL), A Government of West Bengal Enterprise, Bidyut Unnayan Bhaban, 3/C, LA-Block, Sector-III, Salt Lake, Kolkata – West Bengal, Pin: - 700 098 Telephone No. 033-2339-3325, E-mail: [email protected]

The Authority Letter in the name of Shri Amalesh Kumar is attached as Document – 1.6.

40

mailto:[email protected]



The coal to be mined from Tara (East) and Tara (West) Coal Block shall be used in all/any of the following Thermal Power Plants of WBPDCL:

End Use Plant Capacity

Santaldih Thermal Power Station,Purulia, West Bengal 500 MW

Kolaghat Thermal Power Station,Medinipur, West Bengal 1260 MW

Bakreswar Thermal Power Station,Birbhum, West Bengal 1050 MW

Bandel Thermal Power Station, Hooghly,West Bengal 455 MW

Sagardoghi Thermal Power Station,Murshidabad, West Bengal 1600 MW

The total coal requirement of the above End Use Plants of WBPDCL is 19.18 Million Tonnes/Annum. Tara (East) and Tara (West) Mine shall be meeting part requirement of the coal of the above Thermal Power Plants as per requirement. 1.3 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT 1.3.1 Nature of the Project:

As per EIA Notification 2006 the Tara (East) & Tara (West) Coal Mining Project falls under Category 1(a)(i)“Mining of Minerals” of the Schedule. As per MoEFCC Notification No.S.O. 3977(E) dated 14th August 2018 all the Coal Mining Projects with lease area of more than 150 Ha has been classified as Category “A” Projects. Thus, Tara (East) & Tara (West) Project is a Category “A” Project from Environmental Angle and shall be appraised at Central Government Level.

1.3.2 Size of the Project: The Revised Mining Plan (2ndRevision) envisages peak production capacity of 4 MTPA with Project Area of 937.44 Ha including earlier Mining Lease Area of 800 Ha and 137.44 Ha area used/to be used for mining & allied activities like OB Dumps, Colony, Nala/Road Diversions etc. Further, the Revised Mining Plan envisages change in technology through deployment of Surface Miner for mining of coal. The Project envisages extraction of 17.78 Million Tonnes of coal along with Overburden Removal of 190.56 Million Cubic meter in 11 years of mine life.

1.3.3 Location of the Project: Tara (East) & Tara (West) Coal Block lies in the northern part of Raniganj Coalfield in Paschim

Bardhaman District, West Bengal. It falls between Latitude 230 45’ 30”N & 230 47’ 45”N and Longitude 870 04’ 00”E & 870 07’ 15”E and is included in Survey of India Toposheet No. 73 M/1.

Figure 1.1 shows the Index Map showing the location of the Project.

41



Figure 1.1 : : Project Location Map

Project : Tara (East) & Tara ( West) Coal Mining Project

Villages : Churulia, Chinchurbill, Deshermohan, Jaynagar,

Birkulti, Manpur and Joyantipur

Block : Jamuria, District – Paschim Bardhaman, W.B.

Project Area : 937.44 Ha

Proponent The West Bengal Power Development Corp.

Ltd.

EIA Consultant : Srushti Seva Private Limited.

QCI-NABET Certificate No.-NABET/ EIA/1720/ RA 0105

Project Area

42



1.3.4 Accessibility:

The Coal Block is ideally located and is well connected by road and rail. Asansol, a major town in the Raniganj Coalfield and now the District Headquarter of Paschim Bardhaman District is located at a distance of about 16 Kms by road in South-West from Tara (East) & Tara (West) Coal Block. The Churulia-Domohani Road, which connects the Grand Trunk (GT) Road with Ajay Ghat passes through the eastern part of the Coal Block.

The Asansol Railway Station located at a distance of about 16 Kms is the major nearest Railway Station for the Coal Block. However, the Bhanora Railway Siding, from where the transport of coal shall take place, is located at about 14 Kms by road in south-west direction.

1.3.5 Infrastructure: Electricity is supplied to the villages in the surrounding of Project Area by West Bengal State Electricity Distribution Company Ltd. The drinking water need of the local population in villages is met by bore wells / dug wells. Seasonal Nallas and Ajoy River water is also used for domestic need by the villagers. Other required infrastructure facilities like Primary Schools, Public Health Centers, Dispensaries, Public Sector Banks, Post Office etc are also available in the Project Area.

1.3.6 Importance of the Project: Coal is regarded as the backbone of power generation in India. There is huge demand for power in India. Power is essential and most important factor for industrial and business set up. India’s coal position is quite encouraging and it offers good prospects for the development of this industry. During 2011, India was the third largest coal producing country in the world. Hence, coal is an important constituent of the present Indian economy. The total reserves of coal in India have been over 290 billion metric tons. The coalfields in India are located mostly in Jharkhand, Odisha, Madhya Pradesh, Chhattisgarh, Uttar Pradesh, Meghalaya, Telangana, West Bengal, Sikkim, Arunachal Pradesh and Bihar. India has the fifth largest coal reserves in the world. Of the total reserves, nearly 88% are non-coking coal reserves, while tertiary coals reserves account for a meager 0.5% and the balance is coking coal. The Indian coal is characterized by its high ash content(45%) and low sulphur content. The power sector is the largest consumer of coal followed by the iron and steel and cement segments. India is the world’s fifth largest energy consumer, accounting for 4.1% of the global energy consumption. The current per capitaconsumption of energy in India is 0.50 Tonnes of Oil Equivalent (TOE) against the Global Average of 1.9 TOE, indicating a high potential for growth in this sector. Of the total electricity consumed in the country, approximately 80% is produced from coal. In West Bengal coal is found at Bardhaman, Bankura, Birbhum, Darjeeling, Jalpaiguri and Purulia districts. Total reserve of coal in West Bengal is 30615.72 million tonnes, out of which at Raniganj 24155.41 MT, at Barjora 114.27 MT, at Birbhum 6331.04 MT, and at Darjeeling 15.00 MT coal reserve has been estimated.

43



The proposed mining project will cater to supply of 20% of the coal requirement for WBPDCL operated thermal power plants. Apart from need for supply of coal to the power plants, mining in the area provides direct and indirect employment opportunities, infrastructure development, communication, and development of socio-economic infrastructure. The important benefits from the project can be thus stated as boost to local and regional economy, direct contribution to the state exchequer.

1.3.7 Salient Features& Environmental Setting of the Project 1.3.7.1 Current Status of the Project:

The Tara (East) & Tara (West) Coal Mine is closed since 1st April 2015. The Project Area of 937.44 Ha consists of two already excavated pits viz. East Quarry and West Quarry having total area of 266.04 Ha. Further, the Project Area comprises of four External Overburden Dumps along with Mine Infrastructure. The existing pits are filled with water as all the mining activities have been stopped since April 2015. At present, these huge water logged pits are unsecured and pose threat to the local population.

Further, the pits have already exposed coal along its high walls. Due to prolonged exposure to the atmosphere beyond its incubation period, there are frequent incidents of spontaneous heating and fire in the exposed coal. Such incidents have exposed the local population to hazardous situation. WBPDCL is still in the process of obtaining required statutory clearances including obtaining the Environment Clearance for the Project. In absence of the same, WBPDCL is not in a position to address these hazardous conditions. To prevent happening of any hazardous event, reopening and securing the mine at the earliest is the only solution.

The Photographs of the Project Site providing the glimpse of the area are attached as Plate No. – 1.1.

1.3.7.2 Salient Features & Environmental Setting of the Project:

TheTara (East) & Tara (West) Coal Mining Project envisages peak coal production of 4 MTPA

in Project Area of 937.44 Ha by Mechanized Opencast Mining Technology by deploying

Surface Miner and other Heavy Earth Moving Machinery (HEMM). The details of the Salient

Features of the Project and Environmental Setting of the Project Area are provided in Table

1.1.

44



Table 1.1 Salient Features & Environmental Setting of the Project

Sr.No. Particular Details

A. Nature of Project Coal Mining by Mechanized Opencast Method

B. Size of Project

(i) Project Area 937.44 Ha

(ii) Type of the land within ML Area Land Use Total (Ha)

Agricultural Land 262.60

Forest Land 0.00

Surface Water Bodies 6.10

Settlements 62.48

Others (Specify):

a. Old Excavation Area

(East Quarry) 87.02

b. Old Excavation Area

(West Quarry) 179.02

c. Old OB Dumps 96.21

d. Roads & Mine

Infrastructure 21.27

e. R & R Colony 6.0

f. Staff Colony 10.0

g. Green Belt 9.96

h. Balance Area 196.78

Total Project Area = 937.44

(iii) Proposed Coal Production 4 MTPA

(iv) Coal Washery / Coal Handling Plant

Not Proposed

C. Project Location

(i) Villages Churulia, Chinchurbill, Deshermohan, Joynagar, Birkulti, Manpur and Joyantipur

(ii) Tehsil Jamuria

(iii) District Paschim Bardhaman

(iv) State West Bengal

(v) Toposheet No. 73 M/1

(vi) Elevation 92m to 133m above MSL

D. Environmental Setting Details (with approx. aerial distance & direction from the mining lease boundary)

(i) Nearest Town & District Headquarter

Asansol ; 16 Kms

(ii) Nearest Highway Grand Trunk (GT) Road ; 16 Kms

(iii) Nearest Railway Asansol ; 16 Kms

(iv) Nearest Major Airport Kolkata ; 230 Kms Andal ; 32 Kms

(v) Nearest Tourist Places None within 15 Kms

(vii) Defence Installations None within 15 Kms

(viii) Archaeologically listed Important Place

None within 15 Kms

45




(ix) National Parks, Wild Life Sanctuaries, Elephant Corridor, Biosphere Reserves etc. (Existing as well as proposed)

None within 15 Kms

(x) Reserved / Protected Forests within 10 KmsRadius

Nearest Water Body Ajay River is flowing close to the north-eastern boundary of the Project Area. Ajay River is a major river in Jharkhand and West Bengal. It originates in the low hills near Deoghar in the Santhal Pargana Division of Jhakhand and flows in a southeasterly direction passing through the Jamtara District of Jharkhand and Birbhum, Purva Burdwan and Paschim Bardhaman Districts of West Bengal. Ultimately the river falls into the Bhagirathi River at Katwa about 216 Kms above Kolkata.

(xi) Seismic Zone III

46




(xii) Coal User (End Use Plant) Locations

Power Plant Approx. Arial

Distance

Santaldih, Purulia 101 Kms

Kolaghat, Medinipur 274 Kms

Bakreswar, Birbhum 92 Kms

Bandel, Hooghly 197 Kms

Sagardoghi, Murshidabad 198 Kms

(xiii) Socio-Economic Factors a. Shifting of Villages located within ML Area is not envisaged.

b. The two R&R Colonies viz. Dulalpur & Pialdanga with total number of 103 households shall be shifted outside the ML Boundary.

c. Proposed direct employment to 1161 persons besides creating indirect employment opportunities.

d. Land acquisition through negotiation with Land Owners.

(xiv) Villages in immediate periphery The list of the identified villages in the peripheral area of the Project is provided below:

Villages in 10 Km Radius - Tara (East) & Tara (Wes) Coal Project

North West North East South West South East

Latapara Durgapur Amlala Sattar

Alipur Mathuradih Ranganja Taltor

Kija Sareshkunda Paniphala Bagandhaura

Baradang Kapsabhia Kaidhaura Nandi

Kantapahari Murulibhita Napara Hormadanga

Panuria Nimdangal Palashban Burning Ghat

Kalikomali Narithol Pachra Damodarpur

Ganrangdih Bara Rampur Rampur Prembazar

Bamdanga Dhabna Madanmohanpur Jambad

Sidabari Kapasdanga Pachra Hormadanga

Natundh Dabar Khoshnagar Barul

khayerbad Balichur Khelejora Kumardiha

Mirzapur Huchukpara KatanLdangal Shankhri

Agdih Ghusrukata Shiladhura Hijalgara

Aliganja Kistapur Jhapradhura Nimaidanga

Jamgarm Bholmara Domohani Babudanga

Kapistha Lakhiara Beidanga Chhatimdanga

Khayerkunda Biridih Moldanga Pathurchur

KashIdanga Gramdangal Gopaibaid Jamsol

Gaurangdlh Kurulia Sindrlchak Lalbazar

Kalipathar Abdarsala Madhudanga Bhaterdaha

Narajanpur Beldanga Madantor Chaktulsi

47




Sanyasi Penchalia Naykapur Kumar jamsol

Villages in 10 Km Radius - Tara (East) & Tara (West) Coal Project

North West North East South West South East

Shirishdanga Babuijopr Barabani Sidhpur

Amulia Barakunri Bhaskajuri Bagdiha

Jamjuria Santaldih Bhanora Shyamla

Madanpur Pahargora Majiyara Pharphari

Sarshatali Karrabad Bagrasola Bhuri

Rashunpur Chichurbil Khairui Beldanga

Rakhakura Beldanga Charanpur Bahadurpur

Andhara Chincharbil Jitudaura IkraRs

Gobindpur Taldanga Pariharpur Dhasna

Shyamapur Lachhmanpur Shripur Dhasal

Kosta Eklabpur Bajantipur Bijaynagar

Suitanpur Bherpara Kaithi Dishermohan

Kharimati Tulisipara Taradanga Jaynagar

Baguli Mohdnagar Faridpur Tomra

Loda Paharpur Jhiadanga Birkulti

Churulia Barkola Shyamsundarpur Darbardanga

Balpahari Afzalpur Papurdanga Bheleni

Hosenpur Bahadurdh Laikdanga Samuldihi

Patulia Bardhondangal Shirishdanga Brajdihi

Patharghota Humsumangar Hadmadhaura Jamalpur

Kalipahari Parsundih Shibpur Nabasan

Hrelpahari Lakhanpur JamuridRs Binodpur

Shlaljuri Plolsola Jamuria Sira

Bankhet Chormara Mandalpur Jaudahgo

Bagakhuri Arjunsuli Banali Balanpur

Bindudih Barhra Kendulia Saratakpur

Gaurbazar Hariektala Kankhaya lkra

Parlarpur Kadamdanga

Keshabdanga

Bhelabaria Kalandarajho

Akhalpur

Kumbedia Blaynagar

Sekpur

Chhota Rampur Kon Kurta

Chhotalla Rasa Rs

Sarbadia

Khamra

Jambenia

Bagchhera

Ran Gamatia

Sujipara

Baralia

Gharmara

Mathurakur

Pachatoli

Kendua

Jhabupara

RaghupathChak

Patulia

Bila Total Villages in the Study Area = 229 Nos.

48



(xv) Other Industries / Mines The list of the major industries is provided below:

Indicative List of Major Industries in the Area

Sr. No.

Industry Sector Location Approx.

Arial Distance

Direction w.r.t Mining Lease Area

1 Sarshatalli Coal Mine, ICML

Coal Mining Adjacent to Tara

(East) & Tara (West) Coal Block

Adjacent to

western boundary

West

2 Gourandi Colliery, ECL

Coal Mining Near Gourandi

Village 6.7 Kms North-West

3 Calstar Sponge Ltd. Iron & Steel Jamuria Industrial

Estate 6 Kms South

4 M.B Sponge & Power

Iron & Steel Jamuria Industrial

Estate 6 Kms South

5 Rajshree Iron Industries


Estate 6 Kms South

6 Satyam Smelters Pvt Ltd.


Estate 6 Kms South

7 Super Smelters Ltd. Iron & Steel Jamuria Industrial

Estate 6 Kms South

8 Shivam Dhatu Udhyog Pvt Ltd.


Estate 6.60 Kms South

9 Bhagabati Sponge PvtLtd.


Estate 6 Kms South

10 Shyam Sel and Power Ltd.


Estate 7.65 Kms South-East

11 Gagan Ferrotech Ltd Iron & Steel Jamuria Industrial

Estate 7.70 Kms South-East

12 Kamdhenu Cement Plant

Cement Dhasla,

PaschimBardhaman 10.0 Kms South-East

Apart from above, the list of other industries in Study Area is provided below:

Name Industry Location

DCM Bricks Jamuria

MILLON Bricks Jamuria

POWER Bricks Jamuria

BBF Bricks Jamuria

JBF Bricks Jamuria

TUFAN Bricks Jamuria

SBC Bricks Jamuria

BSC Bricks Jamuria

NSB Bricks Jamuria

RANI Bricks Jamuria

49



Name Industry Location

MRF Bricks Jamuria

PILOT Bricks Barabani

AGNI Bricks Barabani

JBB Bricks Barabani

SBC Bricks Barabani

GEM Bricks Barabani

RNB Bricks Barabani

MBC Bricks Barabani

RUN Bricks Barabani

PKM Bricks Barabani

SURYA Bricks Barabani

IBF Bricks Barabani

BHARAT Bricks Barabani

GMB Bricks Barabani

UTTAM Bricks Barabani

TARA Bricks Barabani

BMC Bricks Barabani

1.4 SCOPE OF THE STUDY

1.4.1 Study Area

Opencast Mining and associated ancillary activities will be carried out over 937.44 Ha area in three shifts to mine 4 MTPA of coal. The mining will be extended to a depth of about 255m from the surface. Coal will be transported from mine to railway siding through trucks. These activities are bound to increase the existing pollution load in the area. In accordance with the norms of the MoEF&CC, the area covering 10 Kms around the boundary of the Project is considered as the Study Area.

1.4.2 Details of the Study

The Scope of the Study broadly includes: 1. Establishment of Base Line Environmental Status of the Study Area by field monitoring

to determine seasonal variations and existing conditions of various environmental attributes viz. air, water, noise, soil, land use, flora / fauna, and socio-economic status.

2. Identification of the existing and anticipated pollution loads due to various activities on the Base Line Environmental Status.

3. Predicting incremental levels of pollutants in the Study Area due to proposed Coal

Mining Project. 4. Assessment of environmental impacts of the incremental pollution load on the various

environmental attributes of the Study Area.

50



5. Preparation of an Environmental Management Plan (EMP) outlining the measures for improving the environmental quality and scope for future expansions for environmentally sustainable development.

6. Identification of critical environmental attributes required to be monitored during

Project operations as well as post Project Closure.

1.4.3 Methodology of the Study

Reconnaissance survey was conducted by the consultants along with concerned officials and sampling locations were identified on the basis of: 1. Predominant wind directions in the study area as recorded by India Meteorological

Department (IMD) Asansol. 2. Existing topography, location of surface water bodies like ponds, canals and rivers; 3. Location of villages, towns and sensitive areas; 4. Areas which represent baseline conditions; and 5. Collection, collation and analysis of baseline data for various environmentalattributes.

Detailed field studies have been carried out during Post-Monsoon Season (1st Oct. 2018 to 31st Dec. 2018) covering a period of 3 months to determine existing conditions of various environmental attributes.

1.4.4 Contents of the Report

The report has been divided into the following chapters:

Chapter 1 - Introduction

Chapter 2 - Project Description

Chapter 3 - Description of the Environment

Chapter 4 - Impact Analysis & Mitigation Measures

Chapter 5 - Analysis of Alternatives (Technology & Site)

Chapter 6 - Environment Monitoring Programme

Chapter 7 - Additional Studies

Chapter 8 - Project Benefits

Chapter 9 - Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis

Chapter 10 - Environmental Management Plan

Chapter 11 - Summary & Conclusion

Chapter 12 - Disclosure of Consultant

51



00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000ooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooo oooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooo

ooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooo oooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooo ooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooo ooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooo

ooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooo oooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooi kiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii7777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777 77777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777 777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777777776

CHAPTER 2

PPRROOJJEECCTT DDEESSCCRRIIPPTTIIOONN

2.1 TYPE OF THE PROJECT

As per EIA Notification 2006 the Tara (East) & Tara (West) Coal Mining Project falls under Category 1(a)(i)“Mining of Minerals” of the Schedule. As per MoEFCC Notification No.S.O. 3977(E) dated 14th August 2018 all the Coal Mining Projects with lease area of more than 150 Ha has been classified as Category “A” Projects. Thus, Tara (East) & Tara (West) Project with Project Area of 937.44 Ha is a Category “A” Project from Environmental Angle and shall be appraised at Central Government Level.

Tara (East) & Tara (West) Coal Block offers both Opencast and Underground Mining potential. However, the Mining Plan (2nd Revision) approved by Ministry of Coal includes only Opencast Mining in detail as the Underground Mining is proposed to be taken only after completion of Opencast Mining. A separate Mining Plan shall be prepared and approval of the same from Ministry of Coal shall be obtained before initiation of any Underground Mining activity. Similarly, all the required statutory clearances for Underground Mining including Environment Clearance shall be obtained separately in due course.

Therefore for the purpose of Environmental Clearance, the Project is being considered as a mechanized opencast coal mine which shall have peak capacity of 4 MTPA. The ROM coal shall be transported to the Bhanora Railway Siding by trucks from where the coal shall be supplied to WBPDCL’s Thermal Power Plants by rail.

2.2 NEED FOR THE PROJECT

Coal is regarded as the backbone of power generation in India. There is huge demand for power in India. Power is essential and most important factor for industrial and business set up. India’s coal position is quite encouraging and it offers good prospects for the development of this industry. During 2011, India wasthe third largest coal producing country in the world. Hence, coal is an important constituent of the present Indian economy.

The total reserves of coal in India have been over 290 billion metric tonnes. The coalfields in India are located mostly in Jharkhand, Odisha, Madhya Pradesh, Chhattisgarh, Uttar Pradesh, Meghalaya, Telangana, West Bengal, Sikkim, Arunachal Pradesh and Bihar. India has the fifth largest coal reserves in the world. Of the total reserves, nearly 88% are non-coking coal reserves, while tertiary coals reserves account for a meager 0.5% and the balance is coking coal. The Indian coal is characterized by its high ash content(45%) and low sulphur content.

The power sector is the largest consumer of coal followed by the iron and steel and cement segments. India is the world’s fifth largest energy consumer, accounting for 4.1% of the global energy consumption.

The current per capita consumption of energy in India is 0.50 Tonnes of Oil Equivalent (TOE) against the Global Average of 1.9 TOE, indicating a high potential for growth in this sector. Of the total electricity consumed in the country, approximately 80% is produced from coal.

In West Bengal coal found at Bardhaman, Bankura, Birbhum, Darjeeling, Jalpaiguri and Purulia districts; total reserve of coal in West Bengal is 30615.72 million tonnes; out of which

52



at Raniganj 24155.41 MT, at Barjora 114.27 MT, at Birbhum 6331.04 MT, and at Darjeeling 15.00 MT coal reserve has been estimated.

The proposed mining project will cater to supply of 20% of the coal requirement for WBPDCL operated thermal power plants.

Apart from need for supply of coal to the power plants, mining in the area provides direct and indirect employment opportunities, infrastructure development, communication, and development of socio-economic infrastructure. The important benefits from the project can be thus stated as boost to local and regional economy, direct contribution to the state exchequer.

2.3 LOCATION OF THE PROJECT

2.3.1 Locational Details:

Tara (East) & Tara (West) Coal Block lies in the northern part of Raniganj Coalfield in Paschim Bardhaman District, West Bengal. It falls between Latitude 230 45’ 30”N & 230 47’ 45”N and Longitude 870 04’ 00”E & 870 07’ 15”E and is included in Survey of India Toposheet No. 73 M/1.

The Tara (East) & Tara (Wes) Coal Block is located in Raniganj Coalfields covering area of seven villages viz. Churulia, Chinchurbill, Deshermohan, Jaynagar, Birkulti, Manpur and Joyantipur of Jamuria Block in Paschim Bardhaman District of West Bengal.

The boundary of the Project Area on Toposheet is provided at Figure 2.1.

The Coal Block is ideally located and is well connected by road and rail. Asansol, a major town in the Raniganj Coalfield and now the District Headquarter of Paschim Bardhaman District is located as a distance of about 16 Kms by road in south-west from Tara (East) & Tara (West) Coal Block. The Churulia-Domohani Road, which connects the Grand Trunk (GT) Road with Ajoy Ghat passes through the western part of the Coal Block.

The boundary of the Project Area superimposed on Cadastral Map is provided at Figure 2.2.

The details of the Geographical Coordinates of the boundary points certified by CMPDI are provided in Plate No. 2.1. The Surface Plan of the project area is attached as Plate No. 2.1 A.

2.3.2 Physiography & Drainage:

The Coal Block Area has a gently undulating topography with the general slope towards south largely being controlled by southerly dipping Gondwana Sediments. In the north-eastern and north-central part of the block, compact coarse grained sandstone has given rise to small mounds.

The ground elevation varies from 133m around the Borehole No. TR-6, 68 and 52 in the northern part of the block to about 92m around Borehole No.TR-35 in the eastern part.

A perennial nala traverses across the block and passes through the central part and drains the area to Ajoy River flowing in the eastern proximity of the block. River Ajoy is the main drainage channel flowing from north-west to south-east. There are some shallow ponds within the block.

53


Srushti Seva Private Ltd. NABET Accredited EIA Consultant Organization : Certificate No. NABET/EIA/1720/RA 0105 Valid till 15/05/2020

Figure 2.1 : Boundary of the Project Area on Toposheet Area

Project : Tara (East) & Tara (West) Coal Mine

Villages: Churulia, Chinchurbill, Deshermohan, Jaynagar, Birkulti,

Manpur and Joyantipur



Proponent : The West Bengal Power Development Corp. Ltd.



Source : SoI, Toposheet Nos 73M/1

Project Area

23045

87005

54



Project Area

Figure 2.2 : Boundary of the Project Area superimposed

on Cadastral Map


Villages: Churulia, Chinchurbill, Deshermohan, Jaynagar,


Block – Jamuria, District – Paschim Bardhaman, W.B.


Proponent : The West Bengal Power Development Corp.

Ltd.



Source : Mining Plan

Legend

Project

55



2.4 SIZE / MAGNITUDE OF OPERATION

The Revised Mining Plan (2nd Revision) envisages peak production capacity of 4 MTPA with Project Area of 937.44 Ha including earlier Mining Lease Area of 800 Ha and 137.44 Ha area used/to be used for mining & allied activities like OB Dumps, Colony, Nala/Road Diversions etc. Further, the Revised Mining Plan envisages change in technology through deployment of Surface Miner for mining of coal. The Project envisages extraction of 17.78 Million Tonnes of coal along with Overburden Removal of 190.56 Million Cubic meter in 11 years of mine life. The envisaged Project Capital Cost is Rs. 33560 Lakhs. The Salient Features of the Project are provided in Table No. 2.1.

Table 2.1

Salient Features of the Project

1 Proposed Project Area 937.44 Ha

2 Proposed Capacity 4 Million Tonnes/Annum (Peak)

3 Mining Methodology Mechanized Open Cast Mining with Shovel-Dumper Combination for OB & Surface Miner for Coal

4 Total Geological Reserves 209.69 Million Tonnes

5 Balance Extractable Reserves by Opencast

17.78 Million Tonnes

6 External OB Dump Quantity 34 Million Cum (Existing)

7 Internal Overburden Dump Quantity 190.56 Million Cum (OB = 179.13 Million Cum + Top Soil 11.43 Million Cum)

8 Average Stripping Ratio 1:10.72

8 Anticipated Mine Life for Opencast 11 Years

10 Water Requirement 853 Cum/Day

11 Power Requirement 2 MW to 3 MW

12 Manpower Requirement 1161 Nos.

13 Geo - Mining Parameters

Minimum Quarry Depth 17m

Maximum Quarry Depth 255m

Strike Length along Floor 4100m

Strike Length along Surface 4500m

Quarry Floor Area 248.10 Ha

Quarry Surface Area 405.06 Ha

Number of Seams 11 Nos

Average Seam Gradient 120 to 150

Max. Bench Height 6 m to 15m (Depending of HEMM deployed)

Max. Bench Width 6m to 40m (Depending of HEMM deployed)

56



2.4.1 Land Requirement:

Land is the most important component of any mining project. Mining of any mineral is site specific and without required land area at the specific place / site, no mining project can take off and continue unhindered.

The 937.44 Ha area of Tara (East) & Tara (West) Coal Mining Project does not have any forest land.

The details of the village wise requirement of land for the Project are provided in Table 2.2.

Table 2.2 Village Wise Land Requirement

Village Private Land Government Land Total Land

Ha Ha Ha

Churulia 283.90 336.90 620.86

Chinchurbill 11.40 6.60 18.02

Deshermohan 7.40 8.90 16.30

Birkulti 10.40 38.70 49.05

Jaynagar 35.30 66.40 101.68

Manpur 52.40 21.40 73.80

Joyantipur 43.90 13.90 57.73

Total = 444.80 492.67 937.47

2.4.2 Existing Land Use:

The details of the existing land use of the land involved in the Project are provided in Table 2.3.

Table 2.3

Existing Land Use

Land Use Total (Ha)


Forest Land 0.00


Settlements 62.48

Others (Specify):

a. Old Excavation Area (East Quarry) 87.02

b. Old Excavation Area (West Quarry) 179.02


d. Roads & Mine Infrastructure 21.27

e. R & R Colony 6.0


g. Green Belt 9.96



57



The Map indicating the existing Land Use of the Project is enclosed as Plate 2.2.

2.4.3 Post-Mining Land Use:

The details of the anticipated post-mining land use of the land involved in the Project are provided in Table No. 2.4.

Table 2.4 Anticipated Post-Mining Land Use

Sr. No.


Post-Mining Land Use (Ha)


Public Use Undisturbed Total

1 External OB Dump 96.21 --- --- --- 96.21

2 Top Soil Dump --- --- --- --- ---

3 Excavation 350.03 55.03 --- --- 405.06

4 Roads --- --- 3.59 --- 3.59

5 Built-up Area --- --- 21.27 --- 21.27

6 Green Belt 9.96 --- --- --- 9.96

7 Undisturbed Area --- --- --- 329.79* 329.79


50.58 --- --- --- 50.58


--- 6.10 --- --- 6.10

10 Water Body --- 4.88 --- --- 4.88

11 Staff Colony --- --- 10.00 --- 10.00

Total Area = 506.78 66.01 34.86 329.79 937.44

* For utilization in future for underground mining.

The Map indicating the Post-Mining Land Use of the Project is enclosed as Plate 2.3.

2.4.4 Status of Land Acquisition:

Tara (East) & Tara (West)was an operating Coal Mining Project pre 31st March 2015. Process of land acquisition in co-operation with local District Authority is presently undergoing as per applicable laws. The status of land acquisition as on 31st Dec. 2018 is provided in Table No. 2.5.

58



Table 2.5 Status of Land Acquisition

Anticipated Land Use

Land Area as per Approved Mining

Plan

Land Area required to be Acquired (For OC Only)

Land transferred from Prior

Allottee (For OC Only)

Balance Land to be Acquired

(For OC Only)

Ha Ha Ha Ha

External OB Dump 96.21 96.21 96.21 0.00

Excavation 405.06 405.06 217.79 187.27

Roads 3.59 3.59 0.00 3.59

Built-up Area 21.27 21.27 21.27 0.00

Green Belt 9.96 9.96 9.96 0.00

Undisturbed Area 329.79 0.00 0.00 0.00

Safety Zone / Rationalization Area

50.58 50.58 0.00 50.58

Diversion / Below River / Nala / Canal

6.10 6.10 0.00 6.10

Water Body 4.88 4.88 0.00 4.88

Staff Colony 10.00 10.00 10.00 0.00

Total = 937.44 607.65 355.23 252.415

2.5 PROPOSED SCHEDULE FOR APPROVAL AND IMPLEMENTATION

Tara (East) and Tara (West) Coal Mining Project was an operating mine before 1st April 2015. Therefore, the requisite infrastructure is already in place. Subsequent to cancellation of the coal blocks by the Hon’ble Supreme Court of India, the mine has been closed since 1st April 2015.

The mining activities at Tara (East) and Tara (West) Coal Project shall be commenced after getting all the required statutory approvals /NOC like Environmental Clearance from MoEF&CC and Consent to Operate from the West Bengal Pollution Control Board, Mine Re-opening and Working Permission from DGMS etc.

2.6 TECHNOLOGY & PROCESS DESCRIPTION

2.6.1 Mining System:

The following geo-mining parameters have been considered while designing the Mining

System for the Project:

Coal Seam Gradient of 120 to 150.

Multiple (9 Nos.) of Coal Horizons.

Long Strike Length.

Presence of medium thick coal seams along with thin seams.

Variable thickness of OB/Partings.

Less number of faults.

59



2.6.2 Mining Technology

On the basis of above geo-mining parameters, the Mine has been planned to work by Mechanized Opencast Mining Methodology by deploying Surface Miner for extraction of coal and Shovel/Dumper Combination for removal of Overburden.

2.6.3 Process Description

The Mining Plan for Tara (East) and Tara (West) Coal Mine has been prepared for peak capacity of 4 MTPA ROM Coal. The peak capacity of 4 MTPA shall be achieved in the 6th year of mine operation.

The process of mining shall essentially involve removal of topsoil/overburden followed by winning of coal. The top Overburden shall be mined by drilling and blasting and shall be loaded by Hydraulic Shovel into Rear Dumper for transport to designated dumping site.

The top Overburden benches would be developed in Horizontal Slicing Pattern for complete life of the mine. However the OB benches immediately above the roof of topmost seams would be formed parallel to the coal seams roof to avoid the formation of triangular rib of OB, which is likely to mix-up with coal after blasting. The maximum top OB benches height would be maintained at 15m and in case of coal and intervening parting benches the height will be 10m or as the parting thickness permits. The intervening parting benches would be formed parallel to the coal seams and would be mined by Inclined Slicing Method.

For mining of coal, Surface Miner in combination with 35T Dump Truck along with auxiliary

HEMM like 4.5 cum Front End Loader shall be deployed. The coal benches would be formed

parallel to the coal seams and would be mined by Inclined Slicing Method.

The mined ROM Coal shall be loaded into trucks by Hydraulic Excavators and shall be

transported to the Bhanora Railway Siding located at a distance of about 14 Kms from the

Mine for onward dispatch to the End Use Power Plant(s) by Railway.

2.7 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.7.1 Location and Geological Block Boundary:

Tara (East) & Tara (West) Block lies in the northern part of the Raniganj Coalfield in Paschim

Bardhaman District, West Bengal.

It is included in the Survey of India TopoSheet No. 73 M/1 and also in the Sheet No. 12 of the

Geological Map of Raniganj Coalfield published by the Geological Survey of India (GSI).

The boundary of Geological Block is given below:

North: Out crop of B-IV seam (Combined).

South: Churulia Block

East: Fault Line of Fault F7

West: Sarsathali Block

60



The drilling operation in the block commenced in August 1978 and was completed with the

drilling of 13,711.15 m in 77 boreholes in August 1982. The usual spacing of the boreholes

was at 400m grid interval along dip direction while in the strike direction the interval was

more than 400m. The infilling boreholes have been drilled either to delineate fault or to

prove in crop. The deepest borehole drilled in the area is TR-37 with a depth of 462.90

m, whereas TR-59 is the shallowest borehole having a depth of 21.35 m.

Out of 13,711.15 m drilling, Mineral Exploration Corporation Ltd (MECL) has done 12,061.55

m in 70 boreholes within the block at interval of 400 m carried out almost full range of tests

of overburden and coal for mining studies. Area covered by detailed exploration within the

block as per Approved Mining Plan is 800 Ha. Overall borehole density within the block is

8.75 Nos./Sq Km. Area covered by detailed exploration outside the block is 73.09 Ha with

1649.60 m of drilling and number of boreholes drilled outside the block are 07 (Seven). Bore

hole density for outside area is 9.58 Nos/Sq Km.

The representative Bore-Hole Litholog of the Project is enclosed as Plate 2.4. 2.7.3 Regional Geology of the Area:

The Raniganj Coalfield covering an area of about 1550 Sq.km is somewhat elliptical in shape

with major part falling within Purba & Paschim Bardhaman and some parts in Birbhum,

Bankura & Purulia Districts of West Bengal and minor parts in Dhanbad and Santhal

Paragana Districts, of Jharkhand. The coalfield is bound by the lines of latitude 23°30' &

23°52' and of longitude 86°25' & 87°37'.

The Raniganj Coalfield represents the eastern-most coal basin amongst the several outliers

of the Gondwana sediments grouped into Gondwana Supergroup within the Archaeans in

the Damodar Valley Region. It is surrounded in the north, west and south by the Archaeans

while its extension to the east is not precisely known due to thick cover of alluvium.

The structure of the Raniganj Coalfield is comparatively simple. The dip in the greater part of

the area is towards south. In the northern part of the coalfield, the dip is usually about 5°

(rarely exceeding 10°) due south, but in the southern part of the coalfield high dips and rolls

are observed at many places.

There are several large faults along the northern boundary generally having NW-SE trend

with down throw towards north-east. The main boundary fault, consisting of a series of large

no. of “enechelon” faults, limits the preservation of Gondwana on the southern side of the

coalfield. According to Gee (1932) this has a throw of about 2700 m in the vicinity of Panchet

Hills.

The northern limit of the basin is of natural deposition and represents an uneven Achaean

surface. According to Gee, minor folding and faulting commenced in early Gondwana times,

while major displacement due to fault took place at a later date probably during the Jurassic

period.

2.7.2 Details of Exploration:

61



2.7.4 Geology of Tara (East) & Tara (West) Coal Block:

The formations in Tara (East & West) Block are briefly described below:

Archaeans : The metamorphic are not exposed within the explored area. However just

beyond the northern limit of the block few exposures of the metamorphic comprising

granite gneisses and muscovite-schist can be observed.

Talchirs :The Talchirs neither outcrop anywhere in the block nor have been intersected in

any of the boreholes and hence are considered not to have developed in this block.

Barakars : The entire sequence of the sediments above the metamorphic is recognized as

the Barakars. This essentially consists of pebbly to very coarse to medium grained sandstone,

shales, shaly sandstone, carbonaceous shale and coal seams.

The outcrops of the Barakar sandstones, which are dominantly belonging to coarser

enaceousfacies, occur in parts of the area. On the basis of borehole data, five distinctly

correlative and persistent coal horizons have been identified in the Barakars. However,

exposures of the seams are very rare and the presence of outcrops is indicated in the

quarries.

The seams B-VI to B-IV and B-III (Top) are exposed in number of small quarries in the

northern part of the block. The close association of para lava with the outcrop of B-VI seam

in the north-central part of the block is noteworthy. It is represented by the creamy to white,

locally brownish, fine granular to clayey material intimately associated with devitrified or

silicified ferruginous sandstone. Its thought to be produced as a result of burning of the coal

seam under oxidizing conditions.

Intrusives :Mica-peridotite intrusive, occurring as sills and veins, has been record Edina

number of boreholes. These are mainly associated with B-VI seam resulting inpyrolitisation

of the seam either fully or partly. A few small exposures of these intrusive are also observed

in the block.

2.7.5 Geological Structure:

The entire block is largely covered by a mantle of alluvium and laterite. Hence, the geological

structure of the block has been deciphered mainly on the basis of the sub-surface data from

Geological Report and the boreholes supplemented by surface geological observations.

The strata show a gradual swing in strike from N60°W – S60°E in the western and central

parts to N50°W – S50°E in the south-eastern part of the block with a dip of 12° to 15°

towards southwest. The local variation in the strike and dip are thought to have been caused

by incidence of faulting.

2.7.6 Geological Faults:

The faults have been deciphered largely on the basis of the established criteria such as

sudden reduction in parting accompanied by fractures, slicken sides, omission of seam or

62



reduction in its thickness, or of the marker horizon and discontinuity of the stratum

contours.

The old mine plans show abrupt terminations of mine workings along definite alignments.

These data in conjunction with floor level have been utilized in the interpretation of the

faults. Some of these faults have also been confirmed by surface geological mapping. On the

basis of above mentioned criteria 9 Faults (F1 to F9)have been delineated in the block

relevant details of which are provided in Table No. 2.6.

Table 2.6 Relevant Details of Geological Faults

Fault No.

Strike and Dip Throw

F1-F1

N20°E-S20° south of TR-11, swerving to N40°W near TR- 10 to N10°ES10°W in the north near TR-33. Dip 60° westerly.

96 m near TR- 11, after branching throw of the western branch is 58m and that of the eastern branch is 36 m near TR- 62 increasing to 55 m near TR-10 and TR-33

F2-F2

N15°W-S15°E in the north, swerves to almost N-S in the middle part near TR-50 and again swerves to N35°E-S35°W in the south. Dip 60° easterly.

10 to 12 m westerly.

F3-F3 N10°W-S10°E Dip 60° westerly.

About 8m near TR-5 and TR-43 Reducing towards south.

F4-F4

N30°E-S30°W in the north it then swerves to N65°ES65°W in the region of TR-42, further south-west it again swerves to almost E-W. Dip 60° southeasterly.

Varies from 10m in the region of TR-18, TR-42, to about 5m near RC-2. It gradually reduces further west-ward before dying out.

F5-F5 N60°E-S60°W Dip 60° southeasterly.

2 to 3m, gradually dyingout to zero in both NE & SW

F6-F6 N65°E-S65°W Dip 60° southeasterly.

2 to 3m in the central region, diminishes to zero in north and south

F7-F7 N13°E-S13°W Dip 60° easterly.

Varies from 17m near TR-1 to about 9m near RC

F8-F8 Almost E – W Dip 60° southerly.

Varies from 10m east of TR-49 to 0m north of TR-43

F9-F9

N85°E-S85°W in the west, swerves to N30°W-S30°E in the central part and continues further southeastward. Dip 60° northerly

Variable, about 10m in the region west of 0930/MA/001 increasing to about 35m near TR-49, 40m near TR-38, then gradually reducing to about 30m near TR-46 and 10m near TR37

63



2.7.7 Coal Seams:

The exploration was carried out in Barakar Formation only. The Geological sequence and the

sequence of coal seams in the block established from borehole data is presented in Table

No. 2.7.

Table 2.7 Sequence of Coal Seams

Formation Lithology Thickness range (m) Quaternary, recent

and subrecent Alluvium, laterite and sandy / lateritic soil

0.00 - 9.70

Post- Gondwana Mica-peridotite -

Barakars

Sandstone, black to grey shale

310.00

B-VI Seam 4.48

(TR-60) -

11.69 (MA/002)

Parting 39.09

(TR-58) -

65.58 (TR-40)

B-V Seam 2.73

(RC-3) -

8.55 (TR-20)

B-IV Top Seam

1.88 (TR-58)

(T split only)

- 9.70

(TR-33)

Parting 1.02

(TR-18, -21) -

5.39 (TR-22)

Barakars

B-IV (B-2) Seam 0.62

(TR-24) -

2.35 (TR-9)

Parting 1.17

(TR-24) -

0.60 (TR-7)

B-IV (B-1) Seam 0.21

(TR-24) -

0.60 (TR-7)

Parting (w.r.t. R-III Top/R-III

Comb.)

3.15/1.05 (TR-24) / (TR-7,9)

B-IV (Bottom)/B-IV Comb. Seam

0.09/6.24 (TR-15, -17, 55)/(TR-51)

4.49/11.57

(TR-44)/ (TR-66)

Parting (w.r.t B-III (T)/B_III (Top)/B-III

Comb.)

0.84 (TR- 47)/0.57

(0903/Ma/004)/

0.33 (TR-6)

-

5.38 (TR-42)/

10.07 (TR- 8)/0.55 (TR-

45)

B-III (T-2) Seam 0.08

(TR-48)

3.73 (TR-52)

Formation Lithology Thickness range (m)

Barakars

Parting 1.06

(TR-65)

3.31 (TR-49)

B-III (T-1) Seam 0.45

(TR-1)

2.13 (TR-65)

64



Formation Lithology Thickness range (m)

Parting (w.r.t. B-III (B)/R-III Bottom)

0.41 (TR-65)/1.01

(TR-38)

3.42 (TR- 31)/4.96

(TR- 48)

B-III Top Seam 0.05

(TR-29)

6.98 (0930/MA/0

04)

Parting (w.r.t. B-III (B)/B-III Bottom)

0.61 (TR-14)/0.73

(TR-36)

5.32 (TR-32)/

6.37 (TR-56)

B-III (B-2) Seam 0.19

(TR-65)

0.58 (TR-18)

Parting 1.09

(TR-14)

1.45 (TR-31)

B-III (B-I) Seam 0.15

(TR-17)

0.90 (TR-31)

Parting (w.r.t. B-II (T) Seam)

11.14 (TR-32)

15.00

(TR-31)

B-III (Bottom)/B-III Comb. Seam

0.05 (TR-4, -21)/

3.88 (TR-44)

3.00 (TR-43)/

7.70 (TR-66)

Parting (w.r.t. B-II (T)/B-II Top)

7.94 (TR-51)/

12.56 (TR-66)

19.21 (TR-

6)/ 19.87 (RC-3)

B-II (T-2) Seam 0.06

(TR-42)

1.85 (TR-46)

Parting 1.04

(TR-49)

7.06 (TR-40)

B-II (T-1) Seam 0.05

(TR-22, -42)

4.95 (TR-41)

Barakars

Parting (w.r.t. B-II Bottom seam)

7.08 (TR-42)

15.08

(TR-49)

B-II Top Seam 3.63

(RC-3)

10.76 (TR-66)

Parting 1.31

(TR-37)

10.23 (TR-65)

B-II Bottom Seam 0.10

(TR-31)

11.37 (TR-37)

Metamorphics Green Schists, Gneisses and quartzite

The Geological Plan of the Tara (East) & Tara (West) Coal Mine is enclosed as Plate 2.5.

2.7.8 Quality of Coal

The Geological Report for the Tara (East) & Tara (West) Coal Block provides the details of the

seam wise range of Useful Heat Value (UHV) of the coal.

The corresponding grade of coal is not indicated in the Geological Report and therefore has been assessed based on the experience. The details of the coal quality are provided in Table No. 2.8.

65



Table 2.8 Seam Wise Coal Quality

Seam UHV Range (Kcal/Kg) Corresponding

Grade Tara (East) Tara (West) VI 4539 – 6195 4857 – 6485 G4

V 2718 – 4981 3684 – 5936 G8

IV --- 3063 – 3904 G10

IV TOP 3269 – 5325 3366 – 4306 G8

IV BOT 2345 – 3532 2297 – 3532 G11

IV B2 --- --- ---

III 2524 – 3684 3484 G11

III TOP 3062 – 3711 1820 – 4098

G11

III T1 3408 – 4089 G9

III BOT --- 2304 – 3656 G11

II TOP 2731 – 3132

2814

G11

II T2 2400 – 2952 G12

II T1 2952 – 2994 G11

II BOT 2676 --- G12

The details of the Proximate and Ultimate Analysis of Coal as per the Geological Report of

the Coal Block are provided in Table No. 2.9 and Table No. 2.10.

Table 2.9 Proximate Analysis of Coal

Seam

Tara West Tara East

M% Ash% M% Ash%

Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max.

VI 1.2 2.7 22.8 26.7 0.90 2.90 17.5 29.2

V 1.5 2.5 22.4 35.1 1.60 3.00 28.4 43.2

IV TOP 1.1 2.3 31.1 37.8 1.20 2.80 23.4 39.6

IV BOT 1.3 2.3 36.8 45.7 1.80 2.30 36.8 45.7

IV 1.2 2.2 34 41 - - - -

III T2 1.5 1.8 39.9 45 - - - -

III T1 1.1 2.3 34.3 49.7 1.70 2.30 32.5 38.1

III TOP 1 2.3 32.4 46.2 1.50 2.00 36.1 40.5

III 1.4 1.4 42.7 42.7 1.70 2.30 35.5 44.5

III BOT 1.3 2.7 36.7 45.8 - - - -

II T2 - - - - 1.50 2.00 41.1 45.1

II T1 - - - - 2.00 2.20 40.6 41.1

II TOP 1.5 1.5 40.9 42.2 1.70 1.80 40.1 42.9

II BOT - - - - 2.20 2.20 42.9 42.9

66



Table 2.10 Ultimate Analysis of Coal

2.7.9 Gross Coal Reserves:

The details of the seam wise and grade wise coal reserves of Tara (East) & Tara (West) Coal

Block are provided in Table No. 2.11.

Table 2.11 Seam Wise and Grade Wise Reserves with Opencast Potential

Seam Tara East Tara West

Total Geological Reserves

Coal Grade Coal Grade Million Tonnes

OPENCAST RESERVE (Million Tonnes)

VI 2.25 II-D 8.3 I-D 10.55

V 2.65 C-F 11.57 C-D 14.22

IV 11.56 E-F 11.56

IV TOP 4.18 D-F 3.36 D-E 7.54

IV BOT 0.05 F 0.05

IV B2

III

III TOP 2.51 E-G 2.51

III T1

III BOT 1.29 E-G 1.29

II TOP

II T2

II T1

II BOT

SUB-TOTAL = 9.08 38.64 47.72

UNDERGROUND RESERVE (Million Tonnes)

Seam Tara West

C % H % N % S % O % P %

VI 85.60 5.23 1.90 0.60 6.03 0.04

V 85.60 5.24 1.90 0.57 6.18 0.04

IV TOP - - - - - -

IV BOT - - - - - -

IV Min 85.40 5.20 1.90 0.60 6.00 0.09

Max 86.20 5.30 1.95 0.60 6.89 0.13

III T2 - - - - - -

III T1 - - - - - -

III TOP 84.80 5.12 2.00 0.70 7.38 0.11

III - - - - - -

III BOT 85.00 5.15 2.00 0.71 7.14 0.11

II TOP 85.30 5.20 1.90 0.60 7.00 0.12

II BOT - - - - - -

67



Seam Tara East Tara West

Total Geological Reserves

Coal Grade Coal Grade Million Tonnes VI 11.82 II-D 23.61 I-C 35.43

V 13.71 C-F 13.45 C-D 27.16

IV+V 2.68 F 2.68

IV 19.48 E-F 19.48

IV TOP 16.29 C-F 3.55 D-E 19.84

IV BOT 7.67 E-F 1.83 F 9.5

IV B2 0.65 F 0.65

III 6.85 E-F 2.12 E-F 8.97

III TOP 1.99 E-F 9.15 E-G 11.14

III T1 0.5 E 0.5

III BOT 0.46 E-G 0.46

II TOP 6.3 F 10.73 F 17.03

II T2 2.39 F 2.39

II T1 2.79 F 2.79

II BOT 3.95 F 3.95

SUB-TOTAL = 74.91 87.06 161.97

GRAND TOTAL 83.99 125.70 209.69*

* Though the geological coal reserves mentioned in the GR are 209.09 Million Tones but the

reserves as per Allotment Letters dated 14-07-1995 and 26-02-1996 to Previous Allottee are

200 Million Tonnes and the same (200 Million Tonnes) are as per Approved Mining Plan of

1995 and Mining Plan (1st Revision) 2005.

2.7.10 Coal Reserves which were available for Mining (Mineable Coal Reserves)

The details of the seam wise coal reserves of Tara (East) & Tara (West) Coal Block which

were available for mining are provided in Table No. 2.12.

Table 2.12 Coal Reserves which were available for Mining

Seam

Gross Geological Reserves

Geological Reserves

considered for UG Mining

Geological Reserves

considered for OC Mining

Reserves Blocked below

Batter and Barrier

Mineable Reserves

Million Tonnes Million Tonnes Million Tonnes Million Tonnes Million Tonnes

VI 45.98 7.56 38.42 9.31 29.11

V 41.38 14.53 26.85 6.84 20.01

IV + V 2.68 2.68 0.00 0.00 0.00

IV 31.04 17.98 13.06 4.30 8.76

IV TOP 27.38 15.86 11.52 3.80 7.72

IV BOT 9.55 5.53 4.02 1.32 2.70

IV B2 0.65 0.38 0.27 0.09 0.18

III 8.97 5.83 3.14 1.26 1.88

III TOP 13.65 8.88 4.77 1.91 2.86

III T1 0.50 0.50 0.00 0.00 0.00

68



Seam

Gross Geological Reserves

Geological Reserves

considered for UG Mining

Geological Reserves

considered for OC Mining

Reserves Blocked below

Batter and Barrier

Mineable Reserves

Million Tonnes Million Tonnes Million Tonnes Million Tonnes Million Tonnes

III BOT 1.75 1.14 0.61 0.25 0.36

II TOP 17.03 17.03 0.00 0.00 0.00

II T2 2.39 2.39 0.00 0.00 0.00

II T1 2.79 2.79 0.00 0.00 0.00

II BOT 3.95 3.95 0.00 0.00 0.00

TOTAL 209.69 107.03 102.66 29.08 73.58

2.7.11 Coal Reserves already extracted from the Mine

Tara (East) and Tara (West) Coal Block was operating till 31st March 2015. The details of the

coal reserves already extracted from the mine till 2015 are provided in Table 2.13.

Table 2.13 Coal Reserves extracted till 31st March 2015

Sr. No.

Year Extracted Coal OB Removed

Million Tonnes Million Cum

I SEAM VI TO IV

1 1997-98 0.709 1.34

2 1998-99 1.792 3.69

3 1999-00 2.165 7.3

4 2001-01 2.411 7.78

5 2001-02 2.911 8.27

6 2002-03 3.085 8.5

7 2003-04 3.768 10.94

8 2004-05 3.942 13.21

Sub Total

1997-98 to 2004-05 20.783 61.03

9 2005-06 3.992 18.24

10 2006-07 4.765 17.12

11 2007-08 4.229 17.86

12 2008-09 4.134 12.69

13 2009-10 3.303 11.79

14 2010-11 2.876 10.03

15 2011-12 2.598 9.41

16 2012-13 3.005 12.26

17 2013-14 2.294 9.359

18 April-Dec 2014 1.367 2.977

19 Jan-Mar 2015 0.484 Pro rata 0.484

Sub Total

2005-06 to 2014-15 33.047 122.22

Grand Total = 53.830 183.25

69



2.7.12 Available & Extractable Coal Reserves by Opencast Mining (OC)

The details of the coal reserves available for extraction by Opencast Mining in Tara (East)

and Tara (West) Coal Block are provided in Table 2.14.

Table 2.14 Coal Reserves available for extraction by Opencast Mining

Seam

Mineable Reserves

Reserves extracted till 2015

Balance Available Reserves

Extractable Reserves

Million Tonnes Million Tonnes Million Tonnes Million Tonnes

VI 29.11 19.5 9.61 8.65

V 20.01 15.83 4.18 3.76

IV + V 0 0 0 0.00

IV 8.76 7.39 1.37 1.23

IV TOP 7.72 6.52 1.2 1.08

IV BOT 2.69 2.27 0.42 0.38

IV B2 0.18 0.15 0.03 0.03

III 1.88 0.79 1.09 0.98

III TOP 2.86 1.21 1.65 1.49

III T1 0 0 0 0.00

III BOT 0.37 0.15 0.22 0.20

II TOP 0 0 0 0.00

II T2 0 0 0 0.00

II T1 0 0 0 0.00

II BOT 0 0 0 0.00

TOTAL 73.58 53.81 19.77 17.79

2.7.13 Balance Coal Reserves with Underground Mining (UG) Potential

As of now, the Project envisages mining of coal only by Opencast Technology. However, the

details of the coal reserves available for extraction by Underground Mining in Tara (East)

and Tara (West) Coal Block in future are provided in Table 2.15.

Table 2.15 Coal Reserves available for extraction by Underground Mining in future

Seam Mineable Reserves Reserves extracted till 2015 Balance Reserves

Million Tonnes Million Tonnes Million Tonnes

VI 7.56 0 7.56

V 14.53 0 14.53

IV + V 2.68 0 2.68

IV 17.98 0 17.98

IV TOP 15.86 0 15.86

IV BOT 5.53 0 5.53

70



Seam Mineable Reserves Reserves extracted till 2015 Balance Reserves

Million Tonnes Million Tonnes Million Tonnes

IV B2 0.38 0 0.38

III 5.83 0 5.83

III TOP 8.88 0 8.88

III T1 0.50 0 0.5

III BOT 1.14 0 1.14

II TOP 17.03 0 17.03

II T2 2.39 0 2.39

II T1 2.79 0 2.79

II BOT 3.95 0 3.95

TOTAL 107.03 0 107.02

2.7.14 Seam Wise Coal Reserves & Corresponding OB Quantity

The details of the seam wise Coal Reserves and corresponding Overburden Quantity for the

reserves mined in past as well as available for extraction now are provided in Table 2.16.

Table 2.16 Seam Wise Coal Reserves & Overburden (OB) Quantity

Seam

Coal & OB extracted till 2015

Coal & OB to be extracted now

Total Coal & OB

Coal OB Coal OB Coal OB

Million Tonnes

Million Cum

Million Tonnes

Million Cum

Million Tonnes

Million Cum

VI 19.51 70.35 8.64 139.87 28.15 210.22

V 15.83 83.31 3.76 34.56 19.59 117.87

IV + V - - - - - -

IV 7.39 8.42 1.23 3.52 8.62 11.94

IV TOP 6.52 7.42 1.08 3.11 7.60 10.53

IV BOT 2.27 2.52 0.38 1.08 2.65 3.60

IV B2 0.15 0.08 0.03 0.07 0.18 0.15

III 0.79 4.12 0.98 3.07 1.77 7.19

III TOP 1.21 6.30 1.49 4.68 2.70 10.98

III T1 - - - - - -

III BOT 0.15 0.73 0.19 0.60 0.35 1.33

Total = 53.83 183.25 17.78 190.56 71.61 373.81

2.7.15 Choice of Mining Method

The Tara (East) & Tara (West) Coal Mining Project was an operating Opencast Mine till 31st

March 2015. Considering the geo-mining conditions it is proposed to extend the opencast

71



working further to achieve targeted production of 4 MTPA. This output is prima facie

considered technically feasible because of its favourable geo-mining conditions like:

Thickness of various seams

Their disposition & its splits

Comparatively long strike length and with deployment of HEMM

Free from major geological disturbances

Sufficient mineable coal reserves etc.

2.7.16 Surface Constraints & Its Management

A perennial nala traverses across the block and passes through the central part and drains

the area to Ajoy River flowing in the eastern proximity of the block. A section of this nala has

already been diverted in the past to facilitate coal mining.

To extend the working further towards south direction it is necessary to divert this perennial

nala. It is, therefore proposed to divert the nala from the point just before entering into the

Mining Lease Boundary aligning it towards the eastern boundary and ultimately discharging

into Ajoy River. This will ensure the flow of nala without any disturbance. The diverted nala

length will be 3115 m as against the existing length of 2205 m.

The Map indicating the proposed alignment for the diversion of the Nala is attached as Plate

No. 2.6.

Further, the Churulia-Joynagar Village Road passes through the proposed mining area. A

section of this Village Road shall be diverted to facilitate Coal Mining Operations. The road

enters into the Mining Lease from the west side and shall be slightly diverted to by-pass the

proposed extension of the opencast workings and shall be again connected to the original

road near Jaynagar Village. The diverted length of the road will be 3345 m as against the

existing length of 2615 m.

The Map indicating the proposed alignment for the Road Diversion is attached as Plate No.

2.7.

2.7.17 Mine Boundary Parameters

The mine boundaries of Tara (East) & Tara (West) Mining Project have been fixed

considering leasehold boundary, surface constraints, geological information and topography

of the area based on borehole data, floor contour plans and seam folio plans provided in the

Geological Report prepared by CMPDIL. The floor of seam IV/IV B and III Top/ III Bot

(wherever it is >1.2 m thick) is envisaged as the floor of the quarry.

It is proposed to mine maximum area leaving a barrier of 7.5m on surface release boundary

which is statutory requirement. It is also required for the diversion of local village roads/

local power lines, nala and telephone lines.

The details of the Mine Parameters for the delineated mine boundaries are provided in

Table No. 2.17.

72



Table 2.17

Mine Boundary Parameters

Sr. No. Parameters Unit Value

1 Quarry Depth m 17 - 255

2 Strike Length:

along the MineFloor along the Mine Surface

Km Km

4.10 4.50

3 Dip rise length on theMine Surface:

Maximum Minimum

Km Km

1.29 0.50

4 Quarry Floor Area Ha 248.10

5 Quarry Surface Area Ha 405.06

2.7.18 Overburden (OB) Removal

Conventional Shovel / Dumper Combination shall be used for removal of the OB. The

combination is flexible and can be used in conditions of varying thickness of seams and

partings and also steep gradients. The flexibility of the operations enables geological

disturbances to be negotiated without much loss of efficiency. The Shovel / Dumper

Combination can deal with sudden occurrences of unworkable or poor quality patches. It

also offers flexibility for easy transition to any other technology or equipment configuration.

The top OB & intervening partings shall be mined and transported by Hydraulic shovel in

conjunction with Rear Dumpers. The top OB benches shall be formed horizontally above roof

of top seam and shall be mined by Horizontal Slicing Method. However, the OB benches

immediately above the roof of topmost seams would be formed parallel to the coal seams

roof to avoid the formation of triangular rib of OB, which is likely to mix-up with coal after

blasting. The maximum top OB benches height would be maintained at 15m and in case of

intervening parting benches the height will be 10m or as the parting thickness permits.

The details of the relevant mining parameters for the OB Benches are provided in Table 2.18.

Table 2.18 OB Bench Parameters

Particulars Parameter

Working Bench Width for 7.0 m3

Hydraulics hovel 40m

Non-Working Bench Width for 7.0 m3

Hyd. Shovel 20m

Working Bench Width for 3.5 m3

Hydraulic Shovel 40m

Non-Working Bench Width for 3.5 m3 Hydraulic Shovel 20m

Width of the permanent Haul Road 30m

Bench Slope 700

Overall Ultimate Pit Slope 410

73



2.7.19 Coal Mining

It is proposed to deploy Surface Miner in combination with 35T Dump Trucks along with

auxiliary HEMM like 4.5 Cum Front End Loader for extraction of coal. The proposed model of

Surface Miner is 2200SM with Milling Width of 2200mm and Cutting Depth of 300mm. With

76 numbers of cutting tools, 4 track, 708 Kw, 12 cylinder diesel engine and gradability

operating gear of 90%, 2200SM is one of the most efficient Surface Miner available for Coal

Mining.

The reasons for deployment of Surface Coal Miner for coal extraction are as under:

With the help of automatic grade and slope control system, correct slope for drainage and coal seam with gradient 120 to 150 can be maintained.

There are number of thin coal horizons which can be extracted in a clean way yielding better quality ROM and eliminating need for coal washing.

Elimination of drilling & blasting and production of less than 100mm coal obviating need for crushing before loading in wagons. Thus, Surface Miner is environment friendly equipment.

Less fire hazard to the coal seam as it does not leave behind free or loose material, prone to spontaneous heating.

The details of the relevant mining parameters for the Coal Benches are provided in Table No.

2.19.

Table 2.19 Coal Bench Parameters

Particulars Parameter

Height of Bench Equal to thickness of Coal Seam

Width of Working Bench 150m

Length of the Working Bench 600m

Bench Slope 700

2.7.20 Sequence of Mining

Tara (East) & Tara (West) was an operating Opencast Mine till year 2015. Therefore,

required infrastructure is already in place. The mine shall be re-opened after receipt of all

the final approvals from all the relevant Government Authorities including Environment

Clearance.

The year wise sequence of mining operations shall be as under:

74



First Year Mining Operations

To facilitate smooth re-opening of the mine, the Mining Plan has considered first year as the

Construction Year.

During this period following activities shall be undertaken:

i. Repair of the existing approach road. ii. Balance land acquisition.

iii. Repair &Maintenance of existing power line and electrical sub-station. iv. Repair &Maintenance of existing infrastructure like office, store, workshop etc. v. Acquisition &Renewal of existing / fresh Statutory Clearance as may be required.

vi. Repair &Maintenance of existing Colony (essential Residential Buildings). vii. Repair &Maintenance of existing Railway siding.

viii. Dewatering the water logged pit ix. Widening and strengthening of coal transport route.

To enhance the working safety and to improve the Bench Geometry, during Construction

year, the operation of Overburden Removal shall be undertaken. During this operation, the

high walls created by Prior Allottee shall be properly benched.

Overburden Removal shall be initiated with a target of 16.91 Million Cum OB Removal after

mobilization and commissioning of required HEMM.

Second & Third Year Mining Operations

The Mine was earlier worked in two quarries viz. Eastern Quarry and Western Quarry

separated by a nalla. To increase the availability of the Strike Length merging of the two

quarries has been proposed.

During this period the mine will advance toward Dip side with opening of full strike length

from eastern to western side. The coal under nallah will be excavated and both quarry i.e.

Eastern and Western will merge as a single quarry.

0.5 Million Tonnes and 2.0 Million Tonnes Coal will be excavated during 2nd and 3rd year

respectively. 21.82 Million Cum and 25.66 Million Cum of OB will be excavated during 2nd

and 3rd year respectively.

Fourth & Fifth Year Mining Operations

During this period the mine will further advance toward dip side with opening of full strike

length from eastern to western side. In fourth & fifth year 2.0 Million Tonnes of coal will be

excavated each year along with 27.85 MillionCum and 29.41 MillionCum OB respectively.

Sixth to Eleventh Year Mining Operations

During this period the mine will further advance toward dip side with opening of full strike

length from eastern to western side and benches will be available for taking mine to peak

capacity of 4.00 Million Tonnes. During this period Coal will be excavated 4.0 Million Tonnes

in 6th year of mine operations along with 29.41 MillionCum OB removal.

75



Excavation quantity of Coal and OB will come down after 6th year of mine operation.

The Production & Development Plan of the Tara (East) & Tara (West) Coal Mine for 1st Year is enclosed as Plate 2.8. The Production & Development Plan of the Tara (East) & Tara (West) Coal Mine for 3rd Year is enclosed as Plate 2.9. The Production & Development Plan of the Tara (East) & Tara (West) Coal Mine for 5th Year is enclosed as Plate 2.10. The Production & Development Plan of the Tara (East) & Tara (West) Coal Mine for Final (11th) Year is enclosed as Plate 2.11.

2.7.21 Calendar Plan for Coal Production & OB Removal

Considering the availability of extractable reserves, the life of the mine has been envisaged

as 11 years. The calendar plan for production of coal and OB removal during these 11 years

is provided in Table No. 2.20.

Table 2.20 Calendar Plan for Coal Production & OB Removal

Year Coal Overburden Running SR

Million Tonnes Million Tonnes Cum/Tonne 1 - 16.91 -

2 0.50 21.82 43.64

3 2.00 25.66 12.83

4 2.00 27.85 13.93

5 2.00 29.41 14.71

6 4.00 29.41 7.35

7 2.00 10.85 5.43

8 2.00 10.85 5.43

9 1.50 8.14 5.43

10 1.00 5.43 5.43

11 0.78 4.23 5.42

Total 17.78 190.56 10.72

The current mining face of coal and OB is almost vertical as all exposed coal was extracted

with lag in corresponding OB removal and immediate action in first year will be to make

bench geometry approach the design parameters. For this reason, it is not possible to mine

coal in 1st year of mine operation. Mine will start coal production in 2nd year.

Gradually mine will be come to shape in 4th year. Another constraint of ramping up of coal

production is low reserve of the mine. In 6th year of mine operation, coal production will

achieve its peak production capacity of 4 Million Tonnes. After 6th year, production will be

tapering down till 11th year of mine operation.

76



The total mineable balance coal reserves have been estimated as 17.78 Million Tonnes at the

corresponding OB Removal of 190.56 MillionCum at an average Stripping Ratio of

10.72Cum/Tonne. The rated output of 4.0 Million Tonnes would be achieved in 6th year of

quarry excavation.

2.7.22 Productivity of Heavy Earth Moving Machinery (HEMM)

The assessment of the HEMM requirement for the Project has been done considering the

productivity of Shovel / Dumper combinations. For assessment of the productivity the lead

for coal and lead for Partings/OB have been considered as 3.0-4.0 Km & 1.0 - 2.0 Km

respectively.

The details of the Annual Productivity of Shovels with matching Dumpers combination

adopted in this Project as per the prevalent norms in Indian coal Industry and on 330

working days basis are provided in Table No. 2.21.

Table 2.21 Annual Productivity of Shovel / Dumper Combination

Sr. No. Particulars Unit AnnualProductivity

1 OB Removal 7.0 Cum Hydraulic Back-hoe + RD 100T 3.5 Cum Hydraulic Back-hoe + RD 35T

MillionCum MillionCum

2.03 0.95

2 Coal Mining Surface Miner

Million Tonnes

2.80

Productivity of Rear Dumpers (RD) with matching Shovels at different leads in Km are

provided in Table No. 2.22.

Table 2.22 Annual Productivity of Rear Dumpers with matching Shovels

HEMM Combination Productivity (Million Cum/Annum) at respective Lead

1.0 Km 2.0 Km 3.0 Km 4.0 Km 5.0 Km

7.0 Cum ElectricH ydraulic Back-hoe +RD 100T

0.63 0.47 0.37 0.31 0.26

3.5Cum HydraulicBack-hoe +RD 35 T

0.21 0.14 0.11 0.09 0.07

4.5CumFront End Loader+RD35T(Coal)

0.40 0.25 0.20 0.14 0.11

77



2.7.23 List of Heavy Earth Moving Machinery (HEMM)

Because of geo-mining conditions of the proposed quarry, Inclined Slicing System of mining

is envisaged. For Working of this mine, following two options of equipment configuration

have been proposed:

i. Option I – Deployment of 3.0Cum - 3.5Cum Hydraulic Shovel in combination with 35T Dump Truck.

ii. Option II - Deployment of 3.0Cum - 3.5Cum Hydraulic Shovel in combination with 35T Dump Truck and 7.0Cum Hydraulic Shovel in combination with 100T Dumper.

Based on site conditions, one option out of above two will be selected.

However, requirement of HEMM for achieving the target capacity of coal production in case

of both the options are provided in Table No. 2.23, Table No. 2.24, Table No. 2.25 and Table

No. 2.26.

Table 2.23 List of envisaged HEMM for Overburden

Sr. No.

Equipment Size No. of

Equipment

Year - 06 Peak Capacity


Option – I Option – II

1 Diesel Hydraulic Back-hoe

7.0 Cum 3 - 3

2 Dumper 100 T 20 - 20


3.0 - 3.5 Cum

31/25 31 25

4 Dumper 35 T 165/137 165 137

5 Diesel Drill 250 mm 1 - 1

6 Diesel Drill 160 mm 9/8 9 8

7 Dozer 450 hp 4 4 4

Table 2.24 List of envisaged HEMM for Coal

Sr. No.


Equipment




1 Surface Miner 2200 mm 2 2 2

2 Dumper 35 T 19 19 19

3 Front End Loader 4.5 Cum 3 3 3

78



Table 2.25 List of envisaged HEMM for Common Operations

Sr. No.


Equipment




1 Grader 280 HP 2 2 2

2 Crane 50 T 1 1 1

3 Crane 30 T 1 1 1

4 Crane 8 / 5 T 1 1 1

5 Diesel Back-hoe 1 Cum 1 1 1

6 Front End Loader 1-2 Cum 1 1 1

7 Diesel Drill 100 mm 1 1 1

8 Dozer 450 HP 2 2 2

9 Diesel Browser 1 1 1

10 Fire Tender 1 1 1

11 Boom Truck 1 1 1

12 HD ToeTruck 1 1 1

13 Fork Lift Truck 1 1 1

14 Tipping Truck 8 T 2 2 2

15 Vibratory Compactor

25 T 1 1 1

16 TyreHandler 1 1 1

17 Mobile Maintenance Van

2 2 2

18 Water Sprinkler 28 KL 3 3 3

Table 2.26 List of envisaged HEMM for Reclamation

Sr. No.


Equipment




1 Grader 280 HP 1 1 1

2 Dozer 410 HP 1 1 1

3 Water Sprinkler 28 KL 1 1 1

4 Farm Truck 1 1 1

2.7.24 Generation & Disposal of Overburden Tara (East) & Tara (West) was an operating mine before 31st March 2015. About 183.25 MillionCum Overburden was generated between the period from 1996-97 to year 2014-15.

Out of this 183.25 MillionCum Overburden, about 34 MillionCum Overburden has already been dumped externally at four locations. The details of the existing OB Dumps viz. OB Dump-1, OB Dump-2, OB Dump-3 and OB-Dump-4 are provided in Table No. 2.27.

79



Table 2.27 Details of Existing Overburden Dumps

Dump Number Bottom Area Height Volume

Ha m MillionCum

OB Dump – 1 35.35 60 13.85

OB Dump – 2 35.68 60 14.60

OB Dump – 3 9.53 30 2.73

OB Dump – 4 and Embankment

15.65 30 2.82

Total 96.21 34.00

The balance 149.25 MillionCum Overburden generated till year 2014-15 has been dumped internally. The surface area of backfilled dump (corresponding to local original level 100- 130mRL) is 115.68Ha.

As per the Approved Mining Plan (2nd Revision), the mine shall be generating additional overburden of 190.56 MillionCum till the end of the life of the opencast mine. It is proposed to dump this entire quantity internally for backfilling the mined out area.

The total overburden quantity of 190.56 MillionCum consists of 179.13 MillionCum of overburden and 11.43 MillionCum of Top Soil. The details of the yea wise generation of Top Soil and Overburden are provided in Table No. 2.28.

Table 2.28

Year wise generation of Top Soil & Overburden

Stage / Year

Overburden Generation Top Soil Generation Total Waste Generation

Million Cum Million Cum Million Cum

Year - 1 15.90 1.01 16.91

Year - 2 20.51 1.31 21.82

Year - 3 24.12 1.54 25.66

Year - 4 26.18 1.67 27.85

Year - 5 27.65 1.76 29.41

Year - 6 27.65 1.76 29.41

Year - 7 10.20 0.65 10.85

Year - 8 10.20 0.65 10.85

Year - 9 7.65 0.49 8.14

Year - 10 5.10 0.33 5.43

Year - 11 3.98 0.25 4.23

Total = 179.13 11.43 190.56

Further, the Approved Mining Plan has proposed rehandling of the four existing external dumps containing 34 MillionCum Overburden during Final Mine Closure. The details of the year wise generation of the Overburden and its mode of disposal are provided in Table No. 2.29.

80



Thus, the Tara (East) and Tara (West) Project involves generation of 373.81 MillionCum Overburden since inception to till the end of the life of the opencast mine. This entire quantity of 373.81 MillionCum is proposed to be backfilled into the mined out area. A final void of only about 55.03 Ha shall remain post closure of opencast mine. The details of the total excavation area, backfilled area and void area at different stages of mine life are provided in Table No. 2.30.

Table 2.29 Details of Overburden Generation & Mode of Disposal

Stage / Year

Overburden Generation

Dumping of Overburden Rehandling of

Overburden dumped

externally

Final OB Dump Quantity

Internal (Backfilled)

External Internal

(Backfilled) External

Million Cum Million Cum Million Cum Million Cum Million Cum Million Cum

Working Prior to 31st March 2015

183.25 149.25 34.00 0.00 149.25 0.00

Year - 1 16.91 16.91 0.00 0.00 16.91 0.00

Year - 2 21.82 21.82 0.00 0.00 21.82 0.00

Year - 3 25.66 25.66 0.00 0.00 25.66 0.00

Year - 4 27.85 27.85 0.00 0.00 27.85 0.00

Year - 5 29.41 29.41 0.00 0.00 29.41 0.00

Year - 6 29.41 29.41 0.00 0.00 29.41 0.00

Year - 7 10.85 10.85 0.00 0.00 10.85 0.00

Year - 8 10.85 10.85 0.00 0.00 10.85 0.00

Year - 9 8.14 8.14 0.00 0.00 8.14 0.00

Year - 10 5.43 5.43 0.00 0.00 5.43 0.00

Year - 11 4.23 4.23 0.00 0.00 4.23 0.00

Year - 12 0.00 0.00 0.00 11.34 11.34 0.00

Year - 13 0.00 0.00 0.00 11.33 11.33 0.00

Year - 14 0.00 0.00 0.00 11.33 11.33 0.00

Total = 373.81 339.81 34.00 34.00 373.81 0.00

Table 2.30 Details of Excavation Area, Backfilled Area & Void Area

Particulars Stages of Mine Life& Area in Ha

1st Year 3rd Year 5th Year Post Mine Closure

Excavation Area 304.98 357.35 383.99 405.06

Backfilled Area 212.06 249.88 288.63 350.03

Excavated Void 92.92 107.47 95.36 55.03

81



The disposal of the OB through backfilling shall be done in accordance with the pre-mining surface profile of the mined out area. The details of the elevation wise backfilling proposed in Tara (East) & Tara (West) Coal Mine are provided in Table No. 2.31.

Table 2.31 Details of Elevation Wise Backfilling in the mined out area

Elevations

OB Quantity in

Existing Backfilled

Area

Cumulative OB Quantity to be Backfilled & Rehandled

Total Backfilled Quantity Year - 1 Year - 3 Year - 5

Cumulative Final

Backfilled Quantity of

OB

Rehandling Post-Mine

Closure

MillionCum MillionCum MillionCum MillionCum MillionCum MillionCum MillionCum

150 to 180 0.00 0.00 1.90 4.43 4.51 0.00 4.51

120 to 150 0.00 10.15 10.78 25.10 28.95 0.00 28.95

90 to 120 16.49 23.25 25.66 38.26 47.85 0.00 47.85

60 to 90 40.16 40.16 49.74 50.83 63.65 0.00 63.65

30 to 60 38.68 38.68 47.37 48.56 60.93 11.33 72.26

0 to 30 29.97 29.97 37.89 39.61 49.95 10.74 60.69

-30 to 0 17.74 17.74 24.65 27.36 34.99 0.59 35.58

-60 to -30 5.99 5.99 11.00 15.65 20.66 8.49 29.15

-90 to -60 0.22 0.22 3.19 8.97 12.20 2.85 15.05

-120 to -90 0.00 0.00 1.35 6.47 8.70 0.00 8.70

Up to -120 0.00 0.00 0.11 5.66 7.42 0.00 7.42

Cumulative Total =

149.25 166.16 213.64 270.90 339.81 34.00 373.81

2.7.25 Drilling & Blasting

In this Mine the main waste is overburden in the form of top soil, alluvium & weathered mantle and hard OB. The Overburden shall require drilling & blasting. The peak quantity of OB Removal for 4 MTPA Coal Production shall be 29.41 MillionCum.

As per the Approved Mining Plan, the drill shall be deployed on the horizontal bench cut by the shovel. From this level, blast holes shall be drilled down to the floor of the seam or bench.

The length of holes will be 10% longer than the height of the bench. Easy access to the drill shall be provided via the waste bench. In the blasting operations, shaking blast practices are proposed using low Powder Factor. This method will generate a set of cracks in the blasted strata with material movement reduced to minimum. It has been assumed that about 10% of the weathered mantle will not require blasting.

82



Holes of 160mm diameter shall be drilled both in top OB and OB partings. Short delays will be used while blasting. The Controlled Blasting Techniques will be adopted wherever required to reduce noise, ground vibrations and fly rocks.

The blast site layout, blast hole drilling and blast hole loading practices shall be carried out in such a manner so as to minimize fly rock. All open joints and cracks in rock shall be filled up before loading. The details of the envisaged Drilling Parameters are provided in Table No. 2.32.

Table 2.32 Envisaged Drilling Parameters

Burden 5m

Spacing 6m

Depth 11m

Considering the above Drilling Parameters, the number of holes to be drilled and blasted for removal of the Overburden has been calculated as 229 Nos. per day. The holes shall be drilled in staggered patter.

The Project shall involve maximum six rounds of blasting on daily basis. About 50 to 60 holes shall be blasted in each round. The blasting shall be done during 1 PM to 2 PM in the afternoon. Type and Requirement of Explosive It is proposed to use Site Mixed Emulsions (SME) and Site Mixed Slurry (SMS) type explosives in conjunction with Ammonium Nitrate Fuel Oil (ANFO) as per requirement.

The Specific Consumption of explosives for OB is expected to be 0.33Kgs/Cum of the OB. The details of the explosive required for removal of 29.41 MillionCum Peak OB Quantity during 6thyear are provided in Table No. 2.33.

Table 2.33 Explosive Requirement at Peak Capacity

Explosive Requirement at Peak Capacity

Peak OB Removal Quantity 29.41 MillionCum

Powder Factor 0.33 Kgs/Cum

Blasting Requirement (Assuming 10% OB shall not require blasting)

90% %

Total Explosive Requirement 8.73 Million Kgs/Annum

Total Explosive Requirement 8734770.00 Kgs/Annum

Working Days / Annum 330.00 Days

Explosive Requirement / Day 26469.00 Kgs/Day

Explosive Requirement / Day 26.47 Tonnes/Day

83



Storage of Explosives

The blasting shall be undertaken through a hired Agency having all the requisite approvals / clearances along with Licensed Shot Firer. The Competent Persons of the Agency shall transport all the explosives and requisite material for undertaking blasting in the Mine.

Handling of the explosives including blasting shall be done by the Licensed Shot Firer in accordance with all the applicable rules and regulations.

Therefore, storage of explosives shall not be involved at the mine site. Magazine will be required only for storage of Blasting Accessories like detonators, detonating fuse, cast boosters, cord-relays, etc.

It is proposed to have a cluster of 3 Tonne Magazines consisting of 2 Magazines, making total storage capacity of 6T will be provided for storing detonating fuses, detonators etc. and other explosives for secondary blasting, if necessary. Necessary approvals for the same from the concerned Competent Authorities shall be obtained.

The details of the envisaged quantity of storage are provided in Table No. 2.34.

Table 2.34 Envisaged Storage of Blasting Accessories

Sr. No. Particulars Details

1 No. of Explosive Magazines 2 Nos.

2 Capacity of each Magazine 3 Tonnes

3 Total Explosive Storage Capacity 6 Tonnes

4 Products to be stored:

a. Detonators 10 Nos./Day

b. Detonating Fuses 4000 m/Day

c. Cord Boosters 0.12 Tonnes/Day

If required, initially only a 500 Kg Portable Explosive Magazine shall be used for storing of Blasting Accessories. 2.7.26 Drainage & Pumping

The Pumping System for Tara (East) & Tara (West) Mine has been designed to dewater the inflow of water due to precipitation falling which the active pit limit during monsoon season to enable the mining activity to continue without interruption throughout the year.

The planning of dewatering of the mine has been done in such a way that as far as possible the working faces and haul roads remain dry. The layout of the quarry provides suitable gradient along the quarry floors and the benches to facilitate self-drainage of water to the lowest level towards the southern side where the main sump will be located. The rainwater inflow into the quarry workings will gravitate into this sump by natural drainage. The maximum rainfall inflow will be during the period of about four months (June to September) in a year. During dry season, seepage from strata is expected to be moderate and the same can be dealt by running a few number of pumps provided for monsoon pumping.

84



Assumptions for assessment of Pumping Requirement

The following assumptions have been made to arrive at the pumping requirement of the mine:

a. Maximum rainfall in a single day during monsoon is 170 mm. b. Catchment area is considered as the maximum open excavated area. c. Seepage through backfilled area, strata and surface is 20% of water inflow due

to direct rainfall. d. Pumping capacity is provided on the basis of pumping the accumulated water of

the maximum rainfall/day in 5 days with 20 hrs pumping per day. e. 25% reserve pumping capacity is kept as standby.

Pumping Capacity & Requirement of Pumps Based on the above the pumping requirement of the Mine is worked out as follows:

i. Catchment area at present is 266 Ha. Water inflow to the catchment area due to direct rain on the day of maximum rainfall 452000 Cum/day. Assuming 50% evaporation, the balance will remain 226000 cum/day.

ii. Seepage through backfilled area, strata & surface run off 45200 Cum/day.

iii. Make of water 497200 Cum/day.

iv. Total pumping capacity 4272 Cum/day. In addition, 25% of the above total pumping

capacity has been kept as standby. The pumping capacity has been decided in such a way that the total water can be pumped out in 5 days with 20 hours of pumping per day. The head of the pumps has been estimated as 255m in west quarry and 180 m in east quarry.

Selection of Pumps

To facilitate pumping at the estimated rate of 4272 Cum/Day, it is assessed that total 21 Pumps shall be required. The details of the envisaged pumps are provided in Table 2.35.

Table 2.35 Details of envisaged Pumps

Pumps Nos. Capacity Head Power

Cum/Hr m KW

Operating Pumps 12 300 250 300

5 300 200 250

Sub-Total = 17 --- --- ---

Stand-By Pumps 3 300 250 300

1 300 200 250

Sub-Total = 4 --- --- ---

Total Pumps = 21 --- --- ---

85



Thus, out of 21 Pumps, 17 numbers of Pumps shall be in operation and 4 numbers shall be stand-by. In west quarry an intermediate sump shall be made, so that pumping operation shall be done in two stages.

Provision of Face Pumps, Pipes & Fittings

Three Face Pumps, out of which one Face Pump of 50 Cum/hr x 50m head, have been proposed. Out of 3 pumps, 1 shall be standby. Among 3 Face Pumps of same capacity 1 will have to work dry.

Sufficient length of pipes of dia 200 mm and 150 mm shall be provided for above pumps depending upon the capacity. In addition to above, for dealing with middy water and sump cleanings, 4 number of Slurry Pumps shall be provided for cleaning Sumps. 2.7.27 Resource Requirement 2.7.27.1 Requirement of Water

For meeting the water requirement of the Project, an Integrated Water Supply System (IWSS) has been considered from which water shall be stored in bulk reservoir at a point in the Project. Water received in the bulk reservoir shall be treated first before distribution.

The details of the estimated water requirement for various purposes are provided in Table No. 2.36.

Table 2.36 Water Requirement for the Project

Sr. No. Particulars Total

Requirement of Potable Water Cum/Day

1 Drinking Water at workplace @45 LPD/Person for 700 Persons 32

2 Colony for 50% employees @4 Members/Family and@ 135 LPD/Person

237

3 For Peripheral Villages (assumed) 20

Sub-Total Potable Water = 289

Requirement of Industrial Water

1 Sprinkling @ 30 Cum/Km of road length (10 Km) 300

2 Plantation over backfilled Area @ cum/ha 230

3 HEMM Washing @ 2.0 Cum/Vehicle/Day considering washable vehicles( about 80% of population)twice a week with 50% reclamation

34

4 Fire Fighting @45.4 KLD/MT (10% Evaporation Loss) 10

Sub-Total Industrial Water = 564

Total Water Requirement for the Project = 853

86



2.7.27.2 Requirement of Power

Mine dewatering, workshop, offices, colony etc add to the total power demand of the Project. The maximum power demand shall be at the peak targeted coal production of 4 MTPA and commissioning of Workshop and Main Pumps.

Based on Rated capacity of 4 MTPA ROM Coal form Tara(East) & Tara(West) Coal Mine the tentative requirement of power shall be in the range of 2-3 MVA at 33 kV. 2.7.27.3 Requirement of Fuel The main fuel required for the Project shall be diesel for HEMM. The envisaged diesel requirement for major HEMM is provided in Table No. 2.37.

Table 2.37 Fuel Requirement for Major HEMM

Sr. No. Equipment Size No. of

Equipment (Option – II)

Total Fuel Consumption

Liter / Hr

A. OVERBURDEN


7.0 Cum 3 70

2 Dumper 100 T 20 50


3.0 - 3.5 Cum 25 32

4 Dumper 35 T 137 15

5 Diesel Drill 250 mm 1 40


7 Dozer 450 hp 4 35

B. COAL

1 Surface Miner 2200 mm 2 80

2 Dumper 35 T 19 15

3 Front End Loader 4.5 Cum 3 25

C. COMMON OPERATIONS

1 Grader 280 HP 2 30

2 Crane 50 T 1 25

3 Crane 30 T 1 15

4 Crane 8 / 5 T 1 8

5 Diesel Back-hoe 1 Cum 1 15

6 Front End Loader 1-2 Cum 1 20


8 Dozer 450 HP 2 35

9 Diesel Browser 1 10

10 Fire Tender 1 10

11 Boom Truck 1 10

12 HD ToeTruck 1 10

87



Sr. No. Equipment Size No. of

Equipment (Option – II)

Total Fuel Consumption

Liter / Hr

13 Fork Lift Truck 1 10

14 Tipping Truck 8 T 2 10

15 Vibratory Compactor

25 T 1 10

16 Tyre Handler 1 10

17 Mobile Maintenance Van

2 10

18 Water Sprinkler 28 KL 3 10

D. RECLAMATION OPERATIONS

1 Grader 280 HP 1 30

2 Dozer 410 HP 1 35

3 Water Sprinkler 28 KL 1 10

4 Farm Truck 1 10

2.7.27.4 Requirement of Manpower

The total manpower required for Tara(East) & Tara (West) Opencast Project for peak capacity of 4.00 MTPA coal production along with its corresponding OB Removal is assessed at 1161.

With reduction in annual coal production and OB removal, peak manpower requirement as in the 6th year will come down with deployment of less number of HEMM commensurate with lower annual target beyond the 6th year.

Manpower requirement assessment has been carried out on the basis of prevailing norms of operation in Indian coal mine i.e. 3 shift operation for 330 days in a year. Proposed manpower includes the following:

i. Operational manpower for coal winning & OB Removal.

ii. Maintenance manpower of HEMM& other equipment.

iii. Project office, supervision & common manpower.

iv. Services and infrastructure facilities

v. Environment & reclamation manpower.

The details of estimated Manpower requirement under various heads are provided in Table No. 2.38.

Table 2.38 Manpower Requirement for the Project

Sr. No.

Particulars Estimated Manpower

Nos.

1 HEMM Equipment for OB Removal 723

2 HEMM Equipment for Coal Mining 84

3 HEMM Equipment for Common Operations 91

4 HEMM Equipment for Reclamation Operations 16

88



Sr. No.

Particulars Estimated Manpower

Nos.

5 Mechanical Maintenance& Supervision 107

6 Excavation Supervision 10

7 Electrical Maintenance& Supervision including Colony 28

8 Pumping Operations 6

9 Planning Office 3

10 Mining, Despatches & Quality Control 19

11 Safety 7

12 Training Centre 3

13 General Manager Office 3

14 Finance & Accounts 4

15 Security 14

16 Human Resource & Welfare 3

17 Stores 12

18 Civil & Town Administration 3

19 Medical & Sanitation 6

20 Water Supply Department 6

21 Survey Department 4

22 Environment Department 3

23 Transport Department 3

24 Communication Department 3

Total Manpower Requirement = 1161

2.7.28 Coal Handling, Processing & Mode of dispatch

The coal mined from Tara (East) & Tara (West) Coal Mine shall be used in the Thermal Power Plants of WBPDCL. Required size of the coal at the Thermal Power Plants is -100mm. As the project envisages use of Surface Miner for mining of coal, major portion of the production shall have size less than 100mm and therefore would not require any further processing like crushing & screening.

Further, the grade of the ROM Coal is suitable for power generation and therefore washing of coal will not be required.

Coal produced from the mine shall be stocked on the surface at the Mine Head. The envisaged capacity of the Stock Yard is about 3Lakh Tonnes. The ROM Coal from the Stock Yard shall be transported by road to the Bhanora Railway Siding by Dump Trucks for onward dispatch to the Thermal Power Plant.

The Bhanora Railway Siding is located at a distance of about 14 Kms from the Mine Head. The Map indicating the Coal Transport Route is provided as Figure 2.3.

89



Project Area

Transport Route

Figure 2.3 : Coal Transport Route upto Railway Siding






Proponent :The West Bengal Power Development Corp. Ltd.



Source : Google Image

Legend

Project

90



2.7.29 End Use of the Coal

The WBPDCL is operating a number of Thermal Power Plants in West Bengal for generation of power. The details of the Thermal Power Plants wherein the coal to be mined from Tara (East) and Tara (West) Coal Block shall be used are provided in Table No. 2.39.

Table 2.39 Details of the End Use Plants

End Use Plant Capacity Approx. Distance

Coal Requirement

Santaldih Thermal Power Station, Purulia, West Bengal

500 MW 101 Kms 1.88 MTPA

Kolaghat Thermal Power Station, Medinipur, West Bengal

1260 MW 274 Kms 4.75 MTPA

Bakreswar Thermal Power Station,Birbhum, West Bengal

1050 MW 92 Kms 3.96 MTPA

Bandel Thermal Power Station, Hooghly,West Bengal

455 MW 197 Kms 1.90 MTPA

Sagardoghi Thermal Power Station,Murshidabad, West Bengal

1600 MW 198 Kms 6.69 MTPA

Thus, the total coal requirement of the End Use Plants of WBPDCL is 19.18 MTPA. Thus, this Project at the Peak Production of 4 MPTA shall be meeting about 20.85% of the total coal requirement of the End Use Plants. The coal mined from Tara (East) & Tara (West) Coal Block shall be dispatched to any of the above End Use Plants as per requirement. 2.7.30 Progressive & Post-Mine Closure Plan The Progressive & Post-Mine Closure Plan for Tara (East) & Tara (West) Coal Mine has been approved by Ministry of Coal while approving the Mining Plan (2nd Revision).

The main objective of preparing the mine closure plan is to ensure that surface profile, natural drainage system, air and water quality etc. of the region, as existed before the start of the project, are restored back as far as possible. The effect of the closure of the project should have least economic repercussions on the local people. To meet the entire cost, for such restoration of activities after the mine closure, a suitable mechanism is evolved so that the entire cost of such left over works is met through an escrow account opened, for the purpose as per the guideline issued by Ministry of Coal.

Due to mining activities, that include the extraction of coal by opencast mining method and from beneath the ground, following changes, especially with environmental issues in view, are likely to take place during the running life and after the closure of the mine:

The surface land profile would get disturbed due to practicing of open cast mining method and establishment of two external dumps of over burden.

Undertaking of other construction activities associated with the project, which was not there earlier.

91



The land surface may develop cracks in the backfilled areas during progressive depillaring in underground mining operations necessitating some mitigating measures.

Noticeable change of quality of water as a result of coal project operations.

A change in air quality due to industrial activities and pollution due to production of dust due to mining operations.

Occurrence and accumulation of waste materials like shale bands, coal dust at the stock yard and other toxic materials in workshops etc.

Left out mining machineries, Coal Stock Yard etc. which may give an ugly look after the end of mining operations

Safety and security of the area after abandoning the coal mine.

The mine closure activities will be taken up in various stages as stated below: At the start of the Project Operations: As soon as the Project Operations are taken up, extensive tree plantation will be done on the mine barriers / boundaries, both side of the approach and haul roads, around coal handling plant, workshops, proposed coal dumps, settling tanks, residential areas and other places which will remain free from excavation and other associated mining activities. During the Operations of the Project:

During the Project working there will be some adverse effect on the land use, surface features, quality of water, air and other ecological aspects. The remedial measures to mitigate such adverse effect will be taken during the entire life of the operations of the mine. Sequential mining will be done in overburden removed will be dumped in the de-coaled area and plantation will be done simultaneously. Post Mining: At the Post-Mine Closure stage, surface of the internal dumps will be leveled. Separate mining plan for underground mining of remaining area will prepared before end of mining in proposed area and shall be submitted to Ministry of Coal for approval.

2.7.30.1 Top Soil & Overburden Management Plan

It is proposed to store the excavated top soil over the backfilled area. Therefore, separate Top Soil Dump shall not be required. This top soil shall be utilized afterwards for laying a cover over the internal overburden/inter burden dumps to make the dump surface suitable for biological reclamation. Efforts shall be made to excavate and segregate top soil separately. Top soil shall be scrapped by Dozer before the ground preparation for drilling and blasting. Scraped top soil will be transported to the top soil storage area. During mining the top soil shall be directly utilized for plantation of saplings along the proposed roads and barren land. As and when the external waste dump gets stabilized the stored top soil will be spread over the area of dump to facilitate plantation.

92



Top soil will be stored for initial five years and during subsequent years it will be directly spread over the reclaimed area.

Tara (East) & Tara (West) was an operating mine before 31st March 2015. About 183.25 MillionCum Overburden was generated between the period from 1996-97 to year 2014-15.

Out of this 183.25 MillionCum Overburden, about 34 MillionCum Overburden has already been dumped externally at four locations. The balance 149.25 MillionCum Overburden generated till year 2014-15 has been dumped internally. The surface area of backfilled dump (corresponding to local original level 100-130mRL) is 115.68Ha.

As per the Approved Mining Plan (2nd Revision), the mine shall be generating additional overburden of 190.56 MillionCum till the end of the life of the opencast mine. It is proposed to dump this entire quantity internally for backfilling the mined out area.

Further, the Approved Mining Plan has proposed rehandling of the four existing external dumps containing 34 MillionCum Overburden during Final Mine Closure.

Thus, the Tara (East) and Tara (West) Project involves generation of 373.81 MillionCum Overburden since inception to till the end of the life of the opencast mine. This entire quantity of 373.81 MillionCum is proposed to be backfilled into the mined out area. A final void of only about 55.03 Ha shall remain post closure of opencast mine.

It is proposed to undertake Technical and Biological Reclamation of the backfilled area towards progressive and final mine closure activities. The details of the areas to be reclaimed technically at various stages of the mine life are provided in Table No. 2.40.

Table 2.40 Details of the areas to be reclaimed technically

Stage

Land to be Degraded Area to be reclaimed Technically

Excavation Dump Infra/Others Total Backfilled Area Dump Area

Infra/Others

Total

Ha Ha Ha Ha Ha Ha Ha Ha

YEAR -1 304.98 96.21 96.38 497.57 212.06 96.21 60.54 368.81

YEAR -3 357.35 96.21 96.38 549.94 249.88 96.21 60.54 406.63

YEAR -5 383.99 96.21 96.38 576.58 288.63 96.21 60.54 445.38

YEAR -11 405.06 96.21 96.38 597.65 350.03 96.21 60.54 506.78

Post Closure

YEAR -14 405.06 96.21 96.38 597.65 350.03 96.21

126.55 (Including

66.01 Ha of Water Body)

506.78

Note: - Undisturbed Area 0f 329.79 Ha and Free Hold Area of 10 Ha has not been considered in degraded area.

The details of the areas to be reclaimed biologically at various stages of the mine life are


93



Table 2.41

Details of the areas to be reclaimed biologically

Stage

Area to be reclaimed Biologically Undisturbed

Area Grand Total Plantation

Water Body

Public / Company Use

Total

Ha Ha Ha Ha Ha s

YEAR -1 106.17 10.98 13.59 130.74 806.7 937.44

YEAR -3 406.49 10.98 13.59 431.06 506.38 937.44

YEAR -5 445.24 10.98 13.59 469.81 467.63 937.44

YEAR -11 506.78 10.98 13.59 531.35 406.09 937.44

Post Closure

YEAR -14 506.78 66.01 34.86 607.65 329.79 937.44

2.7.30.2 Post-Mine Closure Land Use

Extensive plantation shall be taken over the backfilled and reclaimed land. Efforts shall be made to restore the entire Project Area to the maximum possible extent. The details of the Post-Mine Closure Land Use envisaged for Tara (East) and Tara (West) Coal Mining Project are provided in Table No. 2.42.

Table 2.42 Details of Post-Mine Closure Land Use

Post-Mining Land Use

Extent of Area

Post-Mine Closure Land Use


Public / Company Use

Undisturbed Total

Ha Ha Ha Ha Ha Ha

Excavation 405.06 350.03 55.03 0 0 405.06

OB Dump 96.21 96.21 0 0 0 96.21

Safety Zone / Rationalization Area

50.58 50.58 0 0 0 50.58

Road Diversion 3.59 0 0 3.59 0 3.59

Nala Diversion 6.1 0 6.1 0 0 6.1

Road & Infrastructure

21.27 0 0 21.27 0 21.27

Green Belt 9.96 9.96 0 0 0 9.96

Water Body 4.88 0 4.88 0 0 4.88

Undisturbed Area

329.79 0 0 0 329.79 329.79

Free Hold (Colony)

10 0 0 10 0 10

Total = 937.44 506.78 66.01 34.86 329.79 937.44

The Post-Mine Closure Land Use Plan including the Post-Mine Closure Cross Section is attached as Plate No. 2.12.

94



2.7.30.3 Progressive / Pre-Closure Economic Repercussions of Mine Closure

The mining activities do not envisage any displacement of villages located within the Project Area. However, two R&R Colonies located within the Mining Lease Area shall be shifted outside the lease area in accordance with the R&R Plan. No public buildings, places, monuments etc within the lease area or in the vicinity is required to be shifted. The mining activity will improve the economic status of the people around the lease area.

The total manpower required for Tara (East)&Tara (West)Opencast Project at the Peak Capacity of 4MTPA shall be about 1161. Local manpower will be trained and given employment opportunity. However, skill, work efficiency, honesty and safety aspects would also govern the opportunities for employment.

This is likely to improve their living, as well as knowledge sharing standards, considerably.

This project is likely to enhance earnings of the people, their socio-economic and cultural standards are likely to be enhanced greatly. Literacy and better medical facility shall be brought about. This would be a great contribution to Human Resource Development of the area.

The mining and allied activities will provide job opportunities for eligible persons and many will find employment in service sector and marketing of day-to-day needs. The proposed long-term activity will open market and other opportunities for the growth of self-employed and cultivators. To this extent, the impact will be significantly beneficial since unemployment is the main socio-economic problem faced by the people in this area.

The facilities and amenities like dispensary to be set up for the Project will improve the basic infrastructure and these amenities can also be used by the people of the nearby villages. Communication facilities created by the Project in the form of approach roads, telephones, market centers etcshall benefit to the local population. The beneficial aspects of the projects on the socioeconomic environment of the area are in areas of employment, service, trade, commerce, public utility, literacy, social awareness, health care facilities, recreation etc. Post Mine Closure, these facilities would be handed over to Local Administration.

The social/civic obligation under taken by the coal company will be smoothly transferred to neighboring communities, local bodies or state govt. etc. at the end of the Project Life and these include educational, medical, community or other facilities developed during the life of the project.

2.7.30.4 Progressive / Pre-Closure Economic Repercussions of Mine Closure

Towards the end of the Opencast Mine Life i.e. 11 years, many persons working therein shallattain the age of superannuation and shall get replaced by the younger lot. On final closure, the then existing work persons will be given options such as:-

Golden hands shake during last 5 years of Project Life or through Voluntary Retirement Scheme (VRS).

One time financial grant to institutions / organizations dependent on the Project Authorities for continuance of their activities, even after the closure of the Project.

95



Also the Company may provide suitable & willing employees jobs in their other mines/ industries. Those who do not opt for working in other establishment of the same owner shall receive suitable retrenchment compensation, as per the then prevailing rules.

Some persons shall be kept engaged even after the total cessation of work to continue monitoring the adverse effects of mining on the quality of air and water till the environmental aspects are totally restored as per the satisfaction of the State Government / concerned Authorities.

Continuance of other services like running of schools etc at the site by the WBPDCL shall be undertaken as per the rules in vogue and the consent of the State Government.

2.7.30.5 Assessment of Annual Mine Closure Cost

The Progressive Mine Closure Plan approved by Ministry of Coal provides the tentative cost estimate done for the Final Mine Closure on approximate basis. The exact figures shall depend on the Wholesale Price Index during the time of mine closure. Detailed & Final Mine Closure Plan shall be prepared five years prior to the actual closure of the Tara (East) & Tara (West) Coal Mine and the approval of the same from Competent Authorities shall be obtained. The details of the Annual Closure Cost calculated in accordance with the Guidelines of Ministry of Coal are provided in Table No. 2.43.

Table 2.43 Annual Mine Closure Cost

WPI as on August 2009 (2004-05 Series) August 2009 129.6

WPI as on Base Date (2011-12 Series – 116.10) February 2018 180.49

Escalation Rate of Closure Cost

1.398

Base Rate of Closure Cost Rs. Crores/Ha 0.06

Adjusted Closure Cost Rs. Crores/Ha 0.084

Project Area Ha 937.44

Amount to be deposited into Escrow Account Rs. Crores 78.74

Rate of Compounding of Annual Closure Cost % 5.0%

Balance Life of the Project Years 11

Annual Closure Cost Rs. Crores 7.15

Total Amount to be deposited into Escrow Account after Compounding @ 5%

Rs. Crores 101.58

Amount already deposited into Escrow Account Rs. Crores Nil

Net Amount to be deposited into Escrow Account Rs. Crores 101.58

The details of the Year Wise Annual Closure Cost to be deposited into the Escrow Account in accordance with the Guidelines of Ministry of Coal are provided in Table No. 2.44.

96



Table 2.44 Year Wise Annual Mine Closure Cost

Year Year Wise Expenditure with 5% Escalation

Rs. Crores

1 7.15

2 7.51

3 7.88

4 8.28

5 8.69

6 9.13

7 9.58

8 10.06

9 10.56

10 11.09

11 11.65

Total Cost 101.58

Annual Closure Cost has been calculated considering the total lease area of 937.44 Ha @ Rs. 0.0836 Crores/Ha and dividing the same by life of mine i.e. 11 years. An amount equal to the annual cost will be deposited each year throughout the mine life compounded @ 5 % annually. Rs 101.15 Crores will be deposited in the Escrow account which will be opened & maintained in a Scheduled Commercial Bank. Mining will be carried out in phased manner initiating afforestation/ reclamation work in the mined out area of the first phase while commencing the mining in the second phase i.e. continuation of mining activities from one phase to other indicating the sequence of operations depending on the geo-mining conditions of the mine. Up to 80% of the total deposited amount including interest accrued in the Escrow account may be released after every five years in line with the periodic examination of the Closure Plan. The amount released will be equal to expenditure incurred on the Progressive mine closure in past five years or 80% whichever is less. The balance amount at the end of the Final Mine Closure will be released on compliance of all provisions of Closure Plan duly signed by the Company to the effect that said closure of mine has complied all statutory rules, regulations, orders made by the Central or State Government, statutory organizations, court etc and duly certified by the Coal Controller.

2.7.30.6 Activities and associated costs involved in Mine Closure

The process of Mine Closure involves undertaking of various activities in progressive manner. The details of the various closure activities and the associated costs are provided in Table No. 2.45.

97



Table 2.45

Mine Closure Activities & Associated Costs

Head Activity Unit Quantity

Rate

Estimated Amount

Rs./Unit Rs. Crores

Progressive Closure

Water Quality Management LS - - 0.05

Air Quality Management LS - - 0.05

Waste Management (Reclamation of External OB Dumps by back filling)

M Cum 0.30 20 0.60

Barbed Wire Fencing around Dump m - - 0.30

Barbed Wire Fencing around Pit m - - 0.30

Filling of Void MM3 - - 5.00

Top Soil Management MM3 - - 0.10

Technical and Biological Reclamation of Mined out land and OB Dump

Ha 506.78 100000 5.07

Plantation over virgin area including Green Belt

Ha 506.78 50000 2.53

Manpower Cost and Supervision LS - - 2.00

Toe Wall around Dump m 8000 2500 2.00

Garland Drain m 8000 3000 2.40

Garland Drain around Dump m 8000 3000 2.40

Dismantling of

Infrastructure and Disposal/ Rehabilitation

of Mining Machinery

Dismantling of Workshop LS - - 0.60

Rehabilitation of the dismantled Facilities

LS - - 0.50

Dismantling of pumps and Pipes/ other facilities

LS - - 0.50

Dismantling of stowing bunker, provisioning of pumps for borewell pumping arrangement

- - - 0.50

Rearranging water pipeline to dump top park/ Agricultural land

LS - - 0.10

Dismantling of Power Lines 0.10

Safety and Security

Barbed Wire Fencing around Dump m 8000 1200 1.20

Barbed Wire Fencing around the Pit

m

Barbed Wire Fencing with Masonry Pillars

m 5000 2500 1.25

Concrete wall with Masonry pillars around the Pit

m 5000 3000 1.50

Concrete wall fencing around the water body

m 3000 5000 1.50

Boundary wall around the water body

m 3000 3000 0.90

98



Head Activity Unit Quantity

Rate

Estimated Amount

Rs./Unit Rs. Crores

Stabilisation( viz benching, pitching etc) of side walls of the water body

LS - - 0.40

Garland drain LS - - 0.45

Garland Drain around the dump LS - - 0.40

Technical and Biological

Reclamation of Mined out of land and OB Dump

Filling of Void (by Re-Handling of existing OB Dumps)

M Cum 34 20 68.00

Landscaping and Plantation LS - - 0.15

Post Closure Management

and Supervision

Power Cost LS - - 0.15

Post Mining Water quality management

LS - - 0.15

Post Mining Air quality management

LS - - 0.10

Subsidence monitoring for 5 years LS - - 0.10

Waste Management LS - - 0.13

Manpower Cost and supervision LS - - 0.10

Total Costs towards Mine Closure Activities (Rs. Crores) = 101.58

It is proposed to meet physical reclamation cost from the amount deposited into the Escrow Account which will be opened & maintained in a Scheduled Commercial Bank as physical reclamation is part of Final Mine Closure. Cost will be worked out for physical reclamation and submitted to Ministry of Coal for approval.

The final cost figures shall be worked out in detail five years before the start of actual mine closure. 2.7.30.7 Manpower required for Mine Closure

The Company shall be deploying necessary Manpower for implementation of the Progressive as well as Final Mine Closure Activities. The details of manpower required during Progressive Mine Closure and Final Mine Closure are provided in Table No. 2.46 and Table No. 2.47 respectively.

Table 2.46

Manpower requirement for Progressive Mine Closure

Sr. No Manpower No

1 Environmental Engineer 1

2 Horticulture Engineer 1

3 Mining Engineer 1

4 Mining Foreman 2

5 Support Staff 1

6 Workers 4

Total Manpower Required = 10

99



Table 2.47 Manpower requirement for Final Mine Closure

Sr. No Activities Manpower Nos.

1

Disposal of Mobile Machinery, Disposal of P & M, Disposal of Office

Civil Engineer 1

Staff 1

Worker 1

2

Rehabilitation of Mine Workers

Personal Manager 1

welfare officer 1

Training officer 1

Staff 2

Worker 1

3

Vegetating of back filled area, infrastructure area, external dump area

Environmentalist

1

Topsoil and Tailing Dump Management

Mining Engineer 1

Staff 1

Worker 2

4 Security and Fencing of the mine area Security officer 1

5

Miscellaneous

Finance officer 1

Other Staff 1

Worker 2

Total = 19

2.7.30.8 Time Schedule for Mine Closure

The details of the envisaged implementation schedule for undertaking various activities towards Progressive and Final Mine Closure are provided in Fig. No. 2.4.

2.7.31 Approaches & Scheme for Underground Mining – Conceptual

The revised Mining Plan (2nd Revision) envisages working of the Tara (East) & Tara (West) Block by Mechanized Opencast Mining Technology up to a maximum depth of 255 m with total area of excavation as 405.06 Ha at surface. The Mining Plan for Underground Mining shall be prepared separately and submitted to Ministry of Coal for approval before closure of the opencast mine. However, as per directions of Ministry of Coal conceptual details of Underground Mining have been included in the Mining Plan. In both proposed East and West Underground Mines Board and Pillar System of mining shall be used. Development will be done by deploying face machinery loading in district conveyors feeding main conveyor in the Production Incline, discharging in surface coal handling plant, for higher productivity. Pair of inclines will be driven in both mines. There shall be number of cross measure drifts. Coal evacuation shall be from the lowest horizon in a group of seams.

100



Figure 2.4 : Implementation Schedule for Mine Closure









Project Area

101



Seams will be worked from top downwards. Staple pits fitted with chutes will be used for loading coal. Belt conveyors will be used for coal evacuation. Pillar size at different depths and for different gallery width in each seam shall be as per regulation. As the distance will be less, there will be no man riding system for the workers. Roof bolting shall be used for roof support during development. Rock bolted support system shall be designed using the rock mass confinement approach. This approach uses the RMR of the immediate roof in order to calculate the rock bolt pattern required to provide confinement to the roof and hence the support. The requirements of Indian Coal Mines Regulation 124 shall be used. The mine shall prepare, formulate and implement a Strata Control and Monitoring Plan (SCAMP) based on scientific study considering the geotechnical data, information and the method of development and extraction of coal or the excavation required there from, which also includes a support plan to secure the roof and sides of belowground workplaces, and shall be subject to revision with change in condition, for all workings belowground. Provision of regulation 118 for multi-section and continuous working shall be followed. Monitoring devices consisting of dual height tell tales set at 20m centers with multipoint extensometers set at 100m centers shall be installed. Pillar extraction shall be designed in consultation with CIMFR, Dhanbad. Surface ventilation fan shall be of adequate capacity. Standby fan shall be installed and guillotine separators should be employed shutting off the standby fan from all influences of pressure created by the operating fan. Based on the gas content of the coal and the calculated emission rates, methane drainage shall not be required. At the in bye end, to prevent methane layering and to control dust, minimum velocity shall be 0.3m/sec.

2.8 DESCRIPTION OF THE MITIGATION MEASURES INCORPORATED INTO THE PROJECT TO

MEET ENVIRONMENTAL STANDARDS

Mining is a site specific and environmentally &ecologically sensitive industry. For sustaining national development, mining of coal and minerals is of paramount importance for a developed as well as developing countries. To meet the energy requirements of the country, increased coal production has been possible due to large-scale surface mining activities. Surface mining causes environmental disturbance in the form of land degradation, removal of OB materials stress on air and water regime and finally interferes in the balance of the ecosystem. To meet these problems, sound environmental management system for pre-mining, active mining and post mining stages in the form of Environmental Impact Assessment, Environmental Management Practice for concurrent mining, Environmental Audit and Closure Plan has been made necessary by the regulating State and Central Authorities. Regular monitoring of the different components of environment is made necessary for evaluating the requirements of Environmental Management System and its impact in the Society.

2.8.1 Mitigation Measures incorporated into the Project

2.8.1.1 Storage & Preservation of Top Soil

Efforts shall be made to excavate and segregate top soil separately. Top soil shall be scrapped by dozer before the ground preparation for drilling and blasting.

102



During initial period of mining the top soil shall be directly utilized for plantation of saplings along the proposed road sand barren land. As and when the internal waste dump gets stabilized the stored top soil shall be spread over the area of dump to facilitate plantation.

2.8.1.2 Reclamation of mined out area

As per the year-wise excavation programme envisaged in the Mining Plan (2nd Revision), the mine benches will remain active till the end of life of the mine. Accordingly, the reclamation of mined out area will not be possible during first ten years. However, the back filling of mined out area will start in initial year of mine operation in earlier pionce the internal dumping in the mined out area starts, limited quantity will be dumped at the external dump.

2.8.1.3 Reclamation of OB Dumps

Four existing external OB dumps have been afforested in the past and are stable and shall not need any further action for stabilization or against any flowing material from them.

A drainage channel shall be dug to channelize the rain water falling over the dump area. The channel shall be cleaned periodically particularly before the onset of monsoon. Dozer has been envisaged for terracing of dump slopes as well as maintaining the drainage.

These four existing external OB dumps shall be reclaimed in three years of post-mine closure operations i.e. in the year 12th, 13th and 14th year.

The reclamation of OB Dumps shall include:

Stabilization of overburden dumps

Construction of retaining walls

Construction of drain for drainage

Provision of jute mesh for facilitating grass or vegetative growth on slopes

Provision of good soil mixed with manure and subsequent irrigation for growth of grass for anchorage on slopes. Plantation mixed with indigenous and fast growing plant species

The degraded area shall be reclaimed and rehabilitated with local species of plantation in a phased manner;

Plantation shall be carried out on waste dumps;

The haulage roads shall be flanked by trees on either side; and

A belt of trees with thick canopy shall be created along the mine boundary to intercept dust, gaseous pollutants and noise.

2.8.1.4 Green Belt Development

A total of area 597.65 Ha shall be disturbed due to mining and allied activities during the operation of the Project. To compensate for the above, plantation over 506.78 Ha area shall be undertaken. The plantation rate over 506.78 Ha shall be undertaken@ 1250 Trees/ Ha.

The Green Belt shall:

Compensate the loss of vegetation due to setting up of the mine

Prevent the spread of fugitive dust generated due to mining and allied activities

Attenuate noise generated by the mine

Reduce soil erosion

Increase green covers and improve aesthetics

103



The species to be planted in the area are Mango, Mahul, Saletc. Local species as available shall also be planted.

In addition to above green belt shall also be developed in vacant areas, around office buildings, garage, stores etc. along the road sides and on the external dump area.

2.8.1.5 Measures to control erosion / sedimentation of water courses

Continuous monitoring will be done to remove overburden material and loose sediments from the working mine benches and excavation zone to avoid rolling of the same into the water course and thereby preventing the erosion and sedimentation. Retention Wall shall be constructed around the dump to prevent rolling down of loose sediments. Settling Pits shall be constructed at appropriate locations along the water channels to arrest sediments and clean water will be allowed to flow into natural water course.

2.8.1.6 Treatment & Disposal of water from mine

The water inside the mine pit is expected from the rain water during rainy season. Entire precipitation over the pit will be channelized systematically in to natural drainage.

In order to ensure the discharge of clean water into the natural drainage, Sedimentation Ponds shall be made at suitable location to arrest the sludge. Accumulated sludge shall be scraped off periodically to maintain the proper mine water discharge. In order to monitor and subsequent management of water quality, monitoring stations shall be located near Settling Pit. Effluent Treatment Plant is envisaged for treatment of water discharged for workshop as well as domestic waste.

2.8.1.7 Management of Air Quality

The existing air quality of the Project Area is within the norms as specified by the National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS). Fugitive dust shall be generated in open cast mine due to drilling, blasting, handling of overburden& coal. To control dust from various operations following measures shall be resorted to:

Drilling & Blasting Area shall be sprinkled with water prior to the operation

Water shall be sprayed during loading/unloading of OB and coal

Periodical water spraying shall be done on haul road, overburden dump & stacks of coal

Trees shall be planted on road side

Dumps shall be stabilized by planting grass/trees

It has been proposed that all mining and coal processing equipment will have dust extraction and separation attachment to minimize air pollution. In order to monitor and subsequent management of air quality, monitoring stations will be located near dust generating areas such as haul road, OB dump, coal handling plant etc.

104



2.8.1.8 Protective Measures towards Ground Vibrations due to Blasting

Loosening of rock mass shall be done by blasting of 8m to 15m deep and 160/250 mm diameter blast holes. Burden and spacing have been proposed as 7m to 8m and 8m to 10m respectively. Millie-second delay detonators have been envisaged to minimize the ground vibration. Use of non-electric detonators(NONEL) shall be made wherever required. Blast vibration studies shall be conducted to optimize the burden & spacing and explosives requirement so as to minimize the vibration effect due to the blasting .Blasting shall be carried out in a periodical manner so as to minimize the impact on the local habitants and the faunal species.

2.8.1.9 Monitoring Schedule Environmental Parameters

The mining in the Project Area was started in the year 1997-98 and the Project has exhausted most of its opencast coal reserves. The balance life of the opencast mine is only 11 years. The details of the envisaged schedule for monitoring the environmental parameters are given below:

Air Quality, Water Quality and Noise Level Monitoring shall be done regularly every year by taking measurements near the mine and residential areas preferably close to some of the earlier stations so as to keep a comparative check with respect to the base line data.

For air quality monitoring, continuous monitoring on 24 hours sampling basis shall be done for two days per week and analytical checks made for PM2.5, PM10, SO2, NOx andCO. Water quality, soil quality shall be monitored seasonally. Noise levels shall be monitored once a year.

For effective management of the environment, it is envisaged to have an organizational set-up under the administrative supervision of the Mines Management where responsibilities can be delegated to technical personnel like Mining Engineer, Geologist/Chemist and Horticulturist with regard to specific aspects of Environment Management Plan.

2.9 ASSESSMENT OF NEW & UNTESTED TECHNOLOGY FOR THE RISKOF TECHNOLOGICAL

FAILURE

The Project envisages use of conventionally tested Shovel / Dumper Combination

Technology along with use of Surface Miner. The Shovel / Dumper Combination for

undertaking Overburden Removal is being used in Indian Coal Mining Industry since long and

is the only preferable technology for opencast mining considering the geo-mining

conditions of Indian coalfields.

Further use of Surface Miner for mining of coal is also proven. The geo-mining conditions of

Tara (East) & Tara (West) Coal Block permits use of Surface Miner for coal mining.

As the conventional and tested technologies have been envisaged in the present Opencast

Coal Mining Project, assessment of risk of technological failure is not required.

The details of the various other Surface Mining Technologies considered for the Project are

provided in Chapter No. 5 viz. Analysis of Alternatives (Technology & Site).

105



CHAPTER-3 DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT

3.1 BACKGROUND

In compliance of EIA Notification S.O.1533 (E) of September 14, 2006 and subsequent notifications, prior environment clearance is required to be obtained from Expert Appraisal Committee (EAC) of Ministry of Environment and Forest & Climate Change (MoEF & CC) for the Tara (East) and Tara (West) Coal Mine. The Tara (East) & Tara (Wes) Coal Block is located in Raniganj Coalfields covering 937.44 Ha project area with ultimate production of 4 MTPA coal from the Mine. The project is categorized as “Category A” project as per EIA Notification 2006.

3.2 TARA (EAST) AND TARA (WEST) COAL MINING PROJECT Tara (East) & Tara (West) Coal Block lies in the northern part of Raniganj Coalfield in Paschim Bardhaman District, West Bengal. It falls between Latitude 230 45’ 30”N & 230 47’ 45”N and Longitude 870 04’ 00”E & 870 07’ 15”E and is included in Survey of India Toposheet 73 M/1.

Ministry of Coal re-allotted Tara (East) and Tara (West) Coal Mine to WBPDCL and as per the direction of MoEF & CC, a fresh environmental clearance is required to be obtained for the proposed mining operation by the present allotee M/s WBPDCL. Hence, fresh baseline environmental quality data encompassing on environmental quality data has been collected in the project region. This report presents the baseline data, associated in impacts together with an Environmental Management Plan (EMP) to minimize/mitigate adverse impacts and maximize project benefits. Various components of environment viz. air, noise, water, soil including socio-economic aspects

3.3 PRESENT ENVIRONMENTAL SCENARIO The mine lease area of the Tara (East) and Tara (West) Coal mine comprises of private agriculture land and government waste land. Various features of the existing environment are described below:

a) Population – The study area is pre-dominantly agricultural and non-forest land. The population density and traffic movement in the proposed mining area is low.

b) Industrial activities - The area is under-developed, though a number of industries are present in the study area.

c) Topography and Drainage – The topography of the area is flat to slightly undulating with isolated hillocks. The drainage of the area is controlled by natural/seasonal gullies and streams which ultimately flow in to the adjoining nallah.

3.4 BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY DATA

As per Terms of Reference (TOR) prescribed by MoEF & CC for the project, the baseline environmental quality data in respect of.

a) Air b) Noise c) Water d) Soil e) Landuse/Land cover Socio-economic has been collected through primary surveys as well information /data obtained from secondary sources like govt. departments and other concerned agencies.

106



The baseline data have been collected during October 2018 to December 2018 in the study area covering 10 km around the Tara (East) and Tara (West) Coal Mine Project. The study area map covering project area (937.44 ha) as core zone and 10 km radius around core zone as buffer zone is depicted in Figure 3.1 and important features of 10 km buffer zone are given in Table 3.1.

Table 3.1

Salient Features of Study Area (10 km Buffer zone)

Sr. No.

Features Details Distance

1. Villages Churulia, Chinchurbill, Deshermohan, Jaynagar, Birkulti, Manpur and Joyantipur

Within Core Zone

2. River, Reservoir Nallah

Ajay River

Other Streams

Ponds

Adjoining the mining lease area in Northern part of the lease area.

Within 10 km radius

Spread in all the directions

3. Reserved Forest and Protected Forest

107



Figure 3.1 : Key Plan of Core Zone & Buffer Zone Area









Source : SoI, Toposheet Nos 73M/1, 73M/2

Project

10 Km

108



Sr. No.

Features Details Distance

4. Archeological Monument None -

5. National Park None -

6. Wildlife Sanctuary None -

7. Interstate Boundary West Bengal-Jharkhand 3 Km NE

There is no National Park, Wildlife Sanctuary, Defense Installation or Sensitive Area within 15 km radius of the proposed mine.

3.5 METHODOLOGY FOR BASELINE DATA COLLECTION:

Conducting reconnaissance in the study area;

Selecting sampling locations for monitoring air, noise, water, soil and other components of environment.

Collection of primary data through field monitoring and recording observations

Collection of secondary data from Govt. Offices and other concerned agencies.

Sr. No.

Component Parameter Period Frequency

1 Micrometerology Rainfall, humidity, temperature, wind direction, wind speed,

cloud cover

October-December 2018

Real time

2 Air quality (13 stations)

PM10 ,PM2.5, SO2 , NO2 CO , O3 , Pb


24 Hourly biweekly

per station

3

Water Quality a) Surface water (7 stations ) b) Ground water ( 6 stations)

Physical, Chemical & Biological

Dec-2018

Grab

sample

4 Noise Level (8 stations) Sound Pressure Level Dec-2018 Real time

5 Biodiversity studies Flora & Fauna survey Nov-Dec 2018 One season

6 Soil quality ( 6 stations) Physical & chemical parameters, Soil profile

Nov-Dec 2018 One season

7 Socio-Economic (selected villages)

Vocational, Demographic, Economic & occupational

Nov-Dec 2018 -

8 Landuse Land cover

Core zone

Buffer zone

Land use Land cover approved Mining Plan, Satellite Image

Nov-2018

9 Traffic Survey (Four Locations)

Traffic Density Oct-2018 Seven days

10 Hydrogeology Drainage pattern, nature of streams, aquifer

characteristics, recharge and

discharge areas


109



3.6 METEOROLOGY: 3.6.1 Meterological Informatin from IMD Records (Secondary Data) : The climate of West Bengal

varies due to it’s location. West Bengal is situated in a strategic position in eastern India and the tropic of cancer passes through this state. The cold season starts from about the middle of November and continues till the end of February. March to May is dry summer intervened by tropical cyclones and storms which although infrequent are notable features of the weather and climate of this district. June to September is wet season while October and November is autumn. Sea Level Pressure and Winds: The seasonal variation of atmospheric pressure over the state takes place in a systematic manner with a maximum in the winter and a minimum in the monsoon season (June and July). The pressure gradient over the state generally remains weak except during the late summer and monsoon season. During winter the higher pressure is to the north.

Month Mean Wind Speed Km/Hr

Predominant wind direction in morning

Predominant wind direction in evening

January 3.1 NW

NW

February 3.7 NW

NW

March 5.8 NW/SW

NW/C

April 7.3 SW/S

SW/S

May 10.1 SE/SW

SE

June 9.0 SE/SW

SE

July 8.7 SE/SW

SE

August 7.5 SE

SE

September 6.8 SE

SE

October 4.8 NW

C/N

November 3.5 NW

C/NW

December 2.9 NW

NW

Annual 6.1

110



To summarize the State experiences following pattern of wind direction along with changes in wind speed as per the table below.

Month Predominant Wind Direction

Wind Speed Km/Hr

January-March NW 3.1-5.8

Aprril – June SW, SE 7.3-10.1

July – September SE 7.5-9.0

October – December NW 2.9-4.8

Temperature : May and April are the hottest months with the mean maximum temperatures of 35.6°C and 33.8°C in the Gangetic and sub-Himalayan West Bengal respectively. January is the coldest month in the state when the mean minimum temperature for the Gangetic West Bengal and the sub- Himalayan West Bengal are 13.3°C and 10.5°C respectively. Both the maximum and minimum temperatures rise rapidly from February onwards till April in sub-Himalayan West Bengal and till May in the Gangetic West Bengal. Humidity : The relative humidity is generally high during the period from July to September. It is about 80% in June rising to about 83%-85% in July, August and September in the morning. The diurnal variation of relative humidity is least during monsoon season. The relative humidity is lowest during the summer afternoons when it becomes about 38 to 50% at the plain inland stations. Cloudiness : The period from December to March, is cloudless or lightly clouded. Afternoons are however, comparatively more clouded than forenoons, particularly in summer. During monsoon season (June to September) skies are heavily clouded particularly during July and August, when about 6 octaves of the sky are covered with clouds. Rainfall : The total annual rainfall in the plains of the state increases from142 cm over the southern parts to 371 cm over the northern parts while it decreases to 116 cm over the northwestern parts of Gangetic West Bengal. The southwest monsoon is the principal rainy season when the plains of the state receive almost 74% to 83% of annual rainfall amount whereas the hills of West Bengal receive 73% to 87%. Rainfall in the winter season (December to February) is about 3% of the annual total in Gangetic West Bengal and 1% of the annual total in the plains of the northern parts whereas it is varying from 1% to 5% in the hills of West Bengal. In the hot weather season (March to May), rainfall is about 11% of the annual total in Gangetic West Bengal and 14% in northern parts (plains) respectively and is varying from 10% to 18% in the hills of West Bengal. Excessive rainfall: Rainfall sufficiently in excess of the normal, is a predominant factor for occurrence of floods, particulary in high rainfall regions. Even with a coefficient of variation of rainfall of 20% or less, regions are prone to frequent floods. Since the coefficient of variation of annual rainfall is less than 25% in the state, the state is prone to floods.

Cyclonic Storms and Depressions: Cyclonic storms and depressions in the Bay of Bengal which affect the weather of West Bengal give rise to storm surges and gale winds in the coastal belts. The height of the storm surges and wind force along the coast increases as the systems approach the area. The cyclonic storms and depressions which affect West Bengal originate and intensify over the Bay of Bengal, mostly during May to November. They usually

111



travel westnorthwest and cross the coast. In general, storms and depressions weaken on entering the land..

Thunderstorms and Duststorms: Convective activity is essential for the occurrence of thunderstorms and dust storms. With the advance of the summer, thunder activity becomes pronounced due to ground heating. When the moisture is insufficient in the atmosphere, dry thunderstorms or dust storms occur. Maximum number of thunderstorms occur with the approach of the monsoon current, while dust storms are mainly confined to the summer months of April-June. Hail occur in the state during the period from March-September.

The district Bardhman experiences average temperature in hot season is 30oC while at the cold season is 20oC and average annual rainfall is 150O mm. Climate of the district is normally moderate in the Western Lateratic Zone Where it is some what extreme. In the western part of the district i.e. in the Lateritic Zone Temperature is very high in the summer days and low in winter. The temperature range from 210 C to 440 C during Summer and 60 C to 260 C during Winter. Rain fall is erratic and less in Western Part than that in the Eastern (Alluvial) Zone. Relative Humidity of the District during Summer season varies from 75% to 85 % (Max) and 40% to 60% (Min) . Whereas in Winter season it varies from 80 % to 90 % (Max) and 30% to 55% (Min) milimeter.

The nearest IMD records available at Durgapur (Table 3.2A) and Asansol (Table 3.2B) of Paschim Bardhman District (have been studied for acquiring the meteorological information as regards to the site. The summariesed table below provides informatation compliled from the IMD publication for Durgapur and Asansol of Paschim Bardhman District (1971-2000).

Table – 3.2A

IMD Data Durgapur

Month Normal & Extreme

of Rainfall (mm)

Temperature °C Relative Humidity

%

Mean Wind Speed Km/Hr

Mean Daily Max.

Mean Daily Min.

Highest

Lowest

January a 14.4 26.9 12.0 36.7 4.4 63 3.1

b 1.1

February a 17.5 29.4 14.2 38.8 4.4 61 3.7

b 1.4

March a 12.7 33.8 18.5 41.7 10.0 63 5.8

b 1.1

April a 27.5 37.2 23.0 46.0 14.6 70 7.3

b 1.9

May a 54.5 37.4 23.7 46.8 15.4 71 10.1

b 3.1

June a 259.9 35.7 24.9 45.6 18.6 76 9.0

b 10.6

July a 290.2 33.3 24.0 39.8 19.4 82 8.7

b 14.6

August a 292.6 32.6 24.3 38.3 19.7 84 7.5

b 14.8

September a 246.3 33.1 24.3 38.0 18.9 81 6.8

b 12.4

October a 121.4 32.4 22.1 36.7 15.4 74 4.8

b 5.7

112



November a 1.9 30.5 16.6 35.6 9.8 67 3.5

b 0.3

December a 0.3 27.4 12.0 31.7 4.4 63 2.9

b 0.0

Annual a 1339.2 32.5 2.0 71 6.1

b 67.0

a : Mean average rainfall b : Average Number of rainy days

Table – 3.2B IMD Data Asansol, Paschim Burdhman

Month Normal & Extreme of Rainfall (mm)

Temperature °C Relative Humidity

%

Mean Wind Speed Km/Hr

Mean Daily Max.

Mean Daily Min.

Highest

Lowest

January a 13.1 26.9 12.0 36.7 4.4 63 3.1

b 1.1

February a 19.0 29.4 14.2 38.8 4.4 61 3.7

b 1.4

March a 20.1 33.8 18.5 41.7 10.0 63 5.8

b 1.7

April a 28.3 37.2 23.0 46.0 14.6 70 7.3

b 2.0

May a 62.7 37.4 23.7 46.8 15.4 71 10.1

b 4.1

June a 232.1 35.7 24.9 45.6 18.6 76 9.0

b 10.8

July a 327.5 33.3 24.0 39.8 19.4 82 8.7

b 16.8

August a 317.1 32.6 24.3 38.3 19.7 84 7.5

b 16.0

September a 267.0 33.1 24.3 38.0 18.9 81 6.8

b 12.3

October a 105.1 32.4 22.1 36.7 15.4 74 4.8

b 5.0

November a 12.2 30.5 16.6 35.6 9.8 67 3.5

b 0.9

December a 3.5 27.4 12.0 31.7 4.4 63 2.9

b 0.4

Annual a 1407 32.5 2.0 71 6.1

b 72.5

3.6.2 Meterological Information from Site (Primary Data) : Metrological data was collected as

per the standard norms laid down by Bureau of Indian Standards (IS - 8829) and India

Meteorological Department (IMD). A Central Monitoring Station (CMS) was set up with

continuous monitoring equipment at Tara (East) and (West) Coal Block at Mine office with

Lease boundary at a height of about 3 m above ground level to record wind speed, wind

direction, temperature, relative humidity & rain fall. The meteorological monitoring station

was located in such a way that it was free from any obstructions and as per the guidelines

specified under IS - 8829.

113



Table – 3.3A Accuracy of Meteorological Equipment

Sr. No. Sensor Accuracy

1. Wind speed Sensor ± 1 m/s

2. Wind direction Sensor ± 3 degrees

3. Temperature Sensor ± 0.5 0C

The observations were recorded from October 2018 to December 2018 is given in Table 3.3B.

Table 3.3B

Meterological Observations

Month Temperature (C°) Humidity (%) Wind speed (Kmph)

Rainfall (mm)

Min Max Avg Min Max Avg Max Avg Avg

Oct.-2018 16.9 31.7 24.4 30 96 70.74 9.7 2.18 Nil

Nov-2018 13.9 33.3 23.2 33 92 64.47 9.7 2.04 Nil

Dec-2018 11.0 27.0 19.4 26 96 65.19 9.7 1.25 Nil

3.6.1 Wind Speed and Wind Direction: The wind speed and wind directions were recorded on

hourly basis. Hourly wind speed and wind directions were recorded. It was observed that about 43% of total time, the wind was calm i.e. the speed was less than 1 km/hr. The predominant wind directions were from NNW, N and from NNE. Mean wind speed was within the range of 1.25 Kmph to 2.18 Kmph. The wind rose diagram for AAQ monitoring period is given in Figure 3.2.

3.6.2 Temperature and Humidity: The mean daily maximum temperatures of 33.3 0C was recorded in October 2018 and Minimum of 11.0 0C in December during the monitoring period.

3.6.3 Rainfall: No incidence of rainfall was recorded during the monitoring period.

3.6.4 Relative Humidity : Relative Humdity range was observed to be between 26% to 96%.

3.6.5 Comparision of Primary and Secondary Data : The Secondary data records of IMD from the nearby IMD Stations of Asansol were compared with the primary data collection from the site. Obviously, there were some variation from the available historical records. The predomininet wind direction during October-December were W,NW and N (average calm of 30%) for Asansol IMD Station while during recent monitoring on site the predominant wind direction was NNW, N & NNE (average calm of 43%). Mean wind speed was within the range of 1.25 Kmph to 2.18 Kmph on site was found to be lower thant the mean wind speed values records of 2.9 Kmph to 4.8 Kmph at Asansol IMD Station. The temperature range was between 12 0C to 32.4 0C recorded at Asansol IMD Station while it was recorded to be 11 0C to 33.3 0C. Similarly the Relative Humidity range was observed to be 26% to 96% on site which was in variance with the IMD Asansol 63% to 74%.

3.7 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY:

To assess the baseline ambient air quality, 13 air quality monitoring locations were selected on the basis of topography and meteorological parameters in core and buffer zone. One station was located in core zone and 12 in the buffer zone. The study area represents totally

114



Figure 3.2: Wind Rose.






Proponent :The West Bengal Power Development Corp.

Ltd.



Source : AEROMOD dispersion model

Project Area

115



rural environment. The details of ambient air quality monitoring stations are given in Table 3.4 and shown in Figure 3.3.

Table – 3.4

Details of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations

Station code

Name of Village /Station

Distance from

ML area

Direction from

ML area

Coordinates

Northing Easting

A-1 Extsting Mine Office

Within ML - N 23º47'32.6" E 087º04'49.0"

A-2 Joynagar Village Within ML - N 23º46'17.2" E 087º06'01.1"

A-3 Churulia Village Within ML - N 23º46'52.3" E 087º03'59.9"

A-4 Jamgram Village 5.6 km W N 23º48'32.1" E 087º00'22.6"

A-5 Rashunpur Village 3.6 km NW N 23º48'51.4" E 087º02'19.2"

A-6 Sultanpur Village 2.7 km N N 23º49'34.0" E 087º04'53.7"

A-7 Afjalpur Village

3.8 km NE N 23º48'04.0" E 087º08'01.7"

A-8 Shimuldihi Village

4.3 km E N 23º46'18.2" E 087º09'21.0"

A-9 Patharchur Village

5.0 km SE N 23º43'35.5" E 087º08'00.4"

A-10 Bhaterdaha or Bhadda Village

7.8 km SE N 23º43'00.0" E 087º09'51.9"

A-11 Jamuria Village

6.7 km S N 23º42'00.9" E 087º05'29.5"

A-12 Bhanora Railway Siding

7.6 km SW N 23º44'00.4" E 087º01'41.6"

A-13 Hijalgora Village 5.5 km SE N 23º43'01.2" E 087º07'39.8"

As per the prescribed TOR, air pollutants viz. PM10, PM2.5, Sulphur dioxide (SO2), Oxides of

Nitrogen (NOX), Ozone (O3), Carbon Monoxide (CO) & Heavy Metals were monitored as representative parameters of ambient air quality in the study area.

air samples were collected on 24-hourly basis twice a week at each site. The samples were collected continuously for 13 weeks beginning from October 2018 to December 2018 and were preserved and analyzed as per the standard methods recommended in Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) of Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB, 2011). The samples were analyzed by gravimetric, colorimetric and atomic absorption spectrophotometric (AAS) methods as per standard methods specified by Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB 2011).

3.7.1 Results and Discussion:The results of air quality monitoring are discussed below and compared with National Ambient Air Quality Standards(Refer: GSR 826(E) dated 16th Nov. 2009).

The summary of ambient air monitoring is depicted in Table No. 3.5.

116



Figure 3.3: Location of Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Stations

Project : Tara (East) & Tara (West) Coal Mine Villages: Churulia, Chinchurbill, Deshermohan, Jaynagar, Birkulti, Manpur and Joyantipur Block : Jamuria, District – Paschim Bardhaman, W.B. Project Area : 937.44 Ha


EIA Consultant : Srushti Seva Private Limited. QCI-NABET Certificate No.-NABET/ EIA/1720/ RA 0105


Project

10 Km

117



Particulate Matter (PM10): The maximum PM10 concentration covering all the air quality monitoring stations i.e. A-1 to A-13 were observed in the range of 43.54 – 94.3 µg/m3. Almost all the stations have PM10 concentrations less than half of 24 hours average permissible limit i.e. 100 µg/m3 as prescribed by MoEF & CC for industrial, residential, rural and other area.

Particulate Matter (PM2.5): The maximum PM2.5 concentration covering all the air quality monitoring stations A-1 to A-13 were observed in the range of 26.1 – 59.3 µg/m3 as against the NAAQ Standards of MoEF & CC prescribed limit of 60 µg/m3 for industrial, residential, rural and other areas.

Sulphur Dioxide (SO2): The maximum SO2 concentrations covering all sampling stations A-1 to A-13 were in the range of 21.06 – 48.51µg/m3. All monitored stations have SO2 concentrations well within the stipulated (annual 24 hours) limit of 80 µg/m3 as prescribed for industrial, residential, rural and other areas under revised NAAQ Standards of MoEF & CC.

Oxides of Nitrogen (NOX): The maximum NOx concentrations covering all sampling stations A-1 to A-13 were observed in the range of 12.6 -46.2 µg/m3. All monitored stations have NOX concentrations well within the stipulated (annual 24 hours) limit of 80 µg/m3 as prescribed for industrial, residential, rural and other areas under NAAQ Standards of MoEF & CC. Heavy Metals: Representative samples from all sampling stations were collected and analyzed for heavy metals i.e. Lead, Arsenic & Nickel. The concentrations of heavy metals were observed below detectable limit at all the stations. Free Silica: A few samples of PM10 were analyzed for free silica which was found to be always below 0.0001 percent.

In summary, the ambient air quality of Tara (East) & (West) Coal Block mine area and its buffer zone showed that the concentrations of all monitored parameters were within the stipulated standards of MoEF & CC.

The results of monitoring (October 2018 to December 2018) are given in Annexure 3.1.

118



Table No. 3.5 Summary of Ambient Air Monitoring

Details

A-1 : Existing Mine Office A-2 : Joynagar Village A-3 : Churulia Village A-4 : Jamgram Village

PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOx PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOx PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOx PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOx

Minimum 50.4 31.9 23.2 19.1 59.6 39.3 33.6 24.9 57.4 37.2 27.2 17.8 67.0 44.5 32.7 30.7

Maximum 74.3 47.3 32.8 28.4 74.0 41.5 47.2 45.0 71.8 45.0 34.0 26.7 89.1 58.3 48.5 45.5

Average 62.3 39.8 28.4 23.9 69.9 45.4 38.4 33.4 63.8 40.4 29.8 23.0 81.6 53.2 39.9 40.4

Details

A-5 : Rashunpur Village A-6 : Sultanpur Village A-7 : Afjalpur Village A-8 : Shimuldihi Village


Minimum 47.9 31.3 26.4 17.1 44.2 28.1 24.8 14.3 51.3 33.9 26.0 13.6 43.5 26.1 23.0 12.6

Maximum 69.6 46.2 39.2 27.3 53.6 35.6 34.0 20.5 67.0 42.6 40.1 19.4 57.2 37.2 37.5 25.9

Average 59.5 39.5 32.2 23.7 48.9 32.2 28.8 17.3 60.6 38.8 31.6 17.2 51.1 31.3 29.7 19.0

Details

A-9 : Patharchur Village A-10 : Bhaterdaha Bhadda Village A-11 : Jamuria Village A-12 : Bhanora Railway Siding


Minimum 50.5 33.0 30.8 21.0 50.7 31.3 28.7 13.0 67.5 45.1 21.1 31.5 72.2 45.5 21.1 26.0

Maximum 65.7 45.1 43.4 35.6 67.0 46.0 41.7 22.4 83.0 57.2 30.0 45.9 94.3 59.3 31.7 46.2

Average 60.0 39.0 36.0 26.6 60.1 37.7 33.9 16.2 77.5 52.3 25.0 37.7 84.2 54.8 25.3 33.6

Details

A-13 : Hijalgora Village PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOx Minimum 44.4 28.5 23.1 13.0

Maximum 61.9 41.0 34.1 22.6

Average 53.9 33.5 28.0 17.3

119



3.8 NOISE ENVIRONMENT:

Noise level were measured at following stations for 15 minutes at each station between 20th December to 25th December 2018. The details are presented in Table 3.6. The CPCB Noise standard is given in Table 3.7.

Table – 3.6 Details of Noise Level Monitoring Locations

Sr No

Location Category Noise Level Leq dB(A)

Minimum Maximum

1 Mine Area Near Churulia Industrial 33.2 50.4

2 Ajay (Barkala) ghat road Commercial 36.4 51

3 On Barakala ghat Residential 30.3 44.8

4 PF near Kasta Village Residential 32.2 43.8

5 PF near Sultarpur Village Residential 28.4 43.6

6 Near Santhaldih Village Residential 32.3 49.2

7 Near Eklabpur PF Residential 24.7 34.8

8 After Eklabpur Villae PF Residential 26.1 36.6

9 Barbani Railway crushing Industrial 60.7 75.8

10 Barbani Railway crushing Industrial 68.8 81.7

11 Churulia Market area Commercial 57.9 61.7

12 Sultarpur Village Residential 58.1 56.3

13 Near Kasta village PF Residential 33.1 41.6

14 Near Chhota Rampur PF Commercial 34.3 42.1

15 Palashban Near railway track Residential 33.2 54.6

16 Near Naykapur Residential 38.1 49.3

17 NH-2 Kolkatta - Delhi Commercial 43.8 69.9

18 Domohari Market Place Commercial 53.1 71.1

19 Domohari near market place Commercial 52.8 72.6

20 Toda Mode Residential 36.8 52.6

21 Churulia to Damonia mode mine road Commercial 38.9 52.6

22 Mine road to Jamuriya - Damoniya road (Sattar mode)

Residential 40.6 43.1

23 Tanda danga village Residential 37.2 43.9

24 Near Jamuria -Domoniya road Residential 40.3 49.7

25 Bhanora Railway Siding Road Industrial 35.8 57.9

26 Towards Siding Roads Industrial 30.3 57.6

27 Jamuria - Dombari road from Bhonawra Commercial 40.6 50.9

120



Sr No

Location Category Noise Level Leq dB(A)

Minimum Maximum

28 Churulia Durga Temple Residential 40.00 47.7

29 ECL Coal Mine Road Roshapur (Beguriya College)

Commercial 45.2 53.7

30 Bhanora Railway Siding Industrial 38.5 64.8

31 Patharchur Village Residential 30.7 43.7

32 Sattor Village Residential 35.3 42.3

33 Baghuli Village Residential 30.5 44.5

34 Nayakpur Village Residential 25.9 38.9

35 Near Barul Village Residential 35.2 43.2

36 Near Sankir Village Residential 33.6 42.6

37 Near Nandi Village Residential 35.5 44.1

38 Near Jamuria (Bus Stand) commercial 40.5 54.4

39 Towards Damohari Commercial 40.4 52.8

40 Near Barabani Village Residential 40.6 51.6

41 Barabani Railway Siding Industrial 40.3 60.3

42 Barabani - Janigram Road (Square) Commercial 35.4 46.7

Table – 3.7

CPCB Noise Standards

Area Code

Category

Recorded Values dB(A) Leq*

National Ambient Noise Level Standards Limits in dB(A) Leq

Minimum Maximum Day time Night time

A Industrial Area 30.3 81.7 75 70

B Commercial Area 33.2 72.6 65 55

C Residential Area 24.7 52.6 55 45

D Silence Zone** - - 50 40

* Recorded during day time

** Day time is from 6.00 am to 10.00 pm Silence zone is defined as area up to 100 meters around premises of hospitals, educational institutions and courts. Use of vehicle horns, loud speakers and bursting of crackers are banned in these zones.

The noise Levels in the Tara (East) and Tara (West) Coal mine lease buffer zone was observed in the range of 29.7 – 78.2 dB (A).

Noise Level Monitoring was also undertaken at following selected locations between 24th December to 29th December 2018 continuously for 24 Hour Duration at each locations. The summarized details of these locations are provided in the Table 3.8 below. The location of noise level monitoring stations is shown in Figure 3.4.

121



Figure 3.4: Location of Noise Level Monitoring Stations





Project

10 Km

122



Table 3.8 Location of Noise Level Monitoring Stations in Buffer Zone

Sr No

Location

Coordinates Day Time Noise Level Leq dB(A)

Night Noise Level Leq dB(A)

Lattitude Longitude Min. Max. Min. Max.

1 Existing Mine Office

87.08028 23.79239 46.5 70.6 29.7 43.6

2 Joynagar 87.10031 23.77144 45.4 72.4 34.5 42.3

3 Kasta Village 87.09186 23.82069 46.3 59.6 29.4 36.6

4 Eklabpur 87.11531 23.81731 34.6 48.7 33.8 42.7

5 Nayakpur 87.01328 23.81389 43.7 54.5 33.7 42.2

6 Patharchur 87.13422 23.72636 45.8 61.2 39.2 48.6

7 Bhanora Rly Siding

87.02822 23.73344 48.4 73.9 42.2 55.7

8 Sultanpur 87.08017 23.82753 47.3 78.8 40.7 51.5

Besides above the noise level monitoring for some equipment was also carried out for the vehicles operating in Buffer Zone (Table 3.9).

Table 3.9 Location of Noise Level Monitoring Stations during vehicles operation

Sr. No.

Equipments Location

Noise Level in dB (A)

3 m away Operations

Position

1 Truck Near Power Plant 56.3 88.7



4 Truck Bardhaman Siding 54.8 82.8

5 JCB Bardhaman Siding 61.3 89.9

6 JCB Bardhaman Siding 61.3 89.9

7 Truck Bhanowadi 5.98 84.4

8 Truck Janigram 58.2 90.7

9 Truck Begira College 59.7 92.2

10 Truck Jamgram 61.3 90.8

11 Tractor Jamgram 58.2 84.7



14 Truck Tadapahari 59.1 90.6

15 Truck Jamgram Mode 59.9 89.3

123



Above monitoring was carried out on 25-26th October 2018. As can be observed from the noise level monitoring within the core zone and also in the buffer zone, the ambient noise level during day time and also during the night time occasionally exceeds the permissible standards. While during the rest of the period the ambient noise level was observed to be within the prescribed statndards.

3.9 WATER ENVIRONMENT:

The water qualitymonitoring locations in buffer zone were selected based on the drainage pattern of the area, including the following features.

1. Toposheet maps to identify major water bodies;

2. Location of quarry/residential areas, their water intake points;

3. Existing water sources both ground and surface like dug well, hand pump, nallah etc.

In all fourteen ground water (seven) and surface water (seven) samples were selected in 10 km buffer zone of Mine Lease area. The details are presented in Table 3.10 (A) for Surface Water and Table 3.10 (B) for Ground Water and depicted in Figure 3.5.

Table – 3.10 (A) Location of Surface Water Sampling Stations

Station Code

Location Direction

Distance Km

Selection Criteria Source Latitude Longitude

SW-1 Existing Mine Pit Water

23° 46’55.1”N 86° 05’22.3”E -- --

Within ML – Core Zone

SW-2 Ajay River – Near Gobindpur Village

23° 49’54.9”N 87° 03’46.8”E NW 2.15 Up-Stream

SW-3 Ajay River – Near Shympur Village

23°50’39.1”N 87° 01’25.3”E NW 5.20 Up-Stream

SW-4 Ajay River – Near Birkulti Village

23°45’50.6”N 87°07’14.9” E SE 1.00

Down-Stream

SW-5

Existing Nala within ML before meeting Ajay River near Taldanga

23°46’57.9”N 87°05’57.7”E

E 0.10 ---

SW-6 Seasonal Stream near Baguli Village

23°48’17.5”N 87°04’12.7”E N 0.80 ---

SW-7 Pond Water – At Madnapur Village

23°47’38.1”N 87°01’54.7”E W 3.10 ---

124



Figure 3.5: Location of Water Sampling Stations










Project

125



Table – 3.10 (B) Location of Ground Water Sampling Stations

Station Code

Location Direction

Distance Km

Source Source Latitude Longitude

GW-1 Joynagar Village 23°46’15.7” N 87°05’56.3” E -- -- BW/DW

GW-2 Churulia Village 23°46’53.5” N 87°04’04.3” E -- -- BW/DW

GW-3 Chichurbil Village 23°47’41.4” N 87°05’10.2” E N 0.30 BW/DW

GW-4 Taldihganga Village 23°47’08.2” N 87°05’56.1” E N 0.30 BW/DW

GW-5 Nayakpur Village 23°45’19.1” N 87°04’27.7” E

S 1.45 BW/DW

GW-6 Sultanpur Village 23°49’36.3” N 87°04’49.4” E N 2.7 BW/DW

GW-7 Bhanora Railway Siding

23°43’40.2” N 87°01’47.4” E SE 6.5

BW/DW

Samples of ground and surface water were collected and analyzed as per the procedures specified in “Standards Methods for the Examination of Water and Waste Water‟ published by American Public Health Association (APHA) 21st edition. Samples for chemical analysis were collected in polyethylene carboys whereas, samples for metal content were collected acidified with 1.0 ml HNO3. Bacteriological samples were collected in sterilized glass bottles. Uniform protocol on water quality monitoring as specified by the Ministry of Environment and Forests (2005) was followed for selection of parameters.

The characteristics of ground and surface water samples are presented in Annexure – 3.2A Annexure 3.2B for ground water and surface water respectively along with desirable as well as permissible limits for each parameter prescribed by the Indian Standard: BIS 10500:2012 and amendments thereof and the results of analysis are discussed below.

Physical Parameters:

pH Value: The pH values of all ground water samples ranged between 5.91 and 7.41 pH, whereas those of surface water samples varied between 6.81 and 7.94. These values are within the acceptable pH range of 6.5 to 8.5 as per IS 10500:2012 standards for drinking water except pH of ground water sample GW 16.

Ambient Temperature: The ambient temperature encompassing all ground water samples varied from 23.5 to 24.8oC while that of surface water samples varied from 22.9 to 24.5o C. Turbidity: Turbidity of all ground and surface water samples was observed in the range of 1.1 to 4.8 NTU and 1.4 to 4.9 respectively and was lower than the permissible limit (5 NTU) as prescribed in IS : 10500 - 2012.

Chemical Parameters

Dissolved Oxygen: All surface water samples showed dissolved oxygen levels ranging from 4.6 to 6.6 mg/l which is good as expected.

Dissolved Solids: All ground water samples showed dissolved solids concentration from 292 to 740 mg/l whereas all surface water samples showed dissolved solids ranging from 170 to 1680 mg/l which are below permissible limit of 2000 mg/l as per IS 10500:2012.

126



Suspended Solids: All ground water samples showed suspended solids concentration from 2 to 82 mg/l whereas all surface water samples showed suspended solids concentration ranging from 8 to 94 mg/l.

Chlorides: The chloride concentrations in all ground water samples were 22.5 to 91.5 mg/l and 14.5 to 41.0 mg/l in surface water respectively. These values are below acceptable limit of 250 mg/l as prescribed in IS 10500:2012.

Sulphates: The sulphate concentrations in all ground water samples were 4.3 to 115.2 mg/l, and 10.2 to 132.3 mg/l in surface water respectively. These values are below acceptable limit of 200 mg/l as prescribed in IS 10500:2012.

Total Hardness: All ground water samples showed hardness values ranging from 114 to 468. Out of all surface water samples, six samples showed total hardness values from 96 to 194 mg/l which are within the permissible limit of 600 mg/l as prescribed in IS 10500:2012 whereas except sample SW1 showed hardness values as 1538 mg/l which exceed the permissible limit of 600 mg/ and attributable to their sources being existing mine pit water.

Health Related Parameters

Fluoride: All ground water samples showed fluoride values ranging from 0.20 to 0.94 mg/l whereas all surface water samples showed fluoride values from 0.2 to 0.98 mg/l which are below the acceptable limit of 1 mg/l as prescribed in IS 10500:2012.

Nitrate: All ground water samples showed nitrate values ranging from 0.8 to 6.7 mg/l whereas all surface water samples showed nitrate values as 0.5 mg/l which are below the acceptable limit of 45 mg/l as prescribed in IS 10500:2012

Trace Metals

Arsenic, Cadmium, Chromium, Mercury, Selenium, Lead: All ground water and surface water samples showed the concentration of above trace metals as BDL and Nil.

Copper: All ground water samples showed concentration of copper as 0.015 to 0.032 mg/l whereas the surface water samples showed concentration of copper as 0.037 to 0.060 mg/l. which are below the acceptable limit as per IS 10500:2012 except sample no. SW 11 in which the concentration being 0.060 mg/l is below permissible limit.

Iron: All ground water samples showed concentration of iron as 0.028 to 1.963 mg/l and the corresponding concentration in surface water samples was observed 0.078 to 0.475 mg/l. The iron content exceeds the permissible limit of 0.3 mg/l as per IS 10500:2012 in sample SW12 (0.475 mg/l) and SW13 (0.456 mg/l, as also in samples GW11 (0.425 mg/l) and GW14 (1.963 mg/l). These findings clearly indicate need for treatment of water from these sources for iron removal if used for domestic purposes

Manganese: All ground water samples showed concentration of Manganese as 0.045 to 1.914 mg/l and the corresponding concentration in surface water samples was observed as 0.033 to 0.150 mg/l. All the ground water and surface water samples have Mn values below permissible limits of IS 10500:2012 except the ground water sample GW 13 (1.914 mg/l) which will have to be treated for Mn removal before domestic consumption.

127



Zinc: All ground water samples showed concentration of zinc as 0.022 to 2.727 mg/l whereas the zinc concentration in surface water ranged from 0.000 to 0.288 mg/l which were below the acceptable limit ( 5mg/l) of IS 10500:2012.

Total Coliforms: All surface water have reported to have coliforms exceeding the permissible levels. In summary, overall quality of water samples indicated that the water quality of all the sources is satisfactory of the area are not polluted except the surface water samples which showed bacteriological contamination possibly from surface run-off.

3.10 HYDROLOGY:

3.10.1 Physiography & Drainage:

The area has a gently undulating topography with the general slope towards North East. In the north-eastern and north-central part of the block, compact coarse grained sandstone have given rise to small mounds. The ground elevation varies from 133 m in the northern part of the block to about 92 m in the eastern part. A perennial nala traverses across the block and passes through the central part and drains the area to Ajoy River flowing in the eastern proximity of the block. River Ajoy is the main drainage channel flowing from north-west to south-east. There are some shallow ponds within the block. The Topographical Map of DEM Map of Micro Watershed is shown in Figure 3.6. The Watershed of Ajoy River with Location of mine is given in Figure 3.7. The Drainage map of Buffer zone (10 Km) & (2.5 Km) is shown in Figure 3.8 & 3.9 respectively. The catchment area of Ajoy River is show in Fiugre 3.10.

Estimation of Hydrological Parameters: Hydrology of the area deals with evaporation, infiltration and groundwater runoff.

Infiltration is the flow of water into the ground through the soil surface. Since infiltrated water may contribute to the ground water discharge in addition to soil moisture, the process can be schematically modeled. Where two situation, viz. low intensity rainfall and high intensity rainfall are considered. It is recorded that in case of low intensity rainfall, there will be no contribution to groundwater flow. Whereas in the case of high intensity rainfall, there will be contribution to groundwater flow.

The infiltration characteristics of a soil at a given location have been estimated by using flooding infiltrometer. The flooding type infiltrometer are experimental devices known as double ring infiltrometer and used to obtain data relating to variation of infiltration capacity with time.

Double Ring Infiltrometer: This is most commonly used infiltrometer is designed to overcome the basic objectives of tube infiltrometer viz. tube area is not representative of infiltration area. In this case, two sets of concentrating rings with diameter of 30 cm and 60 cm and of a maximum length of 25 cm are used. The two rings are inserted into ground and water is applied in both the ring to maintain a constant depth of about 5.0 cm. The outer ring provide water jacket to the infiltrating water of the inner ring. The water depth in inner and outer ring is kept the same during the observation period. The measurement of water volume is done on the inner ring only. The experiment is carried out till constant infiltration rate is obtained.

A perforated disc to prevent formation of turbidity and settling of fines on the soil surface is provided on the surface of the soil in inner ring as well as in the annular space of outer ring. The

128



Figure 3.6: Topographical Map of DEM Map of Micro Watershed









Project

129



Ajay RiverPathral

Jainti

Ajoy River

296

358

705

391

605

Bhagirath

i Riv

er

753

24°

88° 87° 86°

24°

88° 87° 86°

INDEX

MINE BOUNDARY RIVER WATER SHED AREA

NORTH

TARA (EAST) &TARA (WEST) COAL MINE

23°30' 23°30'

24°30' 24°30'

86°30' 87°30'

86°30' 87°30'

Figure 3.7: Watershed of Ajoy River with Location of mine









Project

Area

130



23° 40'

STREAMS

RIVER / NALA

FOREST BOUNDARY

ROAD

INDEX

LEASE BOUNDARY

POND

Figure 3.8 : : Drainage map of Buffer zone (10 Km)










Project

Suria

pani

Jhor

Nonia Jhor

Ajay River

Kalandara Jhor

Dam

oda

r Nala

Kasai Kandar

INDEX

LEASE BOUNDARY

NORTH

23° 45'

23° 50'

23°45'

23° 50'

23° 40'

87° 0 87° 5' 87° 10'

23° 40'

131



23° 40'

STREAMS

RIVER / NALA

FOREST BOUNDARY

ROAD

INDEX

LEASE BOUNDARY

POND

Ajay River

NORTH

23° 45' 23°45'

87° 5'

Figure 3.9 : : Drainage map of Buffer zone (2.5 Km)










Project

132



Figure 3.10 : : Catchment Map of Ajoy River









Project

133



experiment for infiltration test was carried out in one location in the project on 11.08.2018. The locations of infiltration test are as follows Table 3.11.

Table 3.11

Location of Infiltration Test Site

Sr. no. Location Zone

I-1 Proposed Mine Cut Mining Area

I-2 In Proposed RWH Site Non-mining Area

The infiltration test data of site locations is processed and summarized in Table 3.12.

Table 3.12

Infiltration test Data

Time since start Infiltration rate (cm/hr)

Minutes Hour Mining Area (I-1)

Non-Mining Area (I-2)

0 0 0 0

10 0.16 8.10 5.90

20 0.33 6.20 4.70

30 0.50 4.80 3.65

40 0.66 3.46 3.10

50 0.83 2.18 2.90

60 1.00 2.10 2.50

90 1.50 1.65 1.85

120 2.00 0.95 1.05

150 2.50 0.85 0.95

180 3.00 0.85 0.40

210 3.50 0.85 0.40

Constant Infiltration rate cm/hr.

0.85 0.40

25% as ground water recharge coalfield

0.21 0.10

Infiltration zone High Normal

The test data have been plotted on arithmetic graph and placed in Figure 3.11 (A) & Figure 3.11 (B) for Stie 1 and Site 2 respectively. The results of infiltration experiment was analyzed and inferred that the location in the mining area is high infiltration zone this may be due to shattering of formation due to blasting etc. and during high intensity of rainfall; there is possibility of high infiltration of rainfall and accumulation of additional water as ground water recharge.

134



Figure 3.11 (A) : Infiltration Test Data Site – 1

Figure 3.11 (B): Infiltration Test Data Site – 2

The test data graph of non-mining area in Figure 3.11 (A): & Figure 3.11 (B): indicate low infiltration zone were by the runoff will be high and ground water recharge will be low.

Peak Runoff: The peak runoff over Tara micro watershed area of 34 km2 will be estimated by rational method. The hydraulic parameter viz. intensity of rainfall and runoff coefficient is required for estimation of peak runoff.

Intensity of Rainfall: The rainfall intensity corresponding to a duration and desired probability of exceedence i.e. return period. This is rainfall-frequency duration relationship for the given catchment area. I.M.D. has prepared Isopluvial maps for the different return period for given catchment area. The Isopluvial maps for 50 year return period is taken for study. The location of mine is marked on above maps and 24 hrs maximum rainfalls for different return period of 50 years have been estimated to be 388 mm. The conversion ratio for different duration of rainfall for Mahanadi sub zone – 3 have been worked out by C.W.C. (1997),

0

2

4

6

8

10

12

0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4

Infi

ltra

tio

n c

m/h

r

Time in hour

Infiltration Test Data Site - 1

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4

Infi

ltra

tio

n c

m/h

r

Time in hour

Infiltration Test Data Site - 2

135



The intensity of rainfall peak flood estimation for nala diversion has been taken for 50 year return period which is 151 mm/hr (0.151 m/hr). The runoff coefficient has been considered is 25% as per Central Ground Water Board range of value 20-30%.

The Rational Formula is used for estimation of peak runoff of micro watershed. It is a small catchment of 34 km2 and time of concentration is 1 hr. Thus, knowing the intensity of rainfall, catchment area and runoff coefficient, the peak runoff of micro watershed discharge is computed using rational formula.

( )

Where,

Q = Peak flood discharge in m3/sec

C = Runoff coefficient (0.25)

I = intensity of rainfall in m/hr (0.151 m/hr)

A = catchment area in m2 (34 x 106 m2)

Peak runoff for Nala diversion: The nala diversions are proposed as per alignment given in Figure 3.12. The demarcation of catchment area for nala diversion is given in Figure 3.13. The catchment area estimated for peak runoff generation is to the tune of 10.40 km2. The estimation of peak runoff for nala diversion is given below:

( )

It is expected that the nala diversion will be made of concrete structures the maximum water intake velocity should not be more than 6 m/sec as per norm of Central Water Commission (CWC). Accordingly, the probable dimension of the nala diversions section may be 6 m width and 3 m depth. The ratio may be 1.5 : 1 m. The competent authority of Water Resource Department of west Bengal Government has been approached for obtaining NOC in respect of nala diversion.

3.10.2 Hydrogeological Regime:

Hydrogeology of zone is defined under regional hydrogeological setting and local hydrogeological setting.

Groundwater: Ground water occurs below the water table in the intergranular pore spaces of in consolidated and semi consolidated formation representing voleanic basalt, Barakar sand stone and Tachir Shale coupled with Vindhyan sandstone & limestone. The double porosity system is encountered in aquifer of buffer zone. The core zone is covered by only Barakar sandstone.

136



Figure 3.12 : Alignment of Nala Diversion









Project

137



Metres 1000 500 0 1 2 3Kilometres

87° 5'

23° 45' 23°45'

87° 5'

22,2319,20

21

3,4

9

11,12 13

1,2

10

100

120

WATER SHED AREA OF NALA DIVERSION

Figure 3.13: Catchment Area for Peak Runoff Generation of

Nala Diversion









Project

138



Regional Hydrogeological Setting: Tara (East) & Tara (West) Open Cast Coal block of Raniganj Coalfield consists of Barakar stratified aquifer system covered by a layer of soil cover/detrital mantle. The aquifer materials constitute of sand stones, medium to coarse grained having a double porosity system, one being the primary porosity of inter granular void spaces and the other being secondary porosity formed due to the fractures. These together form a conduit system making these formations aquifer for movement and storage of groundwater. It is generally noticed that the intensity of fracturing and the resultant increase in groundwater potential is fairly pronounced in the shallow coal seam in crop areas as compared to deeper areas beyond the incrop zone.

Local Hydrogeological Setting: Groundwater at Tara (East) & Tara (West) mining Block occurs under both unconfined and semi-confined to confined conditions. Unconfined conditions prevail where the aquifers are shallow and consist of relatively permeable formations such as top sandy soil or loose sandstones. The deeper stratified aquifer system is of semi-confined nature due to the various leaky aquitards within the aquifer. Within the coal seam, there is a band of carb-shale/coal which seems to be extensive in nature and uniform in spread throughout most of the mine area. Though there is no economic significance of this band its presence in the sequence of formations above coal is vital in the hydrogeologic consequence and groundwater movement and storage. The aquifer below the extensive carb-shale band may be of confined condition because of the overlying and under lying impermeable shale.

Aquifer: The aquifer units present in barakar Sandstone are sandwiched with shale and coal beds. Thus, due to sedimentation/stratifications multiple aquifer system prevail. The sandstone bed existing as overburden in the roof of coal seams will be the major source for in flow into mine. The weathered formation with fracture behave as unconfined aquifer and is the most potential aquifer.

The unconfined aquifer is mainly affected by opencast mining of seams. But the mine flow will continue and add up to mine flow during the entire life of mine. The aquifer system is having double porosity, one being primary porosity and other being secondary porosity formed due to joints and fractures. These double porosity systems form a conduit system making these formations moderate to good aquifer for movement and storage of groundwater. The major hydrogeological units developed in Tara (East) & Tara (West) Coal Block area is furnished below in Table 3.13 & the conceptual hydrogeological model is shown in Figure 3.14.

Table 3.13

Hydrogeological Units (Aquifer Disposition)

SI No.

Hydrogeologic

Units

Formation Avg.

thickness (m)

Remarks / Method of Mining

1 Unconfined aquifer

Soil ; loosely cemented, poorly consolidated weathered fine to coarse grained sandstone with primary and secondary porosity

- Overburden removal by opencast method Thickness of aquifer decreases with lowering of water table in local condition.

2 Aquiclude-1 Carbshale - Not Mining

139



3 Semi confined aquifer

Compact medium grained sandstone with primary & secondary porosity

- Parting – After removal of top seam, the semi-confined aquifer becomes locally unconfined aquifer and contributes to mine.

4 Aquiclude-2 Seam coal - Opencast Mine

5 Confined aquifer I

Compact fine to medium grained sandstone & occasional shale with primary & secondary porosity

- Parting – After removal of subsequent top seam, confined aquifer becomes locally unconfined aquifer and contributes to mine.

6 Aquiclude-3 seam coal - Opencast Mine

7 Confined aquifer II

Compact fine to medium grained sandstone & occasional shale with primary & secondary porosity

Parting – After removal of subsequent top seam, confined aquifer becomes locally unconfined aquifer and contributes to mine.

8 Aquiclude-4 Coal seam Opencast Mine

9 Confined III Compact fine to medium grained sandstone & occasional shale with primary & secondary porosity

Parting – After removal of subsequent top seam, confined aquifer becomes locally unconfined aquifer and contributes to mine.

10 Confing Bed Metamorphic 240-245 Bed Rock

Figure 3.14: Conceptual Hydrogeological Model

AQUICLUDE

INDEX

COAL SEAM COMBINATION-AQUICLUDE

METAMORPHIC COMPACT-BED ROCK

RL 120m

NONMINING WATER TABLE

MINING WATER TABLE-MINEFACE

SEMI-UNCONFINED

CONFINED I

CONCEPTUAL HYDROGEOLOGICAL MODEL

0m

100m

200m

245m

SANDSTONE AND SHALE-AQUIFER

CONFINED II

CONFINED III

FOR PROPOSED AREA

10m

100m

50m

0m

10m

100m

50m

130m

AQUICLUDE

AQUICLUDE

140



3.10.3 Hydrographic Network Station:

Ground Water Level: Well inventory of 32 numbers of dug wells has been done in the core zone and buffer zone. The average water level during pre-monsoon is 13 m bgl, while during post-monsoon it is 4m bgl. The average water level fluctuating between two extreme seasons is 9 m. The location of observation well is given in Figure 3.15.

Table 3.14

Abstract of the well inventory

Sr. No. Formation No. of Wells

Water Level Annual

Fluctuation Pre-Monsoon Post-Monsoon

Minimum Maximum Minimum Maximum

m m m m m

1 Gondwana 26 6.7 25 2.11 18.01 5.0

2 Metamorphic 6 5.8 12.5 3.5 4.5 4.0

Tara Micro Watershed:

The water table contour map of micro watershed has been prepared with reference to pre & post mining period at the contour interval of 10 m. The highest water table contour is 130 m MSL and lowest is in the order of 90 m MSL. During post-mining it is observed that water divide superimpose 100 m contour which is almost coincides with the eastern part of micro watershed boundary along Ajoy River. The movement of ground water flow is from west to east. As such recharge zone is around west of water shed boundary and discharge zone is around Ajoy River. This corroborates the fact that rivers are a gaining river and groundwater runoff exist throughout the year. The water table contours is subdued replica of topography. There is deflection of ground water flow around working mine sump area and there is also reversal of ground water flow directions which forms hydraulic trough around mine sump. The water table contour is (-) 30 m a msl around mine sump. It is also observed that there is no reversal of ground water flow from Ajoy River to sump. However, the movement of groundwater is from recharge area to discharge area and same is continued in downstream of Ajoy River. The water table map of pre & post mining conditions are given at Figure 3.16 & 3.17 respectively. The ground water profile showing pre and post mining stages are exhibited in Figure 3.18.

First Approximation for Accumulation of Sump Water:

The mine is not in operation since March 2015. Thus, water accumulated in the mine sump reported to the tune of 10 MCM. The first approximations estimation is as under for four year.

1 Groundwater Seepage @ 1632 m3/day for 4 year 1631 x 365 x 4 = 2381260 m3

2 Surface water runoff over mine lease area

1 Monsoon Rainfall 1.21 m

2 Catchment Area 8000000 m2

3 Runoff Coefficient 0.25

4 Year of Accumulation 4 year

5 Loss over period coefficient 0.20

141



Figure 3.15: Location of observation well









Project Area

142



120

87°5'

87°5'

23°45'23°45'

Metres1000 500 0 1 2 3 Kilometres

WATER TABLE MAP - PRE MINING

INDEX

Mine Boundary

Water Table

Well Location

Water Body

Ground Water Divied Line

Ground Water Flow Direction

S

W

N

E

Ajoy R

iver

130 120

110

130

110

90

90

110

100

100

Figure 3.16: Water Table Map of Pre-monsoon









Project

143



110

100

10204060100

87°5'

87°5'

23°45'23°45'

Metres1000 500 0 1 2 3 Kilometres

WATER TABLE MAP - POST MINING

INDEX

Mine Boundary

Water Table

Well Location

Water Body

Ground Water Divied Line

Ground Water Flow Direction

S

W

N

E

Ajoy R

iver

130 120

110

130

110

90

90

120

Figure 3.17: Water Table Map of Post-monsoon









Project

144



0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

110

120

130

140

-30

-20

-10

TOP SURFACE

PRE MINING WATER TABLE

POST MINING WATER TABLE

AJOY RIVER

WATER TABLE PROFILE - PRE & POST MINING

RL m amsl

00 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600

Figure 3.18: Water Table Map of Pre & Post Mining









Project

145



Total Water in Sum = GW + SW (1 + 2) Loss over four year @ 20% = (-) 2412252 Net water available in sump = 9649008

3.10.4 Ground Water Resources in Core And Buffer Zone:

Groundwater Recharge:

Groundwater recharge is mainly by rainfall. Buffer zone of 10 km radius having an area of 465 km2. The normal annual rainfall is 1339 mm. The monsoon rain fall is 1210 mm. Monsoon rainfall is the main source of ground water recharge. The replenishable ground water recharge has been computed by both rainfall infiltration method and water table fluctuation method as per GWRE-2009 guidelines. The area having slope of surface more than 20% with in buffer zone is zero. Hence, total area of buffer zone (465 Km2) has been considered for recharge calculation.

Groundwater Recharge by Rainfall Infiltration Method:

The rainfall infiltration factor for alluvium / Soil, DM (Detrital mantle) on Barakar sandstone, Talchir shale and Metamorphics have been assigned 12 %, 7% and 5% respectively for recharge calculation of respective litho units as per GWRE-2011. The recharge in Tara (East) & Tara (West) Coal Mine buffer zone by rainfall infiltration in Million Cubic Meter (MCM) have been estimated and given in Table 3.15.

Table –3.15

Recharge by Rainfall Infiltration

Sr. No.

Units Area (km2)

Monsoon rainfall

(m)

Rainfall coofficient

Recharge in MCM

1 Alluvium /DM /Barakar/ Gondwana 320 1.21 0.12 46.46

3 D M on metamorphic 145 1.21 0.05 8.77

4 Recharge from return flow irrigation 20% of 1.78 MCM

- - - 0.36

Gross Ground Water Recharge - 55.59

The Gross groundwater recharge by rainfall infiltration method is 55.60 MCM.

Ground water recharge by annual fluctuation method:

Attempt has been made to quantify the dynamic in respect of core zone and buffer zone by utilizing aquifer parameters, water level fluctuations and other consideration as per norm of GWRE-2009.

The annual fluctuations being 5.00m meter in core zone. Buffer zone with the area of 465 km2 is considered for dynamic resource. Where average annual fluctuation of water levels in

146



Gondwana and Metamorphic is 5.00 m, 4.00 m respectively. The dynamic resources quantified in respect of core and buffer zone are given in Table 3.16.

Table -3.16

Dynamic Groundwater Resources of Core & Buffer Zone

Formation Area (km2)

Water level fluctuation

(m)

Sy Dynamic reserve

MCM

Gondwana 320 5.00 0.03 48.00

Metamorphic 145 4.00 0.015 8.7

Total 465 56.7

The ground water recharge by fluctuation method is 8.74 MCM. The difference between two method is less than 10%k, hence ground water recharge to the tune of 55.60 MCM by rainfall infiltration method have been adopted for ground water balance estimation.

3.10.5 Ground Water Draft:

Groundwater draft in Tara (East) & Tara (West) Coal Mine buffer zone is mainly through domestic including animals and irrigation. There will be mine water pumping from the proposed Tara (East) & Tara (West) Coal Mine for safe mining. The mine water will be reuse for mining activity. The existing Tara (East) & Tara (West) Coal Mine, a non-operational at present. The water in Tara (East) & Tara (West) Coal Mine is kept accumulated in mine void. Hence, mine inflow pumping in this area is zero. The annual groundwater draft has been estimated as per GWRE-2011 guidelines and is given in Table 3.17.

Table-3.17

Annual Ground Water Draft

Sr. No.

Purpose Days Units Groundwater draft in MCM

1 Domestic Human Population (70 LPD)

365 201241 5.14

2 Irrigation (40m3 /d/h)

(1% of agriculture 37009 ha)

120 370 Ha 1.78

4 Mine Water Pumping from mine in buffer zone.

365 1631 0.60

Total ground Water draft 7.52

The total ground water draft is 7.52 MCM. Additional allocation for domestic, industrial water requirement for 25 years is 3.08 MCM. Thus, total Ground Water draft after 25 years will be 10.60 MCM. The proposed expansion of mine will not create additional draft. The total present draft will be 0.60 MCM.

147



3.10.6 Ground Water Balance:

Ground water balance in respect of buffer zone has been estimated and is indicated in Table-3.18 and depicted in Figure-3.19.

Table 3.18

Ground Water Balance

Sr. No.

Particulars Million Cubic Meter (MCM)

i Gross ground water recharge 55.60

ii Natural Discharge to drain and other losses – 5 %.of (i) 2.78

iii Net ground water availability(2-22) ( i–ii) 52.82

iv Allocation/Projection upto next 25 years for domestic & industrial use 3.08

v Annual Ground Water draft for all uses 7.52

vi Ground water balance ( iii-iv & v) 42.22

vii Water requirement /withdrawal by proposal mine 0.60

viii Balance of Ground Water left for development after proposed mine 41.62

ix Present stage of Ground Water Development in buffer zone in percentage 14.24 %

x Present Stage of Ground water development of Jamuria & Barabani Dist as per CGWB district report. (Net Data)

Jamuria : 13.90%

Barabani: 6.62%

Figure-3.19: Groundwater Balance

55.6

2.78

52.82

3.08 7.52

42.22

0.6

41.62

01020304050607080

Gro

ss g

rou

nd

wat

er

rech

arge

Nat

ura

l Dis

char

ge t

o

dra

in a

nd

oth

er

loss

es

– 5

%.o

f (i

)

Ne

t gr

ou

nd

wat

er

avai

lab

ility

(2-2

2)

( i–

ii)

Allo

cati

on

/Pro

ject

ion

up

to n

ext

25

ye

ars

for

do

me

stic

& in

du

stri

alu

se

An

nu

al G

rou

nd

Wat

er

dra

ft f

or

all u

ses

Gro

un

d w

ate

rb

alan

ce (

iii-

iv &

v)

Pro

po

sed

gro

un

dw

ate

r w

ith

dra

wal

Gro

un

d w

ate

r le

ft f

or

futu

re u

se

Groundwater Balance

148



3.10.7 Level /Stage of Ground Water Development:

In the buffer zone, it is noticed that major ground water draft is through irrigation followed by domestic. The level/stage of ground water development has been computed in ground water balance study which shows 14%. This can be categorized under ‘Safe’/‘White’ with less than 70% value. The State Govt. and C.G.W.B jointly computed net groundwater availability which shows 13% the stage of ground water development in respect Jamuria CD Block, whereas 6% in Barabani CD Block. In event of mine pumping to the tune of 0.60 MCM during mining from proposed mine, the stage of development will be limited to same, under safe category of ground water development. The level of development in terms of percentage under different condition is placed in Table-3.19 and same is depicted in Figure 3.20.

Table-3.19 Stage of Development

S.N. Conditions Stage of Development

in %

1 Safe zone CGWA) 70

2 Jamuria CD Block 13

3 Barabani CD Block 6

4 Buffer Zone during mining 14

Figure 3.20: Stage of Development

70

13

6

14

5

15

25

35

45

55

65

75

Safe zone CGWA) Jamuria CD Block Barabani CD Block Buffer Zone duringmining

Stage development

149



3.10.8 Conclusion:

The Tara (East) & Tara (West) Coal Mine is a part of Raniganj Coalfield in Pachhim Bardhman

district of West Bengal. The present study is to fulfill special and general condition of ToR. The

mine lease area is 800 ha. The project area is 937.44 ha.

The drainage of the area is mainly controlled by Ajoy River a tributary of the lower Ganga Basin.

The annual normal rainfall of study area Durgapur IMD station is 1339 mm.

The monsoon rainfall is 1210 mm.

The Potential Evatranspiration (PE) value estimated as 1476 mm. Actual Evaporation is 956

mm. Runoff is 577 mm. Change in storage is 194 mm/year.

In major part of the block gradient of coal seam is 12° - 15° and strike is N 60° W – S 60° E.

Method of mining is opencast down to depth of 255 m.

The catchment area of Tara micro watershed is 34 km2. Peak runoff is 356 m3/sec.

The catchment area of nala diversion is 10.4 km2. The peak runoff will be 109 m3/sec. The

diversion nala may be 6 m width and 3 m depth to carry maximum.

The impact of coal mining on the base flow in the downstream of mine area have been studied.

The base flow is also termed commonly as groundwater runoff. The term groundwater runoff is

used for base flow herewith. The Surface and Groundwater runoff contribution to Ajoy River

from Tara micro watershed is estimated to the tune of 10.9 MCM and 4.52 MCM respectively.

The total runoff will be 15.42 MCM in pre mining condition. The post mining there will be loss in

surface water runoff to the tune of 1.13 MCM thus, the resultant surface water runoff will be

9.77 MCM. Simultaneously during post mining there will be increase in ground water runoff to

the tune of 1.25 MCM. The resultant ground water runoff will increase from 4.52 to 5.77 MCM.

Thus, net surface and ground water runoff contribution to Ajoy River will be 9.77 MCM & 5.77

MCM totally 15.54 MCM. It has been estimated that overall net gain in groundwater runoff

(Base low) to Ajoy River from Tara micro watershed due to mining will be 0.12 MCM. The study

of ground water profile also exhibit that Ajoy River is not losing base flow due to mine seepage.

The study concludes that during opencast coal mining there will be no loss of base flow from Ajoy

River. It is expected that during non-monsoon period the mine inflow will contribute to increase

base flow of Ajoy River.

The mode of occurrence of groundwater in the area is under unconfined, semi-confined and

confined condition. There are five numbers of aquifers in the area coal & shale is confining bed.

The intersection of groundwater occur at 10 – 15 m below ground level.

The value aquifer parameter mainly Transmissivity (45 m2/day). Hydraulic conductivity (0.45

m/day) and Storativity (3 x 10-2) have been considered from the reports of CGWB.

The highest water table contour is 130 m a msl and lowest is in the order of 90 m a msl in micro

watershed. The RL of water level in existing mine void is (-) 30 m a msl. There is ground water

divide between mine and Ajoy River. Hence, there is no loss of base flow from Ajoy River.

150



The hydrogeological study also confirm that base flow generation into downstream of Ajoy River

is not effected by coal mining of Tara (East) & Tara (West) Coal Mine as exhibited in ground

water profile.

The groundwater recharge in buffer zone by rainfall infiltration method is 55.60 MCM and by

annual.

Total ground water draft is 7.52 MCM. Additional allocation for domestic & industrial water

requirement for 25 years is 3.08 MCM.

Presently Ground water balance in buffer zone is 42.22 MCM.

Net groundwater balance after proposed mine pumping may be approximately 41.62 MCM.

The level/stage of ground water development has been computed to the tune of 14 %. This can

be categorized under ‘Safe’, ‘White’ with less than 70% value.

The analysis of the three water sample indicates that the water quality parameter is within the

stipulated standard and suitable for domestic irrigation and industrial use.

Analytical modeling predicts mine inflow to the tune of 1631 m3/day. The radius of influence,

where zero drawdown occur in water table have also being predicted as 1360 m. The mine

water will be reused for mine activity. Additional 289 m3/day ground water will be used for

domestic use. The domestic effluent will be treated. As per norm 60% will be reused for green

belt development. Thus, total groundwater withdrawal will be 1920 m3/day (1631 +

289 = 1920).

The opencast mining land-fill surface will act as good media for high ground water recharge due

to high induced permeability. Thus, opencast mine will act as a rainwater harvesting system.

Rainwater harvesting will be done in the nearby villages through recharge pit with bore well in

village Pond. The rain water harvesting has been proposed to the tune of is 181500

m3/year.

The area falls under safe category of ground water development. As proposed rain water

harvesting and reuse of abstracted ground water will not change groundwater regime of nearby

villages and Ajoy River.

The integrated hydrological and hydrogeological study concludes that there is no impact on

base flow of downstream of Ajoy River due to coal mining. It may increase flow of Ajoy River

from pumping of mine water after treatment to the tune of 800 m3/day during non-monsoon

period.

As per the specific TOR condition the study has been carried out “Integrated Report on Hydrology and Hydrogeology for Tara (East) & Tara (West) Coal Mine” and the report is provided at Annexure 3.3.

3.11 SOIL ENVIRONMENT:

3.11.1 General: Soil samples were collected from three selected locations in the study area in May 2016 & March 2018 to assess the existing soil quality around the Tara (East) & Tara (West) Coal mine lease area. The details of soil sampling sites are shown in Table – 3.19 and Figure – 3.21.

151



Figure 3.21: Location of Soil Sampling Stations





10 Km

Project

152



Table – 3.20 Details of Soil Sampling Locations

Station

Code

Location Direction

Distance

Km

Selection

Criteria Location Lattitude Longitude

S-1 Existing OB Dump 23°47’02.5”N 87°05’15.7”E

--- --- Within ML

Area

S-2 Agriculture Land -

Joynagar Village

23°46’34.2”N 87°05’29.7”E --- ---

Within ML

Area


Chicurbil Village

23°47’49.7”N 87°05’19.9”E N 0.48 Buffer Zone


Madhudanga Village

23°46’28.6”N 87°03’32.4”E SW 1.65

Buffer Zone

S-5 Waste Land near

village Prembazar

23°44’21.5”N 87°04’31.2”E S 2.90

Buffer Zone

S-6 Patch of Forest

Land

23°49’15.60”N 87°01’55.20”E NW 4.90

Buffer Zone

A total of six Samples were collected from 6 different locations representing waste land, agriculture land and forest land at 3 different depths viz. 0-30, 30-60 and 60-90 cm below the surface. The samples were homogenized and analyzed as per the prescribed scientific methods for soil analysis. The Manual of Soil Testing in India, Dept. of Agriculture and Cooperation, Ministry of Agriculture, Gol. (Jan 2011) was also referred.

The physico-chemical characteristics of soil samples are reported in Annexure –3.4 (December 2018) and can be summarized as below:

(a) Texture of soil in waste, agriculture, and forest lands is loamy to silt clay loam. (b) Colour of soil in waste land, agriculture & forest land is grey.

Other characteristics of soil of waste, agriculture, and forest lands are as follow: (c) pH value varies from waste land 5.92 to 7.08, Agriculture 5.27 to 6.45, Forest land 5.93

to 6.70 indicating alkaline nature of soil samples. (d) Electrical conductivity varies from 0.077 to 0.095 μS/cm, Agriculture 0.033 to 0.155

μS/cm, Forest land 0.068 to 0.090 μS/cm. (e) Organic matter content ranges from waste land 0.10 to 0.31 %, Agriculture land 0.31 to

1.55 %, Forest Land 0.52 to 1.29%. (f) Total nitrogen varies from waste land 26.9 to 80.6 kg/ha, Agriculture land 80.6 to 403.2

kg/ha, Forest Land 134.4 to 336.0 kg/ha. (g) Total phosphorous content varies from waste land 3.10 to 3.90 kg/ha, Agriculture land

2.30 to 14.60 kg/ha, Forest Land 4.90 to 9.10 kg/ha. (h) Total potassium content is of the order of waste land 38.20 to 77.75 kg/ha, Agriculture

land 28.70 to 46.05 kg/ha, Forest Land 17.30 to 28.20 kg/ha respectively.

153



3.12 LAND ENVIRONMENT: 3.12.1 Land use of Study Area: The land use pattern of the study area (10 km radius around the mine

site) has been estimated by using satellite image. Landuse pattern in study area is given in Table 3.21. The Satellite Imagery of Study Area (10 Km) is given in Figure 3.22 A and Landuse /Land Cover of study area is given in Figure 3.22 B.

Table 3.21

Landuse Pattern Iin Study Area

Landuse / land Cover Area Ha. % Total

Agriculture 37009.96 79.52

Builtup 2367.09 5.09

Forest 2414.81 5.19

Industrial Area 562.27 1.21

Mining 854.93 1.84

River 1869.12 4.02

Vegetation within mining lease area 124.69 0.27

Wasteland 1146.28 2.46

Waterbody 191.28 0.41

Total Area 46540.43 100.00

The agriculture land occupying the 79.52% of the total buffer zone area is the dominant landuse. Forest and Built up areas are found to be sharing 5.19% and 5.09% respectively. Mining in the buffer zone is also reported to share 1.84 % of the landuse. River Ajoy, other streams and surface water bodies in the form of various sizes of the pond are found to share 0.41% of the share in the landuse of the 10 Km radius of the buffer zone. Thus, the major landuse of the buffer zone is found to be agriculture which is spread in almost all the direction of the Tara (East) and Tara (West) Coal Mine area. Forest land is found to be in discontinuous patches mostly fragmented in North, North West and North East direction of the study area. The nearest forest land is located at a distance of 2 Km in NW direction of the mining lease area. Records of the toposheet indicated that all these patches of the forest land are Protected Forest type. Built up, the manmade feature is other landuse feature of the study area. River Ajoy passing through middle of the study area in NW-SE direction forms important feature of the study area. Ajoy river adjoing the minine lease area is confined to a small channel within the entire witdth of the River. Most of the width of river is occupied by sand. Smalll water ponds of various sizes are spread over the entire study area area. As can be noticed the core zone i.e. the mining lease area is occupied by abandoned pit filled with water and vegetation on the overburden mostly on the north western and north eastern part. Some patches of waste land are also noticed in the buffer zone.

154

Environmental Impact Assessment & Environmental Management Plan for Tara (East) & Tara (West) Opencast Coal Mine Project (Peak Production Capacity = 4 MTPA ; Project Area = 937.44 Ha), District – Paschim Bardhaman, State – West Bengal


vv

Figure 3.22A : Satellite Imagery of Study Area (10 Km)


Villages: Churulia, Chinchurbill, Deshermohan & Jaynagar






Source : Sentinel 2 Satellite ESA High Resolution Data

Project Area

155



Figure 3.22 B : Map of Landuse /Land Cover of study area (10 km)








Source : Source of data: Sentinal 2 Satellite ESA High Resolution Data

Project Area

156



3.12.2 Seismicity & Flood Zonation of the Area: Seismic Zone map of India prepared by Bureau of

Indian Standards (BIS) has been used to locate Tara (East) and Tara (West) Coal Mine. The mine site as well as study area lies in Zone-III of Seismic Zoning Map (Figure 3.23) with zoning factor of 0.16 as per Annex E of IS 1893 ( Part 1 ) :2002, which is an area of low seismic hazard by national standards.

3.12.3 Flood Hazard Zonation of the Area: As per the “Vulnerability Atlas – 2nd Edition; Peer Group,

MoH & UPA; based on digitized data of SOI, GOI; Flood Atlas, Task Force Report, C.W.C., GOI” the project site does not fall under “area liable to flood” (Figure 3.24).

3.13 TRAFFIC SURVEY REPORT:

Manual traffic counts at 2 locations were conducted between 05-12-2018 and 12-12-2018. The locations of the major intersections were accounted for in the selection of the survey sites in order to ensure maximum capture of traffic. The traffic survey location was selected at maximum vehicular density point on the road will be used for transport of the coal produced from the mine to railway siding. Vehicles plying in to and fro both directions were observed for traffic survey. The counts were carried out in both directions, for successive 15 minutes periods, 24 hours a day.

Observations: The observed density of traffic for various type of vehicles on are given below. It has observed during traffic survey that both ways have significant vehicular density. Heavy vehicles were plying regularly on this road and so were use personal vehicles and light transportation vehicles provides a summary of the Average Daily Traffic (ADT) and peak hour traffic (Table 3.22) on Jamuria-Dumania road.

Table 3.22

Summary of the Average Daily Traffic (ADT) and peak hour traffic

Traffic Survey Data (T-1)

Vehicle Category 05.12.2018 12.12.2018 Avg

Two wheeler 111 135 123

Three wheeler 2 6 4

Four wheeler 33 40 36.5

Bus/Tractor 4 2 3

Truck/CCV 5 3 4

Traffic Survey Data (T-2)

Vehicle Category 05.12.2018 12.12.2018 Avg

Two wheeler 788 669 728.5

Three wheeler 18 11 14.5

Four wheeler 130 132 131

Bus/Tractor 31 26 28.5

Truck 15 21 18

157



The mine site as well as study area lies in Zone-III.

Figure 3.23: Seismic Zonation Map





Proponent : The West Bengal Power Development Corp.

Ltd.



Source :

Project Area

Project

158



Figure 3.21B : Flood Hazard Zonation Map








Project Area

Project Area

159



51.87 48.13

SEX COMPOSITION IN STUDY AREA (%)

MALE FEMALE

900

920

940

960

STUDY AREAWEST BENGAL INDIA

927

950

933

SEX RATIO COMPARISION

26.01

12.55

61.44

SC, ST & OTHER POPULATION COMPARISION (%)

SC ST Other

3.14 SOCIO –ECONOMIC STATUS: 3.14.1 Methodology: Growth and the development of any region often depend on introducing in a planned

way urban and industrial activities. But the interior rural regions, where people subsist on agricultural and allied economy. Industrial activities have not always opened up new avenues of livelihood pattern for the people living in the area. A socio-economic survey was carried out by probability census method in all the villages identified in the study area. Varies categories of population like, literate, illiterate employed, unemployed, males and females were included in the survey. The survey was conducted with the help of a pre designed questionnaire based interview to record opinion of the people regarding the project and to know their expectations. Based on the primary and secondary data available with various govt. departments, like census office PHC records, and other sources like literature, published information, an analysis was done. The study area consist of many villages as appearing in Survey of Toposheet. The core zone i.e. the mining lease area consist of seven villages out of which two villages are uninhabitated. The buffer zone area i.e. 10 Km radius around the mining lease area was observed to have many villages. The buffer zone is spread over two states viz., West Bengal and Jharkhand. As per the 2011 census indicated that 122 inhabitants villages fall within 10 km radius study area.

3.14.2 Community Profile: The population is distributed among 42460 households in the study area. The 122 inhabited villages have a population of 201241 comprising of 104382 males and 96859 females. As may be observed from the graph below the composition of the society as far as males and their counterparts female is concerned indicates healthy distribution.

3.14.2 The number of females per 1000 males is 927 when compared with the figures of the West Bengal State 950 and for the nation 933 the study area found to be less than State as well as national figures indicating slightly unequally composite society of male and female.

3.14.3 The scheduled caste population of the study area on percentage basis is 26.01% of the total population and scheduled tribe population is 12.55%. Comparison with the State level figures indicates percentage of SC (23.51%) as well as ST (5.8%) population in study area is more than that of State level. The distribution as depicted in the graph below;

160



78.06

59.92

81.69 70.54

0

20

40

60

80

100

Male Female

%

COMPARISON OF LITERACY

Study area West Bengal

20.88

13.67 65.45

VOCATIONAL PATTERN OF THE STUDY AREA (%)

Main Workers Marginal wokers Non-Workers

3.14.5 Socio-Religious Groups: In the project area, the predominant community is of Hindus. The community is divided into several castes and sub-castes. They are engaged in agriculture, animal husbandry, weaving and craft-related activities. Some of them sell vegetables and work as labourers. They share similar kind of interdependency, kinship relation and strong identity with the all community. There is communal harmony in the region.

3.14.6 Literacy: The overall literacy in the 122 villages of the study area was 69.57%. The male literacy in the study area was 78.06% as compared with State was 81.69% in this period, and the female literacy was 59.92% while it was 70.57% for the State. The graphical representation below illustrates comparative literacy of the study area and West Bengal. It may be noted that percentage of literacy of study area was less than as compared with State in both male and female.

3.14.7 Vocation-wise distribution of the population based on 2011 census data of the study area is graphically represented below indicate that about 65.45% non working population is dependent on 34.55% working population.

As may be seen from these data, since agriculture is the main activity in the project area, a large number of poor and land less people work as agricultural laborers and live on subsistence level. The marginal and small farmers are likely to get non-farm employment, which provide low income. Although they are above poverty line, at times they find in difficult to make both ends meet. Many of them take loans for consumption purposes and are in perpetual indebtedness.

Profession Percentage

1. Total Main Workers 20.88

* Cultivators (18.81) * Agricultural Labour (24.26)

* House Hold industry (1.85) * Other Workers (55.08)

2. Marginal Workers 13.67

3. Non-Workers 65.45

Village wise demographic as well as vocational data of the study area as per census 2011 are given in Annexure-3.5 and Annexure-3.6 respectively.

161



3.14.8 Energy Consumption Pattern: The fuel requirement for cooking depends on various factors such as number of persons in the family, food habits, income of the family & cost of fuel. The fuels used by villagers is fire wood, cow dung cakes (Goari), Kerosene and LPG gas. The supply of kerosene is controlled by Government and supplied through fair price shops. As a result most of the village people use more than one type of cooking fuel.

3.15 SOCIO-ECONOMIC CHARACTERISTICS OF HOUSE HOLD RESPONDENTS: Occupational Structure: The occupational structure is indicative of overall economy of the project area. In the context of development, structural changes always takes place and shift of resources always occurs away from the primary sectors (Agriculture, forestry, fishery, dairy, poultry, mining etc.) to the manufacturing sector or the secondary sector. Most of the commodities are provided by these two sectors while tertiary sector provides services. The structural transformation sets the economic development process in motion. Occupational structure of the workforce is indicative of the economic activity in the project area. Any changes in the occupational structure are indicative of economical changes. The occupational structure has been worked out for different categories of occupations in the project area which include cultivators, agricultural laborers, household industry workers etc. In the study area, agriculture is the main source of income for the people. The details indicate that:

Agriculture is purely dependent upon rainfall which is scanty in study area.

The main crop grown in kharif is paddy

Per acre production is less and there is scope for improvement.

Besides agriculture people are engaged in small and petty business

There are no cottage industries around and hence there is ample scope for its development. Project proponent is expected to promote cottage industries with special investment under corporate social responsibility.

The status of marginalized workforce is indicative of high potential for socio-economic development if industrial growth takes place in this area along with natural resources especially agriculture and allied sectors.

Health Status: Seasonal diseases are indicative of the fact that precautionary measures are needed in study area villages. Villagers, being in close proximity of Burdhwan have always preferred the services of Private Doctors for disease cure. Health facilities are the one of the most essential part of livelihood that is needed in this area. They Include hospitals, clinics, outpatient care centers, and specialized care centers, such as birthing centers and psychiatric care centers. Good medical facilities are provided by Government of West Bengal such as Sub-Health center, health center, Anganwadi etc. People are also benefited by various Government health schemes such as Development of Women and Children in Rural areas, Self Help Group, National Rural Health Mission etc. The findings from this survey in the 10 km radius area, indicate that medical facilities are needed to be improved by the Government Health Sub-Centre’s is available only in some

162



villages. Primary Health Centre is also available in some villages only. In the case of serious condition patients are moved to the nearest villages where hospitals are available. Tuberculosis, Asthma and Cancer diseases are reported in some villages. The degree of the facility is important, so the area requires better health services.

3.16 FLORA & FAUNA:

Study of biological environment is one of the most important aspects in Environment Impact Assessment (EIA) in view of need for conservation of environmental quality and biodiversity. Biodiversity makes up the structure of ecosystem and habitats that support essential living resources, including wildlife and forest. It helps to provide basic human needs such as food, shelter and medicine. It composes ecosystems that maintain O2 in air, enrich the soil, purify the water, protect against the flood, storm damage. Higher biodiversity ensure rich gene pool, which provides stability of different ecosystems and valuable resources to full fill the basic requirements of human being. Biological environment encompasses variety and variability of living organisms on earth. It refers to the differences within and between all living organisms on the earth at different level of organization - genes, species and ecosystems. Mining and biodiversity both are very important hence with development of mining activity it is necessary to explore ways to reduce impact on flora and fauna. Therefore baseline study is important for development of better mining practices & mitigation plans.

3.17 BIODIVERSITY

Study of biological environment is one of the most important aspects in Environment Impact Assessment (EIA) in view of need for conservation of environmental quality and biodiversity. Biodiversity makes up the structure of ecosystem and habitats that support essential living resources, including wildlife and forest. It helps to provide basic human needs such as food, shelter and medicine. It composes ecosystems that maintain O2 in air, enrich the soil, purify the water, protect against the flood, storm damage. Higher biodiversity ensure rich gene pool, which provides stability of different ecosystems and valuable resources to fulfil the basic requirements of human being.

Biological environment encompasses variety and variability of living organisms on earth. It refers to the differences within and between all living organisms on the earth at different level of organization - genes, species and ecosystems.

Mining and biodiversity both are very important hence with development of mining activity it is necessary to explore ways to reduce impact on flora and fauna. Therefore baseline study is important for development of better mining practices & mitigation plans.

3.17.1 Objectives of Biological Studies : The present study was undertaken with the following objectives:

To assess the nature and distribution of vegetation in and around the project site within 10 km. radius.

To assess the animal life spectra (within 10 km radius) Keeping with this view the present assignment has been undertaken for carrying out a field survey of the flora and fauna as an internal input for an EMP. In this regard a field surveys were

163



carried out in the core area of 10 kms radius around the project area covering the flowing parameters ;

a. Representative field sampling through transect/quadrate sampling so as to cover the major ecological systems of the surrounding area.

b. Floral and faunal presence in this area from various primary and secondary sources verified on the basis of actual field studies.

c. Quantitative assessment of the floral diversity including dominance, frequency, abundance and diversity indices etc.

d. Faunal studies – including field observations of various animal types, both terrestrial and aquatic, birds and insects etc. through direct observation and through various secondary sources.

e. Migratory avifauna. f. Mitigative measures to be suggested to amilorate the impact of the various mining activities

on the flora and fauna of this area, especially those include in the schedule under the Wildlife Protection Act of 1972.

The entire study was completed during field visits conducted in the months of Nov-Dec 2018.

Study area : The study area consists of Tara (East) and Tara (West) Coal Mining Project area (937.44 Ha) considered as Core Zone and 10 Km radius around the core zone as Buffer Zone. Both the core zone and buffer zone have been studied separately for identifying floral and faunal characteristics.

Study Period : Basic preliminary survey work was completed in the November to December 2018 and then roughly every 15 days visits were conducted in the core and buffer zone for the field surveys.

Detailed stratification of forest sites were made through the analysis of the tree heights and are classified below :

Analysis of the population structure of tree community in different study sites were made on the basis of circumferences of individual tree at breast height (GBH) measurement. The tree were classified in to different population classes as per Ralhan et.al.(1982).

The percent density of each girth class was calculated as : Percent Density : No. of individuals in each girth class x 100 No. of individuals in all girth class The species identification i.e. taxonomical enumeration of the flora was done in all the sampled plots. The girth size percentage, frequency, density, abundance, basal area and Importance Value Index (IVI) were calculated statistically from the field data collected at various sites.

To achieve the above objectives a study area was undertaken. The different methods adopted were as follows:

Compilation of secondary data with respect to the study area from Toposheet, Satellite image etc

Generation of primary data by undertaking systematic ecological studies in the area.

164



3.17.2 Methodology : The methodology and design of field investigations are carried out in strict observance and guidelines provided for study of terrestrial ecological in books like flora of different regions and books on faunal studies. During the preparation various discussions were carried out with the various forest officials of that area, local people, farmers, workers and inhabitants and subject experts. The quantitative study of the flora has been supplemented by the use of forest inventory technology by definition of variance of the vegetation-crop.

Location of the selected sites is gien in Table 3.23. As may be noticed sample selection is done on all sides of industrial area, within 10 km radius.

The phytosociological analysis of the forest of the buffer zone was carried out by 10 random quadrates of 10 m x 10 m at each site. The size and the number of quadrates were determined using species area curve method of Misra (1968). Through detailed sampling, different phytosociology attributes of individual species such as relative density, relative frequency, Importance Value Index (IVI) were calculated as per Cottam and Curtis (1956). Values of IVI of different species for each site were further utilized for the estimation of Shannon-Wiener’s diversity Index (H’) (Shannon-Wiener-1963).

Table 3.23

LOCATION OF SAMPLE PLOTS

Sr. No.

Village Land use type Zone Distance and Direction from Mine Lease Area

1 Kasta Protected Forest Buffer Zone 4.00 km (NW)

2 Sultanpur Protected Forest Buffer Zone 3.00 km (N)

3 Eklabpur Protected Forest Buffer Zone 4.10 km (NE)

4 Palasthali Protected Forest Buffer Zone 5.00 km (NW)

5 Sunthaldih Protected Forest Buffer Zone 4.50 km (N)

6 Narayanpur Protected Forest Buffer Zone 6.15 km (W)

7 Bankhet Protected Forest Buffer Zone 9.00 km(NW)

8 Bara Rampur Protected Forest Buffer Zone 4km (N)

9 Bahadurdih Protected Forest Buffer Zone 6.00 km (NE

3.17.3 Study of Flora:

During the study, the floral composition of the area was evaluated through primary survey. The local inhabitants were also consulted to get extra information. Following are the activities undertaken during the study-

1. Floral survey

Identification of Tree, shrub, herb, climber and grass species

Diversity of species under plantations

165



3.17.4 Floral Characteristics:

Core zone: The core zone area earlier worked as coal mine has remnants of working in the form of abandoned pit which is filled with water and overburden dumps mostly covered by grass. Plantation in some area was also noticed in the core zone, rest of the core zone is occupied by agriculture practices, wasteland and trees & shrubs of various types which are reported in the following paragraphs. List of the flora found in core zone is given in Table 3.24.

Table 3.24 List of Flora in Core Zone

Sr. No. Scientific Name Vernacular / Common Name

Trees

1 Acacia auriculiformis Akashmoni

2 Ailanthus exelsa* Gokul

3 Alstonia scholaris Chhatim

4 Borassus flabellifer Tad

5 Butea monosperma* Palash

6 Ficus hispida Dumur

7 Ficus religisa Aswatha

8 Phoenix sylvestris Kharjura

9 Senna siamea Minjiri

10 Ziziphus mauritiana Kul

Shrubs

11 Alangium lamarckii Ankura

12 Balanites roxburghii Hingot

13 Calotropics procera* Akanda

14 Calotropis gigantea* Akanda

15 Cassia alata Candle cassia

16 Lantana camara Bhabri

17 Vitex negundo* Nishinda

Herbs

18 Achyranthes aspera* Apang

19 Alternanthera sessilis Dwarf copperleaf

20 Chromolaena odorata* Asamlata

21 Euphorbia hirta* Dudhi

22 Hyptis suaveolens Apang

23 Leonotis nepetifolia Dipmal

24 Parthenium heterophorus Congress grass

166



Sr. No. Scientific Name Vernacular / Common Name

25 Solanum surattense * Kanteli

26 Solanum sisymbriifolium* Swetrangani

27 Tephrosia purpuria Wild indigo

28 Tridax procumbens* Congress grass

29 Ziziphus oenoplia Siakul

Grasses

30 Saccharum munja Munj

31 Saccharum spontaneum Kaus

Note : indicates medicinal plants

Buffer zone: The buffer zone consist of agriculture land, forest land (Protected Forest as per the toposheet) and waste land besides various water bodies in the form of river, streams and surface water ponds. Representative samples were collected from all types of landuses and also from the river and ponds. Details of the same are also provided in the relevant paragraphs of the report below. Important trees are Sal, Mahua, Jamun, Semal, Kathal, Mango, Babool, Peepal, Banyan, Bans, Sagaun, Neem, Khajoor, Ashok, Palm, Bel, Gulmohar. Among grasses Munj and caus are common. The flora found in the buffer Zone are given below in the Table 3.25.

Table 3.25 List of Flora in Buffer Zone

Sr. No. Scientific Name Vernaculer / Common Name

Trees

1 Acacia eburnea Indian Cockspur Thorn

2 Acacia nilotica indica* Babool

3 Acacia auriculiformis Akashmoni

4 Aegle marmelos* Bel

5 Albizzia lebbek Siris

6 Annona squamosa* Sitafal

7 Artocarpus heterophyllus Kanthal

8 Azadirachata indica* Neem

9 Bergera koenigii* Karipatta

10 Borassus flabellifer* Tad

11 Butea monosperma* Palash

12 Casuarina equisetifolia Jhau

13 Ceiba pentandra White Silk-Cotton Tree

14 Cocos nucifera Coconut palm

15 Delonix regia Gulmohar

167




16 Diospyros melanoxylon* Kend

17 Eucalyptus globulus * Nilgiri

18 Ficus bengalensis* Bat

19 Ficus racemosa Gular

20 Haldina cardifolia Karam

21 Hyphaene dichotoma Gingerbread Palm

22 Limonia acidissima Kaith

23 Madhuca latifolia* Mohul

24 Mangifera indica Aam

25 Moringa oleifera* Sajina

26 Olax scandens Koko-aru

27 Phoenix sylvestris Kharjura

28 Pithocellobium dulce Manilla Tamarind

29 Polyalthia longifolia* Ashoka

30 Pongamia pinnata* Karanji

31 Psidium guajava Jam

32 Saraca asoca* Sita ashok

33 Syzigium cuminii* Kalajam

34 shorea rovusta Sal

35 Tabernaemontana divaricata Moon beam

36 Tectona grandis Segun

37 Terminalia bellirica* Behera

38 Terminalia catapa Hijli Badam

39 Terminalia arjuna* Arjun

40 Ziziphus mauritiana Kul

Shrubs

41 Calicopteris floribunda Gaichha Lata

42 Carissa spinarum Karamcha

43 Euphorbia neriifolia Manasasi

44 Kirganelia reticulata* Panjuli

45 Lagarstroemia parviflora Lendia

46 Nerium odorum* Karabi

47 Ricinus communis* Castor-oil plant

48 Thevetia peruviana Kolkaphul

168




Herbs

49 Adhatoda zeylanica* Basak

50 Ageratum conyzoides* Uchaunti

51 Andrographis paniculata* Kalmegh

52 Crotalaria leschenaultii Pipuli Jhunjhun

53 Chromolaena odorata* Asamlata

54 Datura metel* Dhutura

55 Elytraria acaulis * Patharchatta

56 Indigofera astragalina Chhota sirphunka

57 Ipomoea carnea Bankalmi

58 Jatropha gossypifola* Bherenda

59 Leonotis nepetifolia Dipmal

60 Marsilea qaudrifolia* Susni

61 Nymphaea nouchali Nil-sapla

62 Ocimun americanum Kalo-tulashi

63 Opuntia dillenii* Nagphana

64 Parthenium heterophorus Congress grass

65 Polygonum glabrum Bihagni

66 Solanum sisymbriifolium* Swetrangani

67 Vigna trilobota Wild Gram

68 Ziziphus oenoplia Siakul

Climbers

69 Asparagus racemosus* Satamuli

70 Cuscuta reflexa* Algusi

71 Tinospora cardifolia* Gulancha

Grasses

72 Cynodon dactylon* Barmuda grass

73 Cyperus compresses* Summer sedge

74 Dendrocalamus strictus Bamboo

75 Imperata cylindrica Cogon grass

76 Saccharum munja Munj

77 Saccharum spotaneum Caus

78 Setaria glauca Cild millet

Note : * Indicates medicinal Plants

169



Phytosociological studies were conducted in 9 protected forests in the buffer zone by quadrate method. Relative density, relative frequency, relative dominance and important value index where calculated as given in table below.

The study included 17 trees in protected forest with highest IVI value for Butea monosperma (601.37) followed by shorea rovusta (494.97), Madhuka latifolia (375.42) and Borassus flabellifer (351.14). Thus these trees are dominant spices in the protected forest of the study area.

Shannon & winner index was also computed for each observed species in these 9 protected forests. The values range from 2.548 in Ksta PF to 0.430 for Bahadurdih PF, Eklabpur exhibited maximum no of forest species (9) followed by Kasta and Sultanpur(7 each). Narayanpur and Bahadurdih showed minimum index values. Thus Kasta site showed the richness of trees in the study area than the other sites. Diversity of Trees found in Protected Forests of the study area is given in Table 3.26.

170



Table 3.26

Diversity of Trees found in Protected Forests in the study area (Average values of Observations)

Sl. no.

Name of the Trees

Name of Villages

Total Relative Density

Relative Frequency

Relative Dominance

Importance Value Index

Kasta Sultanpur Eklabpur Palasthali Sunthaldih Narayanpur Bankhet Bara

Rampur Bahadurdih

No of Trees

No of Trees

No of Trees

No of Trees

No of Trees No of Trees No of

Trees No of

Trees No of Trees

1 Ficus bengalensis

1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0.54 11.11 0.74 12.39

2 Butea monosperma

3 7 0 0 4 18 7 5 6 50 27.03 555.56 18.79 601.37

3 Phoenix sylvestris

2 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 1.62 33.33 1.18 36.13

4 Madhuca latifolia

5 1 1 0 4 2 4 5 8 30 16.22 333.33 25.87 375.42

5 Ficus hispida 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0.54 11.11 0.09 11.74

6 Aegle marmelos

1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0.54 11.11 0.06 11.71

7 Alstonia scholaris

2 2 0 0 4 0 0 0 1 9 4.86 100.00 3.31 108.17

8 Borassus flabellifer

0 6 0 0 0 0 5 12 5 28 15.14 311.11 24.89 351.14

9 Syzigium cuminii

0 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 1.62 33.33 3.13 38.08

10 Azadirachata indica

0 1 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 3 1.62 33.33 1.14 36.09

11 Terminalia arjuna

0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0.54 11.11 0.23 11.88

12 Acacia auriculiformis

0 1 1 3 0 0 0 0 4 9 4.86 100.00 3.90 108.76

13 Semecarpus - anacardiun

0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0.54 11.11 0.06 11.71

14 Terminalia bellirica

0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 2 1.08 22.22 0.06 23.36

15 Shorea - robusta

0 0 15 12 10 0 4 0 0 41 22.16 455.56 17.25 494.97

16 Terminalia - 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0.54 11.11 0.06 11.71

171



chebulia

Diversity of Trees found in Protected Forests in the study area (Average values of Observations)

Sl. no.

Name of the Trees

Name of Villages

Total Relative Density

Relative Frequency

Relative Dominance

Importance Value Index

Kasta Sultanpur Eklabpur Palasthali Sunthaldih Narayanpur Bankhet Bara

Rampur Bahadurdih

No of Trees

No of Trees

No of Trees

No of Trees

No of Trees

No of Trees

No of Trees

No of Trees

No of Trees

17 Diospyros melanoxylon

0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0.54 11.11 0.06 11.71

Total no. of tree

15 20 23 17 24 20 20 22 24 185 - - - -

Shannon & Wiener Index

2.548 2.362 1.498 1.276 2.116 0.468 1.957 1.447 0.430

- - - -

172



3.17.5 Faunal Survey : Following methodology was adopted for Faunal Survey

Three methods are used for detecting presence of mammals in an area. These are camera trapping, direct observations and sign surveys. Camera trapping involves installing self-activated camera units in areas which are frequented by mammals. This method was not found to be suitable for this study because the camera trap units are very expensive and are required to be installed in areas where there is no human thoroughfare. This method was therefore not used in the present survey. Therefore direct observations and sign surveys were used to survey mammal presence in the area.

Direct Observations : For observing the animals in the area, it is important to sample the sites on foot or at times by vehicle during early morning or in the late afternoon when the animals are active. For this study, we sampled the area on foot during the day time. To spot nocturnal animals, we carried out a few night drives in the area. While on foot, the observers need to be very silent and discreet as animals are very alert and run away before they are spotted..

An area may support “x” number of animals but it is not possible to see all the animals because animals are dispersed over a large area and hide on perceiving some movement. Therefore, direct observations are always fewer than actual numbers of animals in that area. All mammals including carnivores and herbivores generate many signs of their presence such as pugmarks, scats, tracks, pellets, scratch marks and scrape marks which can be used to generate an index of mammal presence in the area. This method which is dependent on detecting sign of mammals in the area is known as sign survey. The sign surveys are carried out along the foot paths, trails, river beds and areas known to be frequented by mammals.

3.17.6 Sampling Procedure

The boundaries of core and buffer were fixed on a toposheet of the scale 1:50000. The toposheet was used as reference for sampling the study area. Only grids having forest area were sampled for mammals.

In each grid a transect walk was carried out along the forest paths using direct observation method and sign survey. The transect was walked by a team of 2 persons, an observer and a local tracker who was familiar with the area and in identifying animals and their signs.

Each day 2 transects were walked, one in the morning and other in the late afternoon. The length of each transect was between 3 to 3.5 kilometres.

On each transect, following data was recorded in the data sheet:

GPS location of start and end point of each route, location of the area, altitude, weather, and start and end time of each transect

Mammal species seen, numbers, sex (if possible), habitat type

Signs of mammal presence such as scats, pellets, droppings, pugmarks, hoof-marks, tracks, digging, debarking, scrapes, claw marks, and kills made by carnivores.

Conservation threats such as signs of biotic interference, disturbance in the area were recorded

Documentation of Avian, Reptilian, Amphibian, Mammal and other faunal diversity

Observations by direct and indirect evidences

Analysis of Scheduled species

Different species were observed at different timing during the day.

Bird: Birds were watched during morning and evening period when their movement are maximum.

173



3.17.7 FAUNA: Buffer zone

On the basis of survey, discussion with local people and list of district forest department, list of fauna of Buffer zone is given in Table 3.27.

Table 3.27

List of Fauna in Buffer Zone

Sr. No. Scientific Name

Vernaculer /

Common Name

Included in schedule of wildlife (protection)Act, 1972

Amphibians

1 Euphlyctis hexadactylus Indian pond frog IV

2 Hoplobatrachus tigerinus Indian bull frog IV

3 Limnonectes limnocharis Paddyfield frog IV

4 Polpedates maculatus Tree frog IV

Reptiles

5 Bungarus caeruleus Indian krait IV

6 Calotes versicolor Common garden lizard -

7 Hemidactylus brooki Brook's gecko -

8 Hemidactylus flaviviridis House gecko -

9 Mabuya carinata Common skink -

10 Naja naja Indian cobra II

11 Ptyas mucosus Indian ratsnake II

12 Typhlops acutus Blind snake -

13 Vipera russelii Russell's viper II

14 Xenochrophis piscator Checkered keelback II

Birds

15 Acridotheres tristis Indian myna IV

16 Alcedo atthis Common kingfisher IV

17 Apus affinis Little swift -

18 Ardeola grayii Pond heron IV

19 Bubulcus ibis Cattle egret IV

20 Centropus sinensis Coucal -

21 Ceryle rudis Lesser pied kingfisher IV

22 Columba livia Rock pigeon -

23 Copsychus saularis Magpie-robin -

24 Coracias benghalensis Indian roller IV

25 Corvus splendens House crow IV

26 Coturnix coturnix Grey quail IV

174




Vernaculer /

Common Name


27 Dendrocitta vagabunda Indian tree pie IV

28 Dicrurus macrocercus Black drongo IV

29 Egretta garzetta Little egret IV

30 Eudynamys scolopacea Asian koel -

31 Francolinus pondicerianus Grey francolin IV

32 Merops orientalis Small green bee-eater -

33 Milvus migrans migrans Black kite -

34 Motacilla alba dukhunensis White wagtail -

35 Motacilla alba personata White wagtail -

36 Passer domesticus House sparrow -

37 Phalacrocorax niger Little cormorant IV

38 Pseudibis papillosa Black ibis IV

39 Psittacula eupatria Alexandrine parakeet IV

40 Psittacula krameri Roseringed parakeet IV

41 Pycnonotus cafer Redvented bulbul IV

42 Pycnonotus jocosus Redwhiskered bulbul IV

43 Saxicoloides fulicata Indian robin -

44 Streptopelia chinensis Spotted dove IV

45 Streptopelia decacto Eurasian collared dove IV

46 Streptopelia senegalensis Laughing dove IV

47 Sturnus pagodarum Brahminy myna IV

48 Tringa hypoleucos Common sandpiper IV

49 Upupa epops Eurasian hoopie -

Mammals

50 Bandicota bengalensis Indian mole rat V

51 Canis aureus Jackal II

52 Funambulus pennantii Fivestriped palm squirrel IV

53 Herpestes edwardsi Common mongoose IV

54 Lepus nigricollis Blacknaped hare IV

55 Rattus rattus House rat V

56 Semnopithecus entellus Common langur II

57 Suncus murinus Indian shrew -

58 Sus scrofa cristatus Wild boar III

3.17.8 FAUNA: Core zone

On the basis of survey, discussion with local people and list of district forest department, list of fauna of Core zone is given in Table 3.28.

175



Table 3.28

List of Fauna in Core Zone


Vernaculer /

Common Name


Reptiles

1 Calotes versicolor Common garden lizard IV

2 Hemidactylus brooki Brook's gecko IV

3 Hemidactylus flaviviridis House gecko IV

4 Mabuya carinata Common skink IV

Birds

5 Acridotheres tristis Indian myna IV

6 Apus affinis Little swift -

7 Bubulcus ibis Cattle egret IV

8 Centropus sinensis Coucal -

9 Columba livia Rock pigeon -

10 Copsychus saularis Magpie-robin -

11 Coracias benghalensis Indian roller IV

12 Corvus splendens House crow V

13 Dicrurus macrocercus Black drongo -

14 Egretta garzetta Little egret IV

15 Eudynamys scolopacea Asian koel -

16 Merops orientalis Small green bee-eater -

17 Passer domesticus House sparrow -

18 Psittacula krameri Roseringed parakeet IV

19 Pycnonotus cafer Redvented bulbul IV

20 Pycnonotus jocosus Redwhiskered bulbul IV

21 Saxicoloides fulicata Indian robin -

22 Streptopelia chinensis Spotted dove IV

23 Streptopelia senegalensis Laughing dove

IV

Mammals

24 Funambulus pennantii Fivestriped palm squirrel

IV

25 Herpestes edwardsi Common mongoose IV

26 Rattus rattus House rat V

27 Semnopithecus entellus Common langur II

28 Suncus murinus Indian shrew V

176



Endangered and threatened species- No endangered or threatened species was found in the study area.

Ajoy River is adjoining away from the project site. Aquatic ecology of the River on the

basis of secondary survey is given below:

3.17.9 Aquatic flora and fauna

The commonly found fishes in the study area given in Table 3.29 below.

Table 3.29

List of Fishes

Sr. No. Scientific Name Vernacular/ Common Name

1 Notopterus notopterus Falai

2 Securicula gora Bara-chela

3 Chela (Chela) laubuca Beki-chela

4 Salmostoma phulo phulo Chela

5 Salmostoma sardinella Chela

6 Hypothalmichthys molitrix Silver carp

7 Aspidoparia morar Chela

8 Aspidoparia jaya Chela

9 Amblypharyngodon mola Morola

10 Danio (Danio) aequipinnatus Bashpata

11 Esomus danricus Danrika

12 Rasbora daniconius daniconius Dhera

13 Rasbora rasbora Dari-kana

14 Catla catla Katla

15 Cirrhinus mrigala Mrigal

16 Cirrhinus reba Kharke bata

17 Cyprinus carpio carpio Common carp

18 Ctenopharyngodon idella Ghosho ruhi

19 Labeo rohita Ruhi

20 Labeo bata Bata

21 Labeo calbasu Kalbasu

22 Labeo nandina Nandi

23 Osteobrama cotio cotio Mauwa

24 Puntius conchonius Kanchan puthi

25 Puntius chola Kerrundi

26 Puntius sophore Puthi

27 Puntius sarana sarana Swarna puthi

28 Pintius ticto ticto Tita puthi

177



Sr. No. Scientific Name Vernacular/ Common Name

29 Lepidocephalus (Lepidocephalus) guntea Poia

30 Aorichthys seenghala Arr-tengra

31 Aorichthys aor Aeir

32 Mystus bleekeri Tengra

33 Mystus cavasius Tengra

34 Mystus vittatus Tengra

35 Mystus tengara Tengra

36 Ompok bimaculatus Pabda

37 Ompok pabda Pabda

38 Ompok pabo Pabda

39 Wallago attu Boal

40 Ailia coila Kojoli

41 Eutropichthys vacha Bacha

42 Clarias batrachus Magur

43 Heteropneustes fossilis Singhi

44 Chaca chaca Chaga

45 Xenentodon cancila Kankley

46 Aplocheilus panchax Te-chokha

47 Oryzias melanostigma Te-chokha

48 Channa marulius Sal

49 Channa striatus Shol

50 Channa orientalis Chang

51 Channa punctatus Layata

52 Chanda nama Chanda

53 Chanda ranga Chanda

54 Nandus nandus Nadoshi

55 Oreochromis mossambica Telapia

56 Rhinomugil corsula Kharsula

57 Glossogobius giuris giuris Beley

58 Anabas testudineus Koi

59 Ctenops nobilis Chucho-koi

60 Colisa fasciata Khalisha

61 Colisa lalius Khalshey

62 Macrognathus aculeatus Goichi

63 Mastacembelus armatus armatus Goichi

64 Mastacembelus pancalus Pankal

65 Tetraodon cutcutia Tepa

178



Birds like egrets, cormorants and kingfishers which make their home in this region around the lakes, are also found. Also Mynas are represented here by two species Indian myna and Brahminy myna.

Agricultural crops-Important crops grown in plain are rice and mustard. During recent year people have started growing vegetable and seasonal fruits. During recent year people have started growing vegetable and seasonal fruits.

3.17.10 Observations :

The present study was undertaken during the winter 2018. The census report of forest department is quite exhaustive, but without any comparative statement about the Fish, Reptiles, Birds and Mammals.

The sign-evidence most suited for the identification of the ground dwelling animals is limited to pugmarks, hoofmarks, foot-prints and dung identification etc. However, in our visits several animals like monkeys, squirrel, birds, butterflies etc. were seen. However, within the constraint of time limit and with limited resources the faunal data is prepared from the various secondary sources supported by field studies carried on sample basis.

Almost all the problems described in this section are associated with human inhabitations in and near the study area. Human presence in the villages is due to the presence of villages in and around the study area and villages in the study area and located near the forests. There are many villages in the study area. Some of them are located singly while others are located in large agglomerations. The population in the village also exerts a considerable influence on the forests and wildlife in the study area.

Just as people affect the forest and wildlife they are also affected due to proximity to the forest. Wild animals raid the crops of villages that are in close proximity to the forest. Wild boars are especially responsible for damaging corps.

Animal husbandry is common. The most common livestock animals are cows, bullocks and goats. Milk is used mostly for personal consumption. Commercial sale of milk is low since the cows are not very productive. Bullocks are very useful for ploughing and as draft animals for bullock carts. Goats are reared in some villages. They are kept for meat but often for sale. Poultry & duck farming is practiced on a small scale by most households, mostly for personal use and sale.

Households without agricultural land get employment for a few days as agricultural labourers. Others find employment with the Forest Department for tree cutting and bamboo cutting and tree plantation work. Sometimes labour is available with the other government departments such as PWD.

Habitat fragmentation takes place due to clearing of forests to make way for human inhabitations. This creates discontinuity in the forest. Fragmentation of the landscape hampers the natural movement of animals.

179



Photographs of Fauna

180



Photographs of Flora

181



CHAPTER 4

ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES

4.0 INTRODUCTION:

This chapter provides a brief overview of the potential impacts of the proposed coal mining, and allied activities on various environmental components. The opencast mining operations involve development of benches, approach roads, haul roads, blasting, excavation of coal and OB, crushing and handling of coal as well as handling of waste materials and transport of coal. Various likely environmental impacts, which have been identified due to the proposed integrated coal complex project, are discussed in the following sections.

4.1 IMPACT ON CLIMATE

Temperature: The average monthly minimum and maximum temperatures have been monitored at the proposed project site and also analyzed based on the data from nearest IMD station at Asansol Paschim Bardhaman. The trend of temperature shows a regular cyclic pattern. The temperature pattern indicates a regional behavior.

After the commencement of mining operation, the existing vegetation cover in the core zone will be cleared in phases and the topography of the core area will permanently change. Due to change in the topography of the project area and systematic clearance of the existing green cover, minor temperature variations at local level only might occur. The temperature pattern indicates a regional behavior and is not likely to be affected by mining operations. The proposed afforestation programme will moderate any local temperature changes due to mining and coal washery operations.

Rainfall: The proposed mining operations are not expected to have any adverse impact on the rainfall pattern of the area as the impacts will be at micro-level.

Wind Speed: The wind speeds of any area depend on the existence of elevations and depressions in the region. The mining lease area is mildly rolling and the major part of the proposed lease comes under revenue land. The proposed mining operations will change the topography and the landscape of coal bearing area only. Due to change in the topography of the project area minor variations in wind speed are anticipated at local level.

Humidity: The relative humidity in the area is not likely to change significantly because of the mining operations, as it will not cause any changes in the prevailing temperatures and rainfall of the region.

4.2 IMPACT ON TOPOGRAPHY AND DRAINAGE

Impact on Topography : The surface exhibits elevation of the area ranging from 92-133 m above MSL. Ground slopes mildly towards south. The mining operations will change the topography and the landscape of coal bearing area and its immediate vicinity in the core zone only. The lease area consists of 937.44 ha for mining and including land required for road and nala diversion.

182



The proposed opencast mining including creation of OB dump will change the original topography of the ML area. The OCP mine area in general becomes slightly elevated flat ground due to backfilling of OB in decoaled area along with creation of large water pond. During the course of mining and more importantly towards the end, the decoaled area will be concurrently backfilled except 55.03 ha void. The backfilled area will be reclaimed with plantation and the void will be converted into water body thereby restoring the land profile to original land form as much as possible.

Impact on Drainage: The coal block has a few seasonal nallahs draining the storm water. The drainage of the area is mainly controlled by Ajoy river, a tributary of the Bhagirathi River which ultimately joins the Bay of Bengal. It is established that high infiltration zone will serve as good media for high ground water recharge and reduce the surface run-off considerably in the core zone. It is expected that due to increase in recharge, ground water runoff (base flow) will increase in nearby Ajoy River. Thus, there will be only marginal change in quality and quantity of river water due to proposed mining.

The seasonal drains are proposed to be channelized through the undisturbed area in a phased manner to maintain the natural drainage system. The run-off channels are proposed to be created ahead of the overburden dump. The drains will be made along the contour lines to prevent entry of rainwater in the active mine area.

Impact due to proposed Nala and road diversion:

One of the surface constraints existing in the mine lease area is that part of the seasonal Nala is passing through the central part. The coal reserve blocks under this nala have been considered as extractable and as such this part of the nala is proposed to be diverted. This diversion will be undertaken along the eastern boundary of the lease as shown in Plate No. 2.6 & Plate No. 2.7 respectively. It is anticipated that 6.10 ha. of land will be required to undertake the diversion which is proposed to be done in the initial years of operation of the project. The necessary permission from the competent authority of the State Government shall be obtained before undertaking this diversion.

Another surface constraints which features in the mine lease area are that parts of village road from Churulia to Jaynagar are also passing through the lease area. It is proposed to be diverted along this route from outside the mine lease area from southern part of the lease. An approximate area of 3.59 ha would be required for undertaking these diversion. The necessary permission from the competent authority of State Govt. shall be obtained before undertaking this diversion. All the necessary precaution shall be taking as per provision made in the coal mines regulations including controlled blasting to prevent any untoward incident resulting in any physical injuring to persons and vehicles moving on these roads.

It is anticipated that there will be negligible impact due to the proposed diversion of the nala and roads requisite land will be are acquired to undertake this diversion.

4.3 IMPACT ON LAND USE:

The proposed opencast mine will result in change of the land use pattern of the ML area. The land degradation is expected during mining activities of excavation, overburden dumps, soil extraction etc.

183



The details of existing land use pattern of mine lease area are given in Table-4.1.

Table-4.1 Pre Mining Landuse

Land Use Total (Ha)


Forest Land 0.00


Settlements 62.48

Others (Specify):

a. Old Excavation Area (East Quarry) 87.02

b. Old Excavation Area (West Quarry) 179.02


d. Roads & Mine Infrastructure 21.27

e. R & R Colony 6.0


g. Green Belt 9.96



Source : Approved Mining Plan

Table-4.2 Post Mining land use

Sr. No.


Post-Mining Land Use (Ha)


Public Use Undisturbed Total

1 External OB Dump 96.21 --- --- --- 96.21

2 Top Soil Dump --- --- --- --- ---

3 Excavation 350.03 55.03 --- --- 405.0

6

4 Roads --- --- 3.59 --- 3.59

5 Built-up Area --- --- 21.27 --- 21.27

6 Green Belt 9.96 --- --- --- 9.96

7 Undisturbed Area --- --- --- 329.79 329.7

9


50.58 --- --- --- 50.58


--- 6.10 --- --- 6.10

10 Water Body --- 4.88 --- --- 4.88

11 Staff Colony --- --- 10.00 --- 10.00

Total Area = 506.78 66.01 34.86 329.79 937.44

* Includes area for green belt zone

Source: Approved Mining Plan

It is proposed to liquidate the reserves by conventional benching method of opencast with shovel-dumper combination for overburden removal and use of surface miner for coal removal. Out of the 937.44 Ha of mining lease area, 405.06 Ha will be used for excavation out of which 350.03 Ha shall be reclaimed by concurrent internal dumping and remaining

184



55.03 Ha of void will be converted into water body. It may be noted from table 4.1 that excavation of 266.04 Ha has already been carried out at present in west and east quarry. The proposed mining operation will be continued to be extended from these two quarries and finally it will be joined together to form a single quarry and hence 139.02 Ha additional area will be broken up in phased manner during the course of mining.

There are 4 existing OB dumps within the mining lease covering 96.21 Ha of the land. However, these will be rehandled during 12-14th Years and waste material lying within these dumps will be used for backfilling and subsequently this area will be biologically reclaimed. Thus, there will be no external dumps at the closure stage. Total OB generation will be of the order of 190.56 Mm3. Plantation in 506.78 Ha will be done which covers barrier, safety zone and infrastructure around including road and undisturbed land etc. Thus, 54% the Mining lease area shall be biologically reclaimed and 07 % area will be utilized as water reservoir, 3 % will remain as public utility land and balance 36 % land will remain as undisturbed land.

4.4 IMPACT ON SOIL:

The environmental impacts of the mining activities on topsoil depends on the nature of activities, extent of area covered and associated aspects of environmental concern.


The dust generated during blasting operations, loading and unloading operations and vehicular movements normally form heavier particles that would readily settle on very small areas within the mining area itself. This will have no adverse impact on the surrounding areas.

Another important aspect is soil erosion from slopes, if not managed properly. Soil erosion may also get accelerated on areas where the overburden will be dumped. As there is neither a toxic effluent nor solid waste from the mines, quality of soil is not expected to be adversely effected.

Impact on soil will be localized i.e. around the mine site. Likelihood of any adverse impact from soil erosion and disturbance in quality is remote. However, the impacts that will occur are reversible as the impacts will be felt in the initial stages of mine operation i.e. till the vegetative cover is re-developed.

4.5 IMPACT ON AIR QUALITY :

Mining operations contribute towards air pollution in two ways, emission of dust particles and addition of gaseous pollutants to the atmosphere. The gaseous pollutants include NOx, SO2 and hydrocarbons etc. The sources of gaseous pollutants from the proposed mining include:

Drilling, blasting and crushing operations;

Operation of heavy earth moving equipment which are mostly run on diesel;

Loading operations;

Transportation of ore/overburden in dumpers;

Exposed pit area and dumps; Similarly, the PM10 and PM 2.5 and dust particles emanates during drilling, blasting, excavation, loading and unloading of the coal and overburden, transportation by tippers and stock piling operation. Size of the particles emitted in atmosphere plays a major role in deciding the distance to which they may be transported away. Particles of larger size fall fairly rapidly around their source, because of gravitational settling but the aerosols because

185



of their small size may be held in suspension and may be transported to a greater distances. Eventually, these smaller particles are collected in rain drops and fall on earth. The composition of these particles largely depends on the composition of the coal/ore being processed. The proposed mine with its capacity of 4 million TPA of raw coal, is likely to generate dust, NOx and SO2.The impact on air quality of integrated coal complex depend on the magnitude of coal extraction operations and transportation & handling. The intensity of operation is directly related to the rate of production of coal from the mine and coal washing.

RSPM is the main cause of respiratory disorders amongst the workers and necessitates mine workers and others who are directly involved in the mining/ field activity to wear dust mask as a safety precaution. The emissions are not likely to affect the area outside the premises. Proper emission control measures will, therefore, be necessary to protect the environment and workers in these areas.

The ambient air quality monitoring results show that in the villages around the proposed ML area, particulate concentrations are within the prescribed limits (CPCB standards) however, at present the only source of pollution is domestic activities. Once the mining operation starts, it is anticipated that marginal increase in the particulate levels of the core and the buffer zones will occur. Dust suppression measures are, therefore, of utmost importance.

Vehicular movements within the mine site will add marginally to NOx and CO concentration. Monitored values of SO2, NO2 and CO in the ambient air are reported to be low in the study area. It is proposed that M/s WBPDCL ensures regular maintenance and engine tuning of vehicles used within the mine area so that the emission levels remain within the stipulated limits. As adequate dust suppression measures will be provided, the dust particles and RSPM will not get transported to villages in the downwind direction of the impact area.

PM levels will be higher within the active operational areas (mine area) due to blasting, transportation, however, the buffer zone is not likely to be affected with dust problems, if proper dust suppression and mitigation measures are taken.

Air pollution sources at the proposed opencast mine can be classified into four categories, viz., Point Source, Area Sources, Line Sources and instantaneous Point Sources as described below: a) Point Source/Single Source: These are stationary sources, which emit air pollutants into

the atmosphere from a certain fixed point. In the proposed mine, the following sources or activities form the point sources, which emit particulate matter.

Drilling: Drilling & blasting would be required for overburden benches before excavation by shovel. Top OB benches would be developed in horizontal slicing pattern; hence hydraulic shovel along with matching dumpers would be deployed, whereas parting between the coal seams would be excavated parallel to coal seams to avoid intermixing of stone with coal.

Overburden: Top OB benches will be of 6 m to 15 height where 160 mm /250 mm blast hole drill will be used for drilling blast holes. The length of hole will be ranging between 6-15m in OB benches. This activity will result in particulate matter emission.

Loading& unloading of OB :The loading of overburden (OB) is proposed by shovels. These activities are likely to contribute air pollution in the form of dust/ particulate matter during discharge of material from bucket and gaseous pollutant like SO2, NOx and hydrocarbons due to combustion of diesel in the loading machinery. The generated OB

186



will be transported by dumpers and unloaded at the designated locations i.e. at dump site. During unloading operation at the dump site of the OB, air pollution in the form of dust (PM) and gaseous pollutants namely SO2, NOx and hydrocarbons due to consumption of diesel in dumper is anticipated.

b) Line Sources: These are normally mobile sources, which emit pollutants in the area through which they pass. The following are the sources of air pollution falling under this category.

Transportation: Surface transport consists of transport of overburden and coal. Overburden will be transported by dumpers to respective OB dumps. Haul roads have been provided for movement of dumpers. Transportation also includes movement of service vehicles in the mine lease area. The traffic on the haul roads is likely to contribute towards increase in dust and gaseous pollutants concentration in the mining area. However, this is more of a localized phenomenon within the mining areas that have limited human exposure.

Dozing: Dozing is envisaged during mining operations. The dozing activity is likely to contribute to air pollution in the form of PM, SO2, NOx and hydrocarbons due to use of diesel operated machines.

c) Area Sources/Multiple Sources : The total mine area with all mining activities like operation of equipment/machinery, active mine pit, coal stock yard and waste dump locations and haul roads constitute the area source, which lead to increase in air pollution in and around mine lease area.

d) Instantaneous Sources: Blasting process involves dislodgement of big blocks of rocks/mineral from the mines. This operation generates maximum dust, which results in the increase in PM concentration.

The size of the dust particles emitted into the atmosphere plays a major role in deciding the distance to which they may be transported. Particles of larger size fall fairly rapidly and closer to their source because of gravitational settling. Smaller particles are collected in raindrops and fall on earth. The composition of these particles largely depends on the composition of the mineral being processed i.e. coal in this case.

4.5.1 Prediction of Impacts on Air Quality - Dispersion Modeling: Prediction of impacts on air

environment has been carried out by a mathematical model, AEROMOD dispersion model which is a computerized air quality model specifically designed for computing concentration and analysis of the dispersion of fugitive dust.

Model Input Data: The modeling has been carried out to predict the impacts of the proposed mining operations with production capacity of 4 million tonnes per annum (MTPA) on the existing environment, using standard emission factors. The hourly meteorological data recorded at site has been used in the model. It may be noted that the peak production of 4 MTPA is proposed during 6th year while during it will remain 2 MTPA or below during initial years as well as during 7th to 11th years of mining operations. However, air dispersion modelling has been carried out for 4 MTPA peak production capacity including OB removal.

4.5.2 Modeling Results (Incremental Ground Level Concentrations): The predicted incremental concentrations of PM10 are presented in Table-4.3. The predicted Ground Level Concentrations (GLC) of PM2.5 are given in Table 4.4. The predicted ground level concentration isopleths for PM10& PM2.5 during pre-monsoon season are shown in Figure 4.1 & Figure 4.2 respectively.

187

Figure 4.1 AERMOD View PM10

188

admin

Text Box

4.1 AERMOD View PM10 revised

Figure 4.2 AERMOD View PM2.5

189



Table 4.3

Predicted Ground Level Concentration for Particulate Matter (PM10), µ/m3

Station Code

Location/ Village Baseline value (ug/m3)

Incremental value during mine operation

Total GLC during mining operation

National Ambient Air Quality Norm

A-1 Existing Mine Office 74.3 5.56 79.86 100

A-2 Joynagar Village 74.0 22.25 96.25 100

A-3 Churulia Village 71.8 3.33 75.13 100

A-4 Jamgram Village 89.1 0.46 89.56 100

A-5 Rashunpur Village 69.6 0.75 70.35 100

A-6 Sultanpur Village 53.6 0.65 54,25 100

A-7 Afjalpur Village 67.00 0.46 67.46 100

A-8 Shimuldihi Village 57.2 0.46 57,66 100

A-9 Patharchur Village 65.7 0.40 66.1 100

A-10 Bhaterdaha or Bhadda Village 67.0

0.19 67.19 100

A-11 Jamuria Village 83.0 0.54 83.54 100

A-12 Bhanowara Railway Siding 94.3

0.39 94.69 100

A-13 Hijalgora Village 61.9 0.32 62.22 100

* Prediction carried out by AEROMOD model considering dispersion without mitigative measures

Table 4.4 Predicted Ground Level Concentration for Particulate Matter (PM2.5), µ/m3

Station Code

Location/ Village Baseline value

Incremental value during

mine operation

Total GLC during mining

operation

National Ambient Air

Quality Norm

A-1 Existing Mine Office 47.3 3.07 50.37 60.0

A-2 Joynagar Village 41.5 14.68 56.18 60.0

A-3 Churulia Village 45 2.12 47.12 60.0

A-4 Jamgram Village 58.3 0.31 58.61 60.0

A-5 Rashunpur Village 46.2 0.30 46.5 60.0

A-6 Sultanpur Village 35.6 0.37 35.97 60.0

A-7 Afjalpur Village 42.6 0.29 42.89 60.0

A-8 Shimuldihi Village 37.2 0.32 37.52 60.0

A-9 Patharchur Village 45.1 0.25 45.35 60.0

A-10 Bhaterdaha or Bhadda Village 46.0

0.12 46.12 60.0

A-11 Jamuria Village 57.2 0.37 57.47 60.0

A-12 Bhanowara Railway Siding 59.3

0.18 59.48 60.0

A-13 Hijalgora Village 41.0 0.27 41.27 60.0

190



Prediction of Impacts on Air Quality due to Transportation -Dispersion Modeling:

In case of Tara (East) and (West) coal mining project it is proposed to transport coal from the mine end user using the existing railway network. However, the nearest railway siding is 14 Km away from the mine and hence it is proposed to use the existing road for transport of coal from mine face to railway siding. Assessment for additional load due to proposed coal mine is done for Peak Capacity (4MTPA) and Normal (<2 MTPA). As per the details provided in Chapter 2, production of 4 MTPA coal from this mine is proposed only in 6th year of operation. During rest of the period i.e. first five years and 7th to 11th year the coal production will be equal or less than 2MTPA. Prediction of impacts on air quality due totransportation in the study area has also been carried out by dispersion modeling.

The maximum ground level concentration due to proposed transport is estimated to be increased by 0.97 ug/m3. The proposed road for the transport of coal from the mine face to Railway siding is black topped and there is no village located enroute and there is no significant habitation or forest patch through which this 14 Km road passes. However, at the beginning of the mine lease there are few locations within 1 Km route where adoption of safety and control of dust emissions are necessary as it passes through some of the habitation areas. Mobile mist spray in this patch on regular basis, besides covering the vehciles by tarpauline will help in controlling dispersion of dust to significant extent. Plantation along the route with broad leaf species will also be planted immediately during the commissioning the mine. The predicted ground level concentration isopleths for PM10

on Transportation route is in Figure 4.3.

4.6 IMPACT ON WATER REGIME:

The area affected by underground and opencast mine is a function of mine depth and hydraulic conductivity of the rock. The coal mining activity may create temporary dis-equilibrium in environment locally and impacts may be on three accounts:

Impact on land surface

Impact on surface runoff

Impact on ground water

4.6.1 Impact on land surface: Within the core zone area, cracks and loosening of soil will occur due to mining and associated activities such as drilling, blasting and coal extraction. Due to these activities physical/textural changes will occur in soil formation. The mining induced processes will increase the rate of infiltration and recharge. The studies carried out for Indian coal fields have established that rainfall-infiltration rates have increased by 100% in the core zone area of opencast mines thereby increasing the scope of ground water recharge. The land-fill surface will act as good media for high ground water recharge due to high induced permeability. Thus, opencast mine will act as a rainwater harvesting system.

4.6.2 Hydrologic Impact Assessment:

Mine Inflow Estimation:

Intersection of Ground Water: The hydrogeological study reveals the inter section of ground water encounter into mine at the initial depth of 15 m below ground level. The intersection of ground water will result deeping of ground water in mine face in the range of 15 to 150 m below ground level. The mining cross-section in respect of mining is placed at Figure 4.4. The intersection of ground water yielded mine seepage as mine inflow.

191

Figure 4.3 AERMOD View PM10 Tranportation

192



Figure 4.4: Intersection of Water Table during Mining

Aquifer Parameter: The aquifer parameter had been worked out in this area by Central Ground Water Board (CGWB) for Jamuria and Barabani C D Block around mine area. Thus, using the best hydrogeological judgment the data of above to nearby area have been analyzed and used for Tara Mine inflow study. The relevant data is given in Table 4.5.

Table 4.5

Aquifer Parameter

Sr. No.

Aquifer Parameter Sy Unit Value

Range of nearby area

Used for Tara Mine

1 Depth d m 100

2 Transmissivity T m2/day 42-50 45

3 Hydraulic Conductivity K m/d 0.40-0.50 0.45

4 Storativity S - 0.01-0.03 0.02

5 Specific Yield for Gondwana

Sy Gondwana 0.02 – 0.04 0.03

Metamorphic 0.01-0.02 0.015

Estimation of Radius of Influence: The equivalent radius of influence that appears in various analytical models is a mathematical convenience. The general radius of influence due to mining has been estimated as follow:

Where,

T = 45 m2/day

to = 365 days

S = 0.02

The radius of mine (rn) has been estimated based on geo-mining parameter to the tune of 262 m. The same is used for estimation of mine inflow.

160

120

80

40

0

-40

-80

-120

-160

-200

-240

-280

-320

-360

160

120

80

40

-40

-80

-120

-160

-200

-240

-280

-320

-360

0

F5

F5

B-V

B-VI

B-VI

B-VB-IVB-III

B-III

B-II

YEAR-01

YEAR-03

YEAR-05 FINALYEAR

B B'

INTER SECTION OF GROUND WATER

400M 200M 0M

METAMORPHICS

COAL SEAM

FAULTF

F

MINING WATER TABLE

NON MINING WATER TABLE

POST MINING WATER TABLE

NON MINING WATER TABLE

193



Mine Inflow: The analytical long term model has been attempted for entire life of the mine. Flow and head distribution in the mine area for opencast mining down to 150 m depths has been computed. The computation has resulted in mine inflow and distribution of radius of influence due to long term mining. The analytical model is depicted in Figure 4.5.

Figure 4.5: Analytical Model

The analytical model used for mine inflow estimation is given as.

Where, n = Denote depth of mining Qn = Mine seepage in m3/d K = Hydraulic conductivity m/d Hn = Head of water level for bench h = Difference in head of water level for surface & top of the bench hn = Difference in Hn & D rn = radius of mine for bench in m Rn = Radius of influence in m

Data are based on aquifer parameter of the block under study and mining parameters as per the mine plan. Open cast method of mining has been considered for present mine drainage exercise by analytical model. The mine water discharge will change subject to change in parameters applied. The open cast method of mining has been considered for 100 m depth for 10 year. The Geo-Mining data of mine plan of proposed opencast mine have been considered as input data. In the first phase of mine development, ground water seepages will be encountered at shallow depth during box cutting followed by access trench drivage phase of opencast mine development. Based on the parameter and assumption the probable mine inflow, to the tune of 1631 m3/day, has been computed by analytical model and place in Table 4.6 & 4.7.

194



Table 4.6

Estimation of Radius of Influence & empirical relation for mine inflow estimation

Sr. No.

Depth rn

(Radius of Floor of Mine)

Rn

Log Rn/ rn Log Rn x 0.733

m m m m m

1 150 262 1360 0.7152 0.5242

Table 4.7

Mine Inflow

Year Depth of Mine

Local Head K Hn2 – h2

Hn h

m m m m/d m2 m m3/d

1 140 100 90 0.45 1900 0.5242 1631

Mine Inflow 1631 m3/day

Water Balance of Mine:

The water balance of mine have been estimated based on approved mine plan and mine inflow model. The details are given in Table 4.8. The flow chart of water balance is given in Figure 4.6. The design sedimentation pond is given in Figure 4.7.

Table 4.8 Water Balance of Mine

Sr. No.

Inflow Outflow Treatment

Source Availability (m3/day)

Type of Utilization

Distribution Unit

Quantity (m3/day)

A Tube Well 289 Domestic Mine Site 32 Softening of tube well water to make palatable Colony 237

Local 20

Total (A) 289

B Mine Water 1631 Industrial/ Irrigation/base flow

Dust Suppression

300 Sedimentation pond to arrest total suspended

solid Green Belt 230

HEMM Washing

34

Fire Fighting 10

Agriculture / loss/base flow to Ajoy River

1057

Total (B) 1631

Total 1920 1920

195



Figure 4.6 : Water Balance flow Diagram

WATER BALANCE FLOW DIAGRAM OF TARA (EAST) & TARA (WEST) COAL MINE

UNIT-m³/day

MINE IN FLOW

STP

ETP

MINE SITE DRINKING

COLONY DOMESTIC

TREATMENT PLANT

LOCAL

SEDIMENTATION POND

DUST SUPRESSION

GREEN BELT

HEMM WASHING

FIRE FIGHTING

AGRICULTURE/LOSS/BASE FLOW OFAJOY RIVER

TOTAL WATER IN FLOWTUBE WELL

TOTAL OUT FLOW WATER1920

1057

10

34

230

300

60

25

1631

1631 1920289

289

32

237

20

196



Figure 4.7 : Design sedimentation pond

Setting tank

9.150.45

6.00 0.60

1.00

17.05

Filter bed

4.20 3.000.60

0.60

Clean waterchamber

Barbed wire fencing

PLAN

0.55 0.60

0.75

0.90

0.60

0.60

0.60 1.05 0.30

150 mm thick CC 1:2:4 flooring

230 mm thick PCC 1:4:8 subgradeCBS in CM 1:61.65

1.301.20

1.20 1.35

1.500.30

CRS in CM 1:6

1.50

1.65

1.20 0.45

1.80100 mm PCC 1:4:8

Brick in CM 1:6

RCC Slab 110 mm tk

LONGITUDINAL SECTION1.80

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM OF FILTER MEDIA FOR SEDIMENTATION POND

1000 mm depth Sand

225 mm depth boulders

75 mm depth 20 mm size metal75 mm depth 40 mm size metal150 mm depth 75 mm size metal

FILTER MEDIA DETAILS

1.20

197


4.6.3 Impact on Water Quality

Surface Water

The suspended solids generated during the mining operations pose major problem for contamination of surface water. These are mainly from following sources.

Discharge of mine run-off during rains to the surface water channels;

Wash off from waste dumps and coal stock piles during rainy season;

Oil spillage from maintenance workshops;

Wastewater discharge from office building etc.

The location of the waste dumping area shall be properly planned, shaped, capped and graded, so as to prevent soil erosion along with the run-off by providing garland drains around external dump and early start of backfilling thus minimizing external dumping, the possibility of surface water contamination due to wash off water from dumps may not be anticipated.

Sanitary wastewater generated from offices at mine site is proposed to be discharged into septic tank and disposed off through soak pits.

Workshop effluent will be treated in Effluent Treatment Plant (ETP) which will be designed for a capacity of 30 m3/day. The oil, grease & sludge collected from the ETP will be recycled through authorized CPCB vendors and the treated water from ETP will be reused in workshop.

For treating the domestic effluent, WBPDCL has proposed installation of Sewage Treatment Plant (STP) of 120 m3/day capacity.

Regular monitoring of mine water quality will be carried out to prevent and control the contamination/pollution of the nearby surface water sources.

Ground Water

Ground water pollution can take place only if the mining rejects contain chemical substances. The chemicals get leached by the precipitating water and percolate to the ground water table thus polluting it. Any nearby wells or other sources of water can be rendered unfit for use as source of drinking water and even for industrial use.

Wastewater generated from the workshop and the offices, if discharged without proper treatment, will have adverse impact on the ground water quality and could lead to water borne diseases, etc. However, the likelihood of the ground water getting contaminated is very rare as there will be no release of harmful chemical substances from the mining operations.

Regular monitoring of ground water quality will be carried out to ensure effectiveness of pollution control measures.

4.7 IMPACT ON NOISE LEVELS AND GROUND VIBRATIONS 4.7.1 Noise level Impact

During the mine operation phase, noise will be generated from all sources. With increasing distance from the source the noise level decreases due to wave divergence. Additional decrease also occurs due to atmospheric effects and interaction with objects in the transmission paths. For hemispherical sound wave propagation through homogeneous medium, one can estimate the noise levels at various locations due to different sources using a model based on the following principle:

198



Lp2 = Lp1 - 20 Log (r2 / r 1), where Lp1 and Lp2 are the sound levels at points located at distance r1 and r2 from the source. Combined effect of all sources (A, B, C,etc.) can be determined at various locations by the following equation:

Lptotal = 10 Log (10lpa/10 +10 lpb/10+ 10lpc/10.......), where Lpa, Lpb and Lpc are noise pressure levels at a point due to different sources.

Machinery / equipment proposed to be deployed in mining complex are used as input as noise generating sources. Noise generation is assumed 1 m above ground and spreading on a flat terrain devoid of any barriers.

Noise attenuation effects due to barriers like a 2.4 m (8 feet) high boundary wall, shrubs, bushes and trees, absorption by air, wind, temperature and humidity, were not considered for modeling, hence the values depict worst case scenario. The noise level will remain well within the prescribed CPCB standards and thus the impact of the project operation on the ambient noise level of study area will be insignificant.

4.7.2 Noise Impact on Working Environment

Once the mine becomes operational, there will be various sources of noise in the area as listed below:

Drilling

Blasting

Operation of HEMM

Workshop

Vehicular movement

4.7.3 Noise Generated Due to Blasting: Drilling & blasting would be required for overburden removal using before excavation by shovel. Noise generated from blasting is not continuous and remains for a shorter duration i.e. instantaneous. Noise of blast is site specific and depends on type, quantity of explosives, dimensions of drill holes, degree of compaction of explosive in the hole and rock.

Village Joynagar and Churulia is located in core zone, and the impact of drilling and blasting needs special attention. Hence, strict monitoring of the drilling & blasting operations by selection of proper blasting pattern, use of optimum quantity of explosive, broadcasting warning signals as per the statutory rules, use of delay detonators for controlled blasting, pre and post blast water spraying, creation of thick greenbelt as barrier for noise propagation will be implemented by WBPDCL to reduce the impact of drilling and blasting on both these village habitations.

The noise levels during blasting operation are likely to be in the range of 120-100 dB(A) at 50-200-m distance from the blast site. The noise levels tend to decrease with distance. As the blasting is likely to last for very short duration depending on the charge, the noise levels over this time would be almost instantaneous.

The oscillation of rock particles is called Particle Velocity and its maximum value is called Peak Particle Velocity (PPV), which is measured in millimeter per second. The standards for safe limit of PPV are established by Director General of Mines Safety through Circular No. 7 dated 29/8/1997. The safe level criteria of PPV as mentioned in the above circular of DGMS are presented in Table-4.9.

199



Table-4.9

Permissible Peak Particle Velocity (MM/S)

Type of Structure Dominant Excitation Frequency

<8 Hz 8 – 25 Hz >25 Hz

A] Buildings/structures not belonging to the owner

Domestic houses/structures (Kuchha brick and cement) 5 10 15

Industrial Buildings (RCC and framed structures 10 20 25

Objects of historical importance and sensitive structures 2 5 10

A] Buildings belonging to the owner with limited life span

Domestic houses/structures (Kuchha brick and cement) 10 15 25

Industrial buildings (RCC & framed structures) 15 25 50

Source: DGMS Circular No. 7 dated 29/08/1997

As the distance increases, the PPV value is likely to reduce. The ground vibrations generated by blasting during the mining operations will be well maintained within the standards prescribed by DGMS and are not likely to affect the structures in the vicinity of mine lease area.

The impacts are minimized by choosing proper detonating system, optimizing total charge and charge/delay, noiseless trunk delays to minimize the noise due to air blast and non-electric system of blasting for true bottom hole initiation. By adopting these measures, the impact due to ground vibration will be significantly reduced.

4.7.4 Impact of Solid Waste Generation: During the entire life of mine of 11 years, around 190.56 million m3 of overburden (waste rock) is likely to be generated. The entire quantity of waste generation will be utilized for backfilling the excavated areas. The reclaimed land after backfilling will be biologically reclaimed. The generated topsoil will be utilized for plantation activity on the backfilled area and the balance soil will be stacked separately in a soil stack pile The details of stage wise generation of overburden/topsoil waste are provided in Chapter 2.

4.7.5 Impact on Flora and Fauna: Development and working of the mine in the non-forest area

will result in loss of the natural ecosystem standing on the land. It will also cause loss of the ecosystem on the agricultural fields in the core zone. Removal of all vegetation from the area required for mining and other purposes alters the availability of food and shelter for faunal population. Increase in turbidity due to runoff from overburden dumps and addition of suspended solids from the other activities will deteriorate the water quality if discharge is allowed without any treatment.

Due to mining and associated activities, fugitive dust in the atmosphere may deposit on different parts of the plants in the surrounding area leading to the destruction of flora. During operation phase, various vehicle/ machinery movement and blasting activities would create excessive noise that may force the movement of animals from nearby forest patches. The impacts will be minimized by opting for plantation with locally available varieties of species to make up for the lost vegetation. The impact of flora will be limited to core zone only as there will not be any removal of vegetation outside the core zone.

There is no Wildlife Sanctuary or National Park in 15 Km radius of the coal mining project. Hence, no impact due to mining and allied activities is envisaged from this project. There is no reported migratory path of wildlife or bird species of threatened or protected species.

200



The transport route of the coal also lies away from these areas. Plantation activities and creation of water reservoir at the conceptual stage will help to improve the biodiversity of the area.

Mining activities though limited to core zone but the impact of noise and blasting vibration as well as movement of vehicle movement may have significant effect on the forest patches located near the mine. Such impact can be minimized only by adoption of various control measures such as controlled blasting, creation of thick green belt around the mining lease with 3 tier arrangement of local trees. Water holes in reserved patches will be developed by M/s WBPDCL will support Forest Department officials in such activities. In addition awareness camps for the workers and villagers will be held on regular basis to highlight importance of protection of forest, use of clean fuel instead of firewood (collection of illicit firewood from forest is reported from the area), supply of gas connection to the needy families etc. Support to Grampanchayt in creation of grassland in village land will also be given to reduce intrusion of cattle’s in adjoining forest for food.

4.7.6 Impact of Traffic due to Coal Transportation: Due to geo-mining conditions of the proposed quarry, inclined slicing system of mining is adopted. Requirement of HEMM in the project for achieving the target capacity of coal production is given in Chapter 2. A public road passing through the block will be diverted along the southern block boundary during initial stages of operation of mine after thorough engineering survey. No displacement of people due to diversion of road is envisaged. Road transport shall be used for transport of overburden and coal. Overburden will be transported by dumpers to respective OB dumps. Haul roads have been provided for movement of dumpers. The direct impact on the existing traffic due to the proposed project will be only due to service vehicles moving outside ML area.

The traffic on the roads passing from the mine area is likely to contribute towards increase in dust and gaseous pollutants concentration in the area. There will be an increase in traffic due to movement of 1480 dumpers /day at peak production capacity and 740 dumpers /day at normal production capacity which will substantially increase the pollution level at any given location. Recommendations for mitigating impact due to traffic are: • Use of tarpaulin cover on dumpers • Regular monitoring of vehicular exhaust • Regular maintenance of transport vehicles • Greenbelt development (3 tier arrangement of local tree species) along the roads • Regular maintenance of the road • Water spraying throughout the day

Transport consists of transport of overburden and coal. Overburden will be transported by dumpers to respective reclamation area within the mining lease, hence there will be no impact of overburden transport outside the mining lease area. Haul roads within the mining lease have been provided for movement of dumpers. It has been planned to bring coal from working face to surface by dumpers. Coal will be loaded to dumpers. The direct impact on the existing traffic load due to the proposed project will be only due to service vehicles moving outside ML area.

In case of Tara (East) and (West) coal mining project it is proposed to transport coal from the mine end user using the existing railway network. However, the nearest railway siding is 14 Km away from the mine and hence it is proposed to use the existing road for transport of coal from mine face to railway siding. Assessment for additional load due to proposed coal mine is done for Peak Capacity (4MTPA) and Normal (<2 MTPA). As per the details provided in Chapter 2, production of 4 MTPA coal from this mine is proposed only in 6th year of

201



operation. During rest of the period i.e. first five years and 7th to 11th year the coal production will be equal or less than 2MTPA.

Assessment of Traffic Load Unit Peak (4 MTPA) Normal (2 MTPA)

Number of Dumpers @ 18 tonnes Number 673 336

Assuming 10% additional Traffic Number 67 34

Total Traffic Number 740 370

Two Side Movement Number 1480 740

4.7.7 Adequacy of Existing Road Network in Study Area : With present level of traffic and the predicted increase in existing traffic due to the project, adequacy of road/highway during operational phase of the mine has been estimated by comparison with the recommendations stipulated by Indian Road Congress (IRC).

Average Traffic /day

V = Volume in PCU per day

Road Type

C = Suggested design capacity in PCU/day

V/C ratio LoS as per IRC

LoS as per IRC

T1 655 1552.5 2 lane 15000 0.10 A

T2 1555 2493 2 lane 15000 0.16 A

In order to assess the adequacy of the existing road capacity of the road proposed to be used for coal transportation from mine to railway siding has been assessed. Capacity of the road is defined as the maximum number of vehicles, passengers, or the like, per unit time, which can be accommodated under given conditions with a reasonable expectation of occurrence. Capacity is the maximum flow rate that a facility can afford. This maximum ow rate is taken for the worst 15 minutes of the peak hours while finnding out the capacity. Indian Road Congress Manual (IRC : 64-1990 ) is used for travel speed and volume by capacity ratio (v/c ratio) to distinguish between various levels of service. The value of v/c ratio can vary between 0 and 1. Depending upon the travel speed and v/c ratio, IRC has defined six levels of service, level A to level F based on a graph between operating speed and v/c ratio as shown in the figure.

Level of Service (LoS) : A term closely related to capacity and often confused with it is service volume. When capacity gives a quantitative measure of traffic, level of service or LOS tries to give a qualitative measure. For a given road or facility, capacity could be constant. But actual ow will be different for different days and different times in a day itself. The intention of LOS is to relate the traffic service quality to a given flow rate of traffic.

202



LOS Category

V/C Ratio Characteristics

A 0.35 Zone of free flow. Traffic volume is less.

B 0.55 Zone of reasonably free flow. Traffic is moderate.

C 0.77 Presence of other vehicles begins to restrict the maneuverability within the traffic Stream.

D 0.92 The average speeds begin to decline with increasing fows.

E 1.0 Stream reaches it's maximum density limied

F >1.0 Conditions in a queue that has formed behind a point of breakdown or disruption

Hence, the capacity and adequacy of road has been assessed condsidering both the scenario viz. Peak Capacity (4MTPA) of coal production and subsequent road transport to railway siding and Normal Capacity (<2MTPA)

Assessment of Traffic Load Unit Peak Normal

Annual Production (tonnes) Tonnes 4000000 2000000

Daily Production / Dispatch (330 Days) Tonnes 12121.21 6060.606

Number of Dumpers @ 18 tonnes Number 673.4007 336.7003

Assuming 10% additional Traffic Number 67.34007 33.67003

Total Traffic Number 740.7407 370.3704

Two Side Movement Number 1481.481 740.7407

PCU/Day 4444.444 2222.222

The LoS due to the proposed additional traffic load from Tara (East) & (West) Coal mine is estimated as below:

From above table it may be inferred that the Level of existing service is adequate to accommodate the additional load of normal peak capacity of coal < 2 MTPA, Existing Level of Service category A for road at T1 may change to next Category B at peak rated capacity of 4 MTPA while change in category of existing A is not envisaged for normal production capacity of < 2MTPA. Hence, strengthening of the existing road is necessary in 5th year of operation so that the peak capacity of 4 MTPA can be accommodated in 6th Year.

Transportation also includes movement of service vehicles also in the mine lease area. The traffic on the haul roads is likely to contribute towards increase in dust and gaseous pollutants concentration in the area. However, this is more of a localized phenomenon within the mining areas that have limited human exposure. This is also likely to contribute towards increase in dust concentration outside the ML area.

V = Volume in PCU per day after additional traffic of Tara (E) & (W) coal mine

Road Type

C = Suggested design capacity in PCU/day

V/C ratio LoS as per IRC

LoS as per IRC

Peak Normal Peak Normal Peak Normal

T1 5997.44 3775.22 2 lane 15000 0.40 0.25 B A

T2 6937.44 4715.22 2 lane 15000 0.46 0.31 B A

203



Properly designed haul roads should be provided away from the general and traffic congestion. The traffic rules as enforced by the DGMS will be strictly followed by the operators of mobile equipment like rear dumpers, water sprinklers, tippers and other light motor vehicles. All mobile equipment will be provided with audio-visual alarms. Safety devices like fire alarm and control, operated by sensors should be inbuilt in the equipment/HEMM. Flashers should be fitted in relevant HEMM. The haul roads should be sufficiently wide to prevent accidents. Provision for proper illumination of quarry faces, haul roads and other working places should also be made as per the statutory guidelines.

4.7.7 Impact on Sensitive Locations: There are no locations of sensitive nature and monuments notified by archaeological department in and around the mine lease area.

4.8 IMPACT ON SOCIO - ECONOMIC ASPECTS:

4.8.1 The launching of the proposed mining activities may induce changes in the socio-economic and cultural environment of the project area. Assessment of standard of living of the people in the project area before and after the project has been commonly adopted practice of measuring change in the socio-economic aspects. This requires establishment of bench mark for socio-economic aspects before the start of project. As regards to assessment of change in living standard, it has been largely linked with gross income of an area due to various economic activities. The outputs reflect the living standards of the community. In order to ascertain the socio economic profile of the study area, primary and secondary data from the project area and census records was collected and analyzed. The project proponent proposes to ensure its participation in social activities of the surrounding community through awareness and welfare programs and CSR activities. The activities include upliftment of social, economical and health related aspects along with efforts to address the basic needs of local communities including project employees as well who are the part of same communities. Proposed impact of project is given in Table 4.10

Table 4.10: Proposed Impact of Project

Sl. Component Positive Impact Negative Impact

A Socio-economic condition

1 Economy/ Employment

The development and operation of the proposed mine will require near about 1161 nos. of direct workers. Development of ancillary and accessory industries is foreseen. Transport and other service sector would also develop manifold. Considering employment generation of this magnitude, the proposed mining project will have positive impact on the local economy.

Nil

2 Education Improvement in the existing infrastructure of education around the project area. Accessibility to Colleges at Asansol and nearby town would develop and which would have a direct impact on enrolment of more number of female students.

Nil

3 Cultural Aspects As this is mining project will use developed technology and modern equipment, within 4 Km radius buffer zone of the study are no places related to ecological sensitivity and scientific or geological importance have been noticed, which can be adversely

Nil

204




impacted by the proposed project.

4 Aesthetics Being open cast mine, there would be change in the Landscape. Landscape will be improved due to various measures, like tree plantations proposed to be undertaken by the project proponent.

With the proposed development of green belt around the mining project, the aesthetics of the study area around the project site would improve.

Nil

B Health, Water and Sanitation

1 Medical Facilities

Villages in the Study area have primary health centers or sub centers. Besides, Government Hospital (Civil Hospital) and Private Doctors of almost all discipline/ specialists, medical facilities are available within easily accessible limit. Availability of health institutions and experts within accessible limits is a positive sign of health care facility.

Nil

2 Human health Land, water and air environment are not affected as the project site is an open cast mine. The people in the vicinity are not affected by any major diseases caused by environmental pollution. There are no qualitative changes in the plants and animal products used as food. Hence, proposed mining activity will not have any adverse impact on the human health.

Nil

3 Sanitation Adequate hygiene and sanitation will be maintained in mining area.

Nil

4 Drinking Water Project area people will get more safe and potable drinking water Nil

C Impact on agriculture

1 Agriculture Due to addition in the number of employees and some induced population growth, the demand for agricultural and medicinal herbs products will increase.

Nil

2 Industry Upon commissioning of the proposed mining operation, the project will provide impetus to local industries, number of service industries, transportation and trading activities would come up in the area.

Nil

D Animal Husbandry and Pasture land development

Improvement in farm animals, their health facilities, vaccination and productivity of animal products is expected. Besides, better economic condition will facilitate improvement in quality of animal breed, upkeep of pasture land and quantity of fodder.

Nil

E Self Help Groups

Improvement in thrifts and credits, savings and more opportunities for setting agro based and non agro based enterprises

Nil

205




F Women and Gender

Good roads, regular and frequent transport services, awareness among the masses would increase both social and economic security of the people who would be affected. There is scope of accelerating growth in women empowerment, better opportunities among women, involvement in social decision making process in panchayats and other local bodies. Family planning programmes would be more effective with the awareness among women.

Nil

The project is likely to create positive impacts due to creation of employment opportunities both direct and indirect. Generation of employment opportunities is important as the project region is devoid of any industrial activities and agriculture is the only main source of income.

There are certain economic opportunities arising out of need for goods and services in the project area. The economic opportunities include preference to nearby village people in employment in the project through the following avenues, subject to their suitability/eligibility:

i) Employment with contracting agencies ii) Allotment of shops / kiosk, iii) Award of petty contracts and small civil works such as removal and shifting of loose earth, construction of boundary wall, drains etc. iv) Vehicle hiring, PCOs, Kiosk v) Gardening and maintenance of greenery around the mines and township areas vi) Construction works and removal of debris near mines and township vii) Transportation of men, material and other goods and equipment viii) Lifting & shifting of other material such as sorting of coal, stores material etc. ix) Road maintenance, water management, grassland development etc.

4.8.2 Self-Employment Opportunities: Efforts will also be made to encourage formation of

cooperatives and self - help groups for the people in the project region to avail the following opportunities:

a. Supply of material 1. Milk and vegetables in township and other project allied areas 2. Daily needs provisions to the people working in the project (food products and

consumables). b. Settingup of

3. General stores and repair & maintenance stores 4. Ancillary work shop and auto spare parts units, maintenance workshop for vehicles, pumps, mobile / electronic repairing. 5. Transport facility such as auto, taxi etc. 6. Hotels and restaurants 7. Sweets shops, flour mill, tailoring shops etc. 8. Poultry farms 9. Processing units for medicinal and herbal plants, fruits and others 10. Sale and repair shops for electrical works

206



11. Shops for manures and fertilizers for plants and gardens 12. Basket and rope making units 13. Rearing of sheep, pigs, bee keeping 14. Fruit growing and floriculture

c. Supply and transportation of sand, stone, bricks etc. Financial support through soft loans shall also be arranged through state government and other financial agencies.

4.8.3 Skill Development And Training:

Training for Self Employment: The village people, during socio-economic survey and public consultation, expressed their desire for financial assistance for availing self-employment opportunities. The local people also wished to undergo training in different skills for self-employment. Considering this, M/s WBPDCL envisages to organize various training programs in the following trades:

a) Training for various trades required for mining activities b) Computer c) Mobile repairing d) Coaching for students aspiring for higher studies e) Dairy & Poultry f) Horticulture & Floriculture; g) Basket Making, Bamboo Crafting; h) Business and Trade; i) Fruit and Vegetable Planting ; j) Rope Making and Broom Stick Making ; k) Agarbathi Making and Papad Making; l) Bee Keeping and Honey processing; m) Processing of Achar, Jam, Jelly; n) Cycle, Scooter, Motor Cycle Repair and Maintenance o) Electrical Repair

The proposed training programs will be coordinated through the state government institutions/departments with required financial assistance from M/s WBPDCL.

4.9 MITIGATION MEASURES

4.9.1 Air Pollution: Mitigation measures suggested for air pollution control include maintenance of an acceptable ambient air quality in the region which require air quality monitoring on a regular basis to ensure compliance with the regulatory standards of air quality. In case of non-compliance, the mitigation measures would need to be upgraded.

Measures for control of Dust Generation and Dispersion

Use of surface miner for coal extraction having inbilt arrangement of dust suppression

Use of sharp teeth shovels;

Wet drilling;

Water sprinkling on haul roads within ML area;

Water sprinkling on transport road by truck mounted mist spray;

Controlled blasting;

Optimize charge per hole and charge per round;

207



Plantation in and around the proposed mine;

Afforestation of completely mined out area, with minimum gap between excavation and afforestation;

Enclosures with ventilation and exhaust system at crushing plant;

Regular maintenance of vehicles and machinery;

Cabins for shovel and dumpers and dust masks to workmen;

Natural dispersion of pollutants taking advantage of wind direction and meteorology:

Good housekeeping.

Control of CO Heavy and light vehicles are the major sources of CO in the mine. All vehicles and their exhausts will be well maintained and regularly tested for CO concentration. The concentration of CO in the ambient air was observed to be much below the permissible levels at all the air quality monitoring locations. Expected increase in the CO concentration is very low as CO emissions from mining operations are small as compared to other pollutants.

Control of NOx NOx emissions in the mine mainly occur during blasting operations. The main reasons for NOx emissions are:

Poor quality of explosives having large oxygen imbalance;

Use of expired explosives in which ingredients have disintegrated; and

Incomplete detonation, which may be due to low primer to column ratio.

To ensure low NOx levels following control measures will be adopted:

Use of good quality explosives having proper oxygen balance with regular monitoring;

Regular updating of the date of manufacture/expiry to avoid confusions. A normal procedure should be formulated to check/visually inspect all explosives, and if disintegrated ingredients are spotted, the explosives should not be used, even if the date has not expired; and

Rationalization of the Primer to Column ratio to minimize NOx generation.

Greenbelt Development Despite various dust suppression measures in place, dust generated from mine faces and fine dust produced during blasting operations is difficult to control. Therefore, in addition to the above mitigation measures, it is proposed to have dense green belt in and around the mine site to arrest dust.

Occupational Health & Safety Measures For the safety of workers engaged at the dust generation points like drills, loading & unloading points, crushing etc., dust masks will be provided to prevent inhalation of RSPM/dust thereby reducing the risk of lung diseases and other respiratory disorders. Regular health monitoring of workers and nearby villagers in the impacted area (1 km from the core zone), will be carried out by WBPDCL. In addition, the company will also carry out regular occupational health assessment of employees as per government regulations.

4.9.2 Noise Control Measures Secondary blasting will be minimized to the extent possible;

Systematic blasting with proper spacing, burden and stemming will be carried out;

Minimum quantity of detonating fuse will be consumed by using non-electrical

208



initiation system;

Blasting will be carried out during favorable atmospheric conditions and also when

human activities are at their minimum;

Prime movers/diesel engines will be properly maintained;

A buffer barrier of tree belt will be provided in phased manner along the periphery of the mine to attenuate noise;

Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) like ear muffs/ear plugs will be provided to the

operators of HEMM and persons working near HEMM;

Provision of sound insulated chambers for the workers deployed on machines

(HEMM) producing high levels of noise will be made; and

Exposure time of workers to the higher noise levels would be minimized. At transfer points free fall material will be minimized and suitable lining material will be provided

4.9.3 Ground Vibration Control Measures

Blasting will be performed strictly as per the guidelines specified under blasting technology;

Overcharging will be avoided;

Charge per delay will be minimized and preferably more number of delays will beused per blast;

Blasting operations will be carried out only during day time as per mine safetyguidelines;

A safe distance of about 100 m will be maintained from blasting site.

During blasting, other activities in the immediate vicinity will be temporarily stopped;

Drilling parameters like overburden, depth, diameter and spacing will be properly designed to give proper blast.

Regular monitoring of vibration shall be done

4.9.4 Overburden Dumps Management (For Existing dumps):

The management of overburden dumps involves the following:

Stabilization of overburden dumps;

Construction of retaining boulder walls;

Construction of garland drains for drainage;

Provision of jute mesh to facilitate grass or vegetative growth on slopes;

Provision of good soil mixed with manure and subsequent watering for growth of grass for anchorage on slopes. Plantation mixed with indigenous and fast growing plant species;

Degraded area will be reclaimed and rehabilitated in a phased manner with local plant species;

Haulage roads will be planted with trees on either side; and

The internal dumping will start when about 100 m space is available on quarry floor. By adopting the proposed sequence of mining, as the quarry advances, the amount of internal dump will increase as more space for the internal dumping is created.

4.9.5 Land Reclamation: Land degradation is one of the major adverse impacts of opencast mining

in the form of excavated voids and waste dumps. Land reclamation plan must, therefore, be implemented simultaneously along with mining activities. Any effort to control adverse impacts will be incomplete without an appropriate land reclamation strategy.

209



The first step for a successful reclamation plan is to decide the post reclamation land use. In the present case it is considered appropriate to convert the land under a cover of dense vegetation, for the following reasons:

The area bearing the local vegetation, further plantation has to match with the existing environment; and

Trees absorb CO2, contribute oxygen, purify air, conserve the soil and prevent its erosion. Trees also promote precipitation and add to stabilization of slopes.

Keeping the above in view, the concurrent back-filling and land reclamation is proposed to be carried out as soon as sufficient decoaled area is available. After back-filling, area shall be planted with local species in consultation with local forest officials. At any point of time the area under disturbance will be kept at minimum.

The internal back-filling is proposed to start in a phased manner. 100% of the total OB generated will be accommodated in internal dump for rest of the mine life. The void area of 55.03 ha of the excavated pit will ultimately become a water body. This void area will also be suitably sloped, bunded and fenced.

4.9.6 Surface Water Pollution Control Measures : Retaining walls will be provided at the toe of dumps to prevent wash off from dumps and sliding of material from benches. This will help in preventing siltation of water drains/channels;

Water channels/drains carrying the rain water from the mine will be provided with baffles and settling pits to arrest the suspended solids;

Worked out slopes will be stabilized by planting appropriate shrub/grass species on the slopes. This will help in preventing wash-off of coal from these slopes;

The mine water will be regularly tested and appropriate measures will be taken in case any element is found exceeding the limits prescribed by CPCB; and

Seepage water and rain water collected in the open pits will be pumped out and discharged into natural drainage system after de-silting in settling ponds.

The probable cause of surface water pollution in the proposed mining area will be soil erosion and wash off from the waste dumps and coal stock yards in monsoon season. The run-off water during monsoon season flows through natural water courses into nallas. The surface water entering into the mine during rainy season will be diverted through suitable drains to reduce the wash off of soil. The general drainage direction in the working area will be towards the mine sump, for collection of water. The water will be utilized for greenbelt development, mining operation, which will reduce the fresh water requirement.

Adequate measures to protect the mine during rains will be taken by providing garland drains around the mine excavations and also providing suitable drainage gradients for mine benches. Sumps of adequate capacity will be provided on the quarry floor.

Following control measures will be adopted to check the wash-off from soil erosion:

Plantation of shrubs on down slope of overburden dump;

Stabilizing road cutting

Providing suitable drainage system to prevent surface water from entering into mines directly;

Providing sufficient number of retaining walls/check walls at OB dump

Diverting natural drains through the undisturbed areas and connecting to local natural nalla.

210



4.9.7 Ground Water Pollution Control Measures: The domestic sewage from the canteen and toilets will be routed to Sewage Treatment Plant (STP). Adequate maintenance of the STP will be carried out to avoid choking with sludge.

The workshop effluent will be routed through Effluent Treatment Plant (ETP) having oil & grease trap arrangements and treated to the discharge standards and reused in the workshop.

Regular monitoring of water levels and quality of water in the existing open wells and bore well in the project area to study the hydrology of the area. If necessary, additional observation wells will be sunk for monitoring the water table levels and water quality around the mine both in the upstream and downstream. Opencast mine will act as natural rain water harvesting structure. Rain water falling within the active mine area shall be collected in the mine sump and treated for reuse. A schematic diagram of rainwater harvesting structure is shown in Figure-4.7.

The projected daily water requirement for the mine will be approximately 853 m3/day. This includes 564 m3/day for dust suppression and plantation. (Source mine pit water) and 289 m3/day for drinking and other domestic use.

Assessment of Problem: The opencast mining of Tara (East) & (West) Coal mine will change the scenario of groundwater and surface water to some extent. In order to restore the same, it is necessary to assess the problem and plan mitigation of the same. The areas of mitigation have been identified from the modeling studies as follows;

a) Regeneration of surface water flow b) Recoupment of groundwater level c) Water conservation measure d) Settling pond

a) Regeneration of surface water flow: During the course of mining, the process of dewatering is an essential operation for safe and efficient mining. It is a common belief that mining will reduce the water flow of nearby river leading to temporary reduction in surface flow and same will be recouped with mine water pumping. The constant pumping of water and discharge to Ajoy River will result in provide perennial flow in the river for irrigation and other purposes. There will also be rise in water level on the bank of river as bank storage.

b) Recoupment of groundwater level: The model study suggests that within the mine, cone of depression will occur due to drawdown and within mine area there will be recuperation of water level due to additional groundwater recharge. The opencast mining will prevent the lowering of water level in nearby villages by artificial recharge by rainwater harvesting. In nearby villages, that recuperation of groundwater occur during monsoon period. This is further corroborated by the hydrograph of dugwells stations under monitoring.

c) Water conservation measure:In order to ensure that the water table in the project area and surrounding area is maintained at sustainable level following additional mitigation measures are suggested for implementation:

Re-inject water into well and tubewell

Create local impoundment of water in appropriate part of the mine void.

The mine void created by old working pit may be used to conserve surplus mine seepage and pumped out surface runoff. The mine void will also act as water pool. The conservation of water into water pool will also act as artificial recharge to ground water system. The void would tend to get filled with rainwater, surface runoff and mine seepage.

211



d) Sedimentation Pond: The mine water discharged on surface will be passed through sedimentation pond for treatment before release for use. The design of sedimentation pond is placed at Figure-4.7. This will be an effective mitigative measure for mine effluent treatment.

e) Water Security Plan (WSP): Since most of the project area is under undulating terrains with little or no land development, runoff is high and ground water recharge fairly low. Agriculture in the area is characterized by wasteful use of groundwater through low-efficiency irrigation practices, leading to drinking water shortage even in normal summers. The area with single crop farming, has failed to utilize its groundwater resources. The agricultural drought is often the result of cropping patterns, which are determined on anticipation of average rainfall and rarely factor rainfall variations. The pattern of rainfall indicates that there is rainfall of 40 -50 days/year. 70% of the rainfall is received during the months of July-August of every year. The intensity of rainfall at this time is high leading to high surface run-off. There is considerable scope to improve the out-put per ha in agriculture sector in the project area by integrating the development of land and water resource. The water harvesting on the principles of watershed management and groundwater recharge techniques need to be implemented in these regions.

It is proposed to prepare Water Security Plan for adjoining villages (Seven villages) WSP aims for drinking water security in selected villages by means of

Ensuring Quality and quantity of water supply, storage management (aquifer management, demand management), capacity building and training.

Providing futuristic plan in maintaining sustainable use of water for at least for next 10 years.

Avoid duplicity of different schemes and provide scope of participation of the local public for their self-reliance.

The objectives of WSP will included current requirement of water for the villages, practices of water management, and overall development of the selected village in terms of water management.

Rain water harvesting has assumed significance as it artificially augments the recharging to the depleted aquifers and facilitates them to restore over period of time. The surplus runoff generated during monsoon is to be conserved and recharge to augment ground water resources. Adoption of the principal of Watershed management is the best method for conservation of water using Ridge to Valley treatment methods.

4.10 RAINWATER HARVESTING

4.10.1 Concept: Mining areas are not exception to the water scarcity particularly shallow aquifer and forest land area during summer seasons. In the context of ever expanding increasing problem of water scarcity, there would be no other way but to conserve water through water harvesting to manage shallow aquifer and nearby land. The strategies of simple and cost-effective technologies on water harvesting which can be implemented in mining areas more particularly island adjoining the northern border of mine lease, to minimize the basic problems of availability of water, are detailed below:

4.10.2 Need For Rainwater Harvesting : The coal mine will be intersected groundwater. Water requirement for mining activity and domestic use will be meet from mine water and tubewell.. The mine falls in Jamuria Taluka of Paschim Bardhaman districts. In the context of ever expanding situation of water scarcity, there will be no

212



other way but to conserve water through rainwater harvesting mechanism to manage shallow aquifer.

The mining & pumping stations are located within project Tara and committed for artificial recharge in the nearby villages. In light of above, mine management undertake that adoption of artificial recharge to ground water recharge will be done. Accordingly, Rainwater Harvesting scheme is proposed to implement as per guidelines of Govt. of West Bengal.

4.10.3 Water Abstraction & Recharge Potential: As per the approved mine plan, the total water requirement will be 853 m3/day for life of mine including colony. The ground water abstraction during mining at mine site is 1632 m3/day. The total water abstraction will be 595680 m2/year (say 6 MCM). The minimum ground water recharge requirement will be 25 % of total abstraction which amount to 148920 m3/year.

4.10.4 Source of Rainwater for Groundwater Recharge: Rainfall is only source of water for groundwater recharge. The surface runoff available in the outside mine area will be used for this propose. The rechargeable area is 600000 m2. The monsoon rainfall is 1.21 m. The coefficient of runoff is 0.25. The runoff estimation is given in Table 4.11

Table 4.11

Source of Rainwater for Groundwater Recharge

Sr. No.

Type of land Area m2 Monsoon rainfall (m)

Runoff coefficient

Surface water available for RWH into village

pond m3

1 Area near village pond

600000 1.21 0.25 181500

The surface water available for Rain Water Harvesting (RWH) will be 181500 m3/year during monsoon.

4.10.5 Estimation of Runoff for Designing - RWH/AR Scheme: In order to design the rainwater harvesting structures the rational formula for peak run-off generation have been used.

Q = CIA/4 Where, Q = Run-off for 15 minutes peak intensity in m3

C = Coefficient of run-off

I = Intensity of rainfall in m/ hour

A = Area of land in m2

Considering the value of C & I as per CGWA norms the peak run-off have been estimate is given in Table 4.12

Table 4.12

Estimation of Runoff for Designing of Rwh/Ar Scheme

S. No.

Land use type Area (in Square meters)

Runoff Coefficient

(As per CGWB Guidelines)

100 year return

Intensity of Rainfall

(meter/hour)

Runoff for hourly peak

intensity (m3)

Runoff for 15 minutes peak intensity (m3)

1 Open Land 600000 0.25 0.151 22650 5662

Peak surface runoff for RWH design - 5662 m3/15 minutes

213



4.11 PROPOSED RAINWATER HARVESTING STRUCTURE: The runoff for 15 minutes peak intensity generation the runoff over open area is only 5662m3 and supposed to be clean and good quality for rainwater harvesting. Village pond will accommodate the total peak run-off generated during 15 minutes. The dimension of pond should be 40m length, 40m width and 4m depth. The total peak intensity runoff 5662m3 for 15 minutes will be considered in village pond. The recharge pit will be constructed with dimension 40 m lengths, 40 width and 4m depth to accommodate total peak runoff for Rain Water Harvesting in single day. The total runoff after evaporation loss will be recharged in 30 days.

4.11.1 Recharge Pond with Borewell: In the present context any village pond will be used as recharge pit. Dimension of pond should be is 40 m x 40 m x 4 m. The capacity of recharge pond is to conserve the surface run off to the tune of 5662 m3 in single filling. The rain water available for recharge in 55 rainy days. In the first 30 days the rain water harvesting may be done. Rain Water Harvesting and around project area may rise water table. The relevant NOC from Govt. have to be obtained for implementation of recharge pond with bore well. Bore well will be drilled down to deep aquifer. The efficacy and feasibility of these structures is more in Gondwana formation where high infiltration rate exists. The natural artificial groundwater recharge through floor of recharge pond will also contribute to RWH. The model diagram pond with borewell is exhibited in Figure 4.8 & 4.9.

Figure 4.8: Design of Recharge Pond with Borewell

150m DIA BORE

GRAVELS 5-10 mm

PROPOSED BORE WELL

4.0 m

NALA BUNDRECHARGE PIT WITH BOREHOLE IN NALA BUND

RAIN WATER

44m

40 m

40 m

0.0m GL.

RECHARGE PIT SECTION FOR 40mX40mX4m

FILLED WITH

214



Figure 4.9: Design of Recharge Well with Borehole in Pond

0.5 m

RECHARGE WELL WITH BOREHOLE POND

COARSE SAND 1.5 - 2 mm

RAIN WATER

0.25 m

CONCRETE SLABCOVER

1.5 m.

RECHARGE PIT SECTION FOR POND 1.5mX1.5mX1.5m

P.C.C 230 mm

x

0.50 m

GRAVELS 5 -10mm

1.0m Above Ground Level

0.25 m

PERFORATION

1.0m Above Ground Level

1.5 m

.

x

BOULDERS 25-40 mm

50m

0.25 m

GRAVELS 5 -10mm

BOULDERS 25-40 mm

Talab Bed

0.50 m

PROTECTIVE COVER

1.5 m.

MAIN HOLE

WITH PERFORATION

PROPOSED BORE WELL SLOTTED -12 m

COARSE SAND 1.5 - 2 mm

BORE FILLED WITH GRAVELS 5-10 mm 38m

PROTECTIVE COVER

0.25 m

50m

11.0m Below Ground Level

0.50 mBEEP HOLE (V-CUT)

MAIN HOLE

x

x

215



4.12 GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR RECHARGE STRUCTURE:

4.12.1 Maintenance of recharge structure: The rain water although treated through the filter bed may cause clogging after each monsoon. There is a probability of silt being found into the recharge wells and may cause clogging. Short periods of maintenance to remove the clogging particles and improve the recharge capacity. Annual redevelopment of recharge wells by air compressor is recommended for improving the recharge capacity of trench and recharge wells. Moreover silt deposited on sand bed also reduce the recharge rate. This also needs periodic removal of the finer material by scraping.

4.12.2 Monitoring of water level: It is proposed to construct one Piezometers in the area for monitoring of water level and quality of water. The depth of Piezometer will be 150 m of 150 mm diameter.

4.12.3 Discussion:

The area is in safe category of ground water development and ground water recharge is need for the day. The post monsoon water level is more than 10m.

The fresh ground water requirement is 853 m3/day for total requirement is 311345 m3/day. The total ground water abstraction will be 595680 m3/year.

As practice the artificial rainwater harvesting is required to be done minimum 25% of abstraction.

Accordingly Rain Water harvesting structure for 148920 m3/year has been proposed.

The estimated annual rainfall runoff potential over open land of 0.6 km2 is 181500 m3/year. The estimated run-off peak 15 minutes for designing of rainwater harvesting scheme through village pond proposed and designed.to recharge ground water to the tune of 5662 m3/year for 15 minutes peak runoff. The aquifer may recharge in 30 days.

The village pond of nearby project will be used for Rain Water Harvesting to rise ground water level. NOC from Govt. is required for RWH.

Hydrological study conclude that, the aquifer system in the mine area is under double porosity system with occasional fracture and joints which makes the aquifer moderate potential and have acceptability of rainwater for addition ground water recharge through roof top and village pond with borewell.

It is proposed to install two number of piezometer in the mine area to monitor ground water level & quality. The location will be one in up dip and another in down dip direction of mine.

Mine management undertakes to accept and execute all the conditions for artificial recharge as per guideline of Govt. of West Bengal.

4.13 SOIL CONSERVATION MEASURES:

Top soil will be temporarily stacked at earmarked dump site and will be used for growing plants along the fringes of the site roads and reclamation of external dump and backfilled area. The top soil stockpiles will be of low height not exceeding 10 m on which grass will be grown to retain fertility. To prevent soil erosion and wash-off from freshly excavated benches and dumps following measures will be adopted:

Garland drains will be provided around the mine wherever required to arrest any soil from the mine area being carried away by the rain water;

Toe drains with suitable baffles will be provided all along the toe of the soil dumps to arrest any soil from the dump slopes being carried away by the rain water;

216



Special local stone paved chutes and channels will be provided, wherever required, to allow controlled descent of water, especially from top of the slope along the foothills;

Bench levels will be provided with water gradient against the general pit slope, to decrease the speed of storm water and prevent its uncontrolled descent.

Gully formations, if any, on sides of the benches will be provided with check dams of local stone or sand filled bags. The inactive slopes will be planted with bushes, grass, shrubs and trees after applying top soil to prevent soil erosion;

Loose material slopes will be covered by plantation by making contour trenches at 2 m interval to check soil erosion both due to wind and rain;

Retaining walls (concrete or local stone) will be constructed, around the stockpile or wherever required, to support the benches or any loose material as well as to arrest sliding of loose debris.

Regular addition of manure and vegetative mulches in soil. 4.14 RESTORATION AND REHABILITATION OF MINED OUT AREAS:

4.14.1 One of the major tasks after extraction of coal is restoration of the mined out area. This is an important task in the present project because the area is adjacent to forest. It is important to chalk out a programme of progressive rehabilitation commensurate with the nature of operation, rate of disturbance and also considering pre-project land use so that the pre-mining land use and ecological values can be restored to the extent possible. Proper landscaping of the area prior to start of the restoration process is very important. Top soil has a large number of seeds of native plant species in the mining area. Topsoil shall be used for restoration of plant species and also for providing a suitable surface for planted seedlings. It is proposed to temporarily stock topsoil separately and preserved for regeneration of mined out areas. Site preparation will also begin before initiating the habitat restoration work in the mined out areas. These will include (a) collection and conservation of the topsoil (b) backfilling with the overburden (c) collection, spreading and mixing of organic matter and (d) spreading topsoil. The habitat restoration program would begin with leguminous species and grasses in the early stage. The leguminous herbs and grasses will act as a soil binder and soil conditioner. Seeds of both leguminous species and grasses would be collected in one year advance in sufficient quantity. All the species selection should be native to the area and will help in regeneration of forest on the mined out area. Plantation of tree and shrubs species should be started by first week of May so that the saplings will get acclimatized and will not suffer shock due to heavy rain.

4.14.2 Plantation Programme on Overburden Dumps and Backfilling Areas :

WBPDCL proposes to develop about 506.78 ha (including safety & reclaimed area and OB dump) of land with 10,13,560 saplings under plantation and greenbelt development programme in progressive manner during the life of the mine. The details of afforestation programme are given in Table-4.13. As per the MoEF & CC guidelines, it is proposed to plant local tree species @ 2000 trees/ ha in consultation with the Forest Department. The number of trees to be planted stage wise is presented in Table-4.14.

217



Table-4.13 Plantation programme

Particulars Area Available for Plantation (Ha)

YEAR -1 YEAR -3 YEAR -5 FINAL YEAR

Backfilled Area 212.06 249.88 288.63 350.03

External Dump 96.21 96.21 96.21 96.21

Safety Zone and / or Rationalization Area

18.07 32.37 45.49 50.58

Green Belt 9.96 9.96 9.96 9.96

Total Plantation Area = 336.30 388.42 440.29 506.78

Table-4.14

Proposed Stagewise Plantation (species, nos.)

Under CSR activities it is proposed to distribute fruit saplings (like guava, mango, jamun, chikoo etc) to the students of various schools. The students will be encouraged to plant these saplings at their backyards and in school premises. They will be also encouraged to maintain and nourish these trees. Every year a competition for healthy trees will be organised on any national day. Plantation is also proposed in Gram Panchayat, Anganwadi and PHC premises. Adequate funds will be earmarked for providing tree guards under CSR activities. Species proposed for greenbelt development are Azadirachta indica ( Neem), Acacia nilotica (Babool), Punica granatum (Anar), Terminalia arjuna (Arjuna), Ziziphus mauritiana (Ber), Mangifera indica (Aam), Musa acuminata (Banana), Dalbergia sissoo (Shesham) Ficus religiosa (Pipal), Ocimum sanctum (Tulsi), Syzygium cumini(Jamun),Tamarindus indica (Imli) etc. having survival rate of more than 90%. This will help in reducing the spread of pollutants and will also be effective in attenuating noise levels. The scheme of plantation is depicted in Figure 4.10 and 4.11.

218



Garland

DrainMine Fruit bearing /Flowering Trees

D.sisoo

Terminalia arjunaTerminalia arjuna or Dalbergia sisoo

MiscelloneousSpecies

Dalbergia sisooor D.agave

Flowering Trees(2 rows)

Dalbergia sisoo or Terminalia arjuna

(10 rows)

Backfilled Area

Garland DrainD.agaveD.sisoo

Miscellaneous species

(50 rows)

Backfilled Area

Backfilled

Area

Figure 4.10: Scheme of Plantation

219



Figure 4.11: Scheme of Plantation

Terminalia

Pongamia

Dalbergia

Bauhinia

Cassia

Mangifera

Miscellaneous

indica

fistula

variegata

sisoo

pinnata

arjuna

species

Dendrocalamus strictus

julifloraProsophis

Acacia nilotica

Drainage Channel

220



4.14.3 Rehabilitation & Resettlement Plan: Ministry of Coal allotted Tara (East) and Tara (West) Coal Blocks to West Bengal State Electricity Board (WBSEB) & West Bengal Power Development Corporation Ltd (WBPDCL) as captive mining blocks for exclusive supply of coal to their power plants in 1996. WBPDCL started mining operations in March 1997 till Financial year 2014-15. Later, the Hon’ble Supreme Court of India cancelled the allotments of all the coal blocks including Tara (East) and Tara (West) Coal Block and all the mining operations are ceased from 1st April 2015. Subsequently, Ministry of Coal re-allotted Tara (East) and Tara (West) Coal Mine to WBPDCL in 2015. Considering this, M/s WBPDCL has decided to acquire the land as per the provisions of the National R & R Policy (whichever is more beneficial to the people) for which necessary budgetary provision has been made. The purchase of agriculture land will be made by paying appropriate mutually and voluntarily compensation agreed between agriculturist land owner and applicant. Besides purchasing the land by paying the monetary compensation to the land owner it is also proposed to provide following benefits to the land owner and his/her family.

Skill development training to enhance the employability and self-employment for the landless affected families

Services and Support of Social Organisations will be sought for assessment of felt needs of PAF’s.

Preference to procurement of support material or services

Involvement in plantation and allied activities

Support for Nonfarm activities for desiring persons

Medical checkups and appropriate support for medical facilities

Medical Insurance cover for initial 5 years period to the land looser families

In addition to the above , no Resettlement of any village is envisaged. However, there are two R & R colonies viz. Dulalpur & Pialdanga located within the ML area , which need to be relocated. These two colonies have 103 households and the total number of Projected Affected Persons thereof are 455. M/s WBPDCL in co-ordination with concerned State Government officials have already initiated action in this regard by way of identification of the re-location site and shall undertake to make all the necessary provisions of Schedule-III of Land Acquisition, Rehabilitation & Resettlement Act 2013 in vogue; for these PAP’s at this re-located site.

4.15 CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY:

The basic requirement of the community need to be strengthened by extending facilities like health care, educational, safe drinking water and building/strengthening of existing roads in the project area. WBPDCL would take suitable initiatives to fulfill the above social obligations which will help in uplifting the living standards of local communities. The proposed project would also create employment opportunities which will ultimately help in improving the socio-economic status of the region.

The proposed coal mining project is expected to benefit the communities residing in affected villages around mine lease boundary as well as the peripheral villages either directly or indirectly. All efforts will be made by the WBPDCL. for the development of the region under its peripheral area development programmes, particularly the villages affected by establishment and operation of the proposed mining project. As a part of Corporate Social Responsibility, WBPDCL, aims at overall progress and prosperity of the local communities.

During the initial stages of implementation of the project, on account of land and property acquisition, some adverse impacts are likely to occur. However, it is worth noting that the project is in its initial stage and the anticipated adverse impacts will be mitigated with

221



effective implementation of the appropriate mitigation measures incorporated in the EIA Report. The project will give impetus to further development of the region with creation of more income generation opportunities, leading to the overall socio-economic development of the region thereby improving the quality of life of people.

The minimize adverse impacts due to the proposed projects, an action plan covering mitigation measures on environmental and social issues has been developed. The proposed plan clearly focuses on the key issues, and recommends effective implementation of the suggested action plan for negating the environmental and social impacts in a systematic manner, and promoting sustainable development of the community in the post-project period. While formulating the action plan for the development of the affected villages as well as the peripheral area, utmost care has been taken and some special considerations have been made keeping in view the peculiar socio-cultural and economic aspects of the communities, particularly the tribals.

Impact on Adjoining Area : Developmental activities from proposed mining project will lead to develop a model township of 419 acre comprising of 110 houses of different sizes with integrated approach for over all development of human and natural resources. The villages of the study area will act as a potential place for adjoining villages to understand the impact of integrated approach of village development. Infrastructure and site services would be established over about 4 ha of land, around the mine openings. These will include store, workshop, mine openings, office, power substation etc. The township will be outside the lease on non coal bearing land.

A Corporate Social Responsibility Plan (CSR) plan is prepared for this project as per the details provided in Annexure 7.1. The Capital Budget of Rs 154 Lakhs and recurring budget 0f 85.95 Lakhs has been earmarked for the various CSR activities for the first five years. For the balance period the provision of CSR activities will be carried out with a provision of Rs 2/- per tonne of the coal production.

4.15.1 Corporate Environment Responsibility (CER):Besides various CSR activities WBPDCL also propose to undertake CER activities as per the directives provided in Office Memorandum of MoEF &CC dated 01.05.2018. Separate budget for CER @ 2% of the capital investment (for the balance amount covered in CSR activities provided at Annexure 7.1) will be earmarked and details of activities to be undertaken (like infrastructure creation, creation of drinking water supply, sanitation, health, education, skill development, roads, cross drains, electrification including solar power, solid waste management facilities, scientific support and awareness to local farmers to increase yield of crops and fodder, rain water harvesting, soil moisture conservation works, avenue plantation, plantation in community areas etc) will be assessed through Yavatmal District Administration and shall be undertaken accordingly.

4.15.2 Mitigation Plan for Flora and Fauna: The existing vegetation cover within the mining lease area will be removed during the course of mining in a phased manner that too in the specific areas earmarked for various activities as per the approved landuse. However, the plantation activity within and outside the lease will help to compensate the damage. There will not be any removal of vegetation outside the lease area. The impact of mining activities and transport of coal outside the mining lease in buffer zone particularly on noise, vibration, dust etc. may directly or indirectly affect the floral and faunal composition. The magnitude to this impact can be low to moderate. Following mitigative measures are proposed to reduce the impact.

222



a) Plantation : Tree plantation is an effective means for reducing disturbance to wild animals. Noise attenuates much more rapidly in areas with tree cover than in treeless areas. Tree plantation can help prevent effect of noise in three ways. Firstly, tree cover will help to reduce noise more rapidly than a treeless area. Secondly, tree cover will prevent visual disturbance to wild animals by human presence. Thirdly tree cover will provide a natural habitat for wild animals and promote a feeling of safety in wild animals residing in the forests. Tree plantation is therefore recommended as an effective means of preventing disturbance to wild animals in the disturbance zone of the mine. The environmental management plan recommends creation of a 3m wide green belt along the roads, a 5 m wide green belt around colony and infrastructure and a plantation at density of 2000 plants per ha on intervening land. A green belt equal in width to the safety zone (7.5 m) is recommended along the inside periphery of the mine. Existing tree cover along the inside periphery of the mine should be allowed to remain. The trees planted should be of native species with thick leaf cover.

b) Minimising possibility of fire : There should be a well-designed and maintained fire fighting system in the mine to deal with possibility of fires. Water sprinklers should be provided at appropriate places to deal with spontaneous combustion of coal. Fires hydrants of adequate specification should be kept ready in case of an emergency.

c) Aquatic Biodiversity : Siltation ponds of adequate retention capacity will be provided for minimising silt outflow with water from the mines. Regular monitoring of silt load in the discharge water should be carried out to keep it within permissible limits. The siltation ponds should be de-silted regularly to maintain its retention capacity.

d) Environmental Education and Awareness Among of Work Force : A regular education and awareness programme should be conducted for the work force to sensitize them to wildlife. This job may be entrusted to a knowledgeable NGO.

e) Standard Mining Practices : Several standard good mining practices have been proposed in the Environmental Management Plan. Some of these are:

• Dust suppression by sprinkling water on the haul roads • Covering the haul trucks with tarpaulin to prevent dust emission • Matting and grass seeding of the dumps • Green belts along roads • Regular maintenance of vehicles • Precautionary measures to prevent pollutant presence in effluent water • Maintain the pit water at neutral pH • Check dams and gabion structures to prevent soil erosion from dumps • Garland canals to prevent silt flow in runoff water • Settling tanks have been proposed according to need. • Control of vibrations due to blasting

These measures will help to minimise environmental problems related to mining. Combined with the other good practices they will be effective in minimising some of the impacts of mining.

4.16 IRREVERSIBLE & IRRETRIEVABLE COMMITMENTS OF ENVIRONMENTAL COMPONENTS:

A commitment of resources is irreversible when primary or secondary impacts limit the future options for a resource. It applies primarily to the effects of use of nonrenewable

223



resources, such as minerals or cultural resources, or those factors, such as soil productivity or forest health, that are renewable only over long periods of time.

An irretrievable commitment refers to the use or consumption of a resource that is neither renewable nor recoverable for use by future generations. It applies to the loss of production, harvest, or use of natural resources.

Both irreversible and irretrievable commitments of resources will occur with the implementation of the proposed opencast coal mine project.

Due to implementation of the project an irreversible commitment of land will occur within the mine area (core zone) where OCM part of undisturbed land will be disturbed. The disturbed land may represent irreversible commitments of resources because they may not recover to their original vegetation cover and composition if proper reclamation plan is not implemented.

In the proposed opencast coal mining project, the removal of coal will be an irreversible and irretrievable commitment of resources. While the coal will be irreversibly committed from the geologic formations, it is also irretrievably committed when burnt for electrical generation. Soil losses from handling, erosion losses from topsoil stockpiles, and other unavoidable erosion losses of native soils will be irreversible. WBPDCL will adopt necessary control measures to minimize soil erosion and sedimentation and also will make effort to control and mitigate these effects to the maximum extent through feasible technological options.

The disturbance of the natural drainage pattern due to the mining operations is a long-term irretrievable commitment for the disturbed rainwater drains. However, WBPDCL will ensure that adverse impacts on the natural drainage pattern are minimized and that significant degradation of the downstream run-off drains does not occur due to mining activities.

4.17 ENERGY CONSERVATION:

Conservation of energy in any form is assuming greater importance due to rapid urbanization and industrialization and consequent increase in per capita consumption of energy resulting in insatiable demand of energy. Hence, it is of paramount importance that the existing quantum of energy is put to optimal and economical use with a high degree of conservation. Special emphasis is laid at the project formulation stage to take all steps for conservation of electrical energy including power consumption and power demand or fuel consumption. All efforts have been made to incorporate energy conservation measures and necessary equipment in the planning and installation stage itself.

Managerial Control: To reduce occurrence of maximum power demand of certain group of equipment at a time and improve the effective load factor, demand meters have been proposed in each circuit breaker controlling the feeders. Use of solar energy at office premises and also for street lightning in nearby villages will help to conserve energy; Supply of solar pumps to grampanchayat and school is also proposed to reduce the energy consumption. This would reduce power demand of the project at the same level of power consumption and also relieve the system of transmitting unwanted power.

Energy Audit: Energy audit for the mine would be done regularly to even out maximum demand, as far as possible. Such an energy audit would not only pin-point the specific areas but also would highlight the areas where improvement can be implemented.

224



Maintenance: Special emphasis would be laid on the preventive maintenance of all electrical, mechanical and HEMM equipment. Preventive maintenance which has a direct bearing on energy conservation will be given due attention and consideration.

As part of good management practices, a feedback is necessary for better performance of the system. A statistical record of equipment working, breakdowns etc. would be maintained which would help in upgrading maintenance practices after a critical analysis. This would also result in saving of diesel and power.

Distribution Network: In the power distribution network, care has been taken to select suitable size of conductors and cables to minimize losses and voltage drop. Utilisation of voltage for the HEMM within the mine has been recommended as 11-6.6/3.3 KV. The transformers have been selected to operate at maximum efficiency. Each transformer has been selected to cater to the total load. However, all the transformers under normal conditions would share the load required for the mine.

Lighting: For illumination in mine and dump areas, LED lamps have been recommended to reduce the energy consumption and to achieve the desired lux level.

Haul Road: Dumpers used for transportation of OB consume energy in the form of consumption of diesel. For effective fuel conservation, it is proposed that haul roads, especially at ramps and turnings, will be maintained in good conditions to reduce ground resistance. Regular cleaning and watering of haul roads will also be done. Fuel conservation measures include:

Construction of good haul roads;

Regular cleaning and watering of haul roads;

Regular cleaning / charging of filters for diesel driven equipment;

Use of water traps in storage and strainer at handling of diesel spots;

Cleaning of air filters to help unrestricted air flow;

Cleaning of fuel injection system covering correct timing of injection pump, checking for clogging of injection nozzles and corrective action;

Avoiding excess idling of equipment;

Frequent checking of intake and exhaust valves and corrective action; and

Training of operators of mobile equipment in good operational practices.

Regular checking & maintaining tyre pressure of the vehicles.

4.18 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH (IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES)

WBPDCL consider protection of workers’ health and well- being as their prime concern and responsibility. The company accordingly proposes to adopt certain measures for providing proper occupational health services which will ensure optimal physical and mental health of employees & workers. These measures include:

(a) Identification and assessment of the risks from health hazards in the workplace; (b) Surveillance of the factors in the work environment and work practices which may

affect workers' health (c) Proper planning and organization of work, including the design of workplaces,

maintenance of machinery and other equipment.

Assessment of Risks: Risks will be assessed through impact severity and probability studies. In addition air and water quality monitoring, soil analysis and vibration studies will be carried out. Measures will be taken to communicate risks before starting of mining to general people. This will be done through proper training and conducting safety talks for workers to create awareness amongst them about risks involved and educate them through display boards highlighting safe work procedures on regular basis.

225



CHAPTER 5

AANNAALLYYSSIISS OOFF AALLTTEERRNNAATTIIVVEEss ((SSIITTEE AANNDD TTEECCHHNNOOLLOOGGYY))

5.1 INTRODUCTION

The EIA Notification 2006 stipulates the requirement of analysis of alternatives for the

Project being appraised in terms of technology and site. The Alternative Analysis in Environmental Impact Assessment is basically an exercise to

assess whether the objectives of the present Project can be achieved through another cost effective way having lower environmental & social costs.

The Alternatives may include Demand / Supply Alternative, Location / Site Alternative,

Process /Technology Alternative or the No-Go Alternative. The comparative assessment for the available Alternatives may be done considering the

following aspects:

Capital and operating costs Direct, indirect and cumulative impacts Mitigation measures Physical, legal or institutional constraints Compliance with policy and legal requirements

5.2 DEMAND / SUPPLY ALTERNATIVE

The Report of the Working Group of Coal and Lignite for the 12th Five Year Plan projects the coal demand in India to grow at a CAGR of 7.1% till 2016-17 and reach 980.5 MT annually under realistic demand. At a CAGR of 7.0%, the demand is expected to reach 1,373 MT by 2021-22. The current shortage of coal stands at 84MT and the same is expected to rise to 300 MTPA in medium term if all the Letters of Assurance issued by the State Owned Coal Companies materialize. As of March 2018, out of total installed capacity of 10,490.23 MW in the State of West Bengal, 8555.77 MW of electricity is being generated through coal based thermal power plants, 100 MW by Gas based power plants, 1396 MW by Hydropower and 438.46 MW by renewable power. West Bengal Power Development Corp. Ltd (WBPDCL), the State owned Power Generation Company caters to approximately 55% of the state electricity demand which is mainly from its non-coking coal based thermal plants. At the State level, the overall energy requirement is projected to grow from existing 52,358 MU in FY15 to 62,926 MU in FY19, representing an annual growth of 5% during the period. This translates into increase in peak demand from existing 7,544 MW in FY15 to 11,172 MW in FY19.

226



WBPDCL owned thermal power plants requires 19.18 Million tonnes per annum of coal at present load factor of 85%. Tara (East) and (West) coal mine will cater to only 20.86% of supply requirement for WBPDCL. Presently the supply of coal to the power plants of WBPDCL is covered by Coal Linkage with CIL and direct purchase from Market. However, the coal linkage does not provide consistent supply in accordance with the demand from power plants and affects efficiency of power generation. Tara (East) & Tara (West) gives downstream integration of supply chain providing leverage on supply of coal from own source which ultimately helps in increased efficiency and flexibility of power generation in case of increased demand in future. Additionally the cost of coal production is less than the CIL Market Rate which will further benefit the power consumers. Therefore, considering the above Demand / Supply Position of coal, extraction of coal from Tara (East) and Tara (West) is economically beneficial for WBPDCL.

5.3 LOCATION / SITE ALTERNATIVE

The allotment of coal blocks is done by Ministry of Coal in accordance with applicable

statutory provisions. The Tara (East) and Tara (West) Coal Mine has been re-allotted to WBPDCL under Clause (c) of Sub-Rule (2) of Rule 7 and Sub-Rule (1) of Rule 13 of the Coal Mines (Special Provisions) Rules, 2014 vide Allotment Order No. 103/10/2015/NA dated 31st

March 2015. Mining is a site specific project. Further, at the location of the allotted coal block in villages

viz. Churulia, Chinchurbill, Deshermohan, Jaynagar, Birkulti, Manpur and Joyantipur of Jamuria Block in Paschim Bardhaman District of West Bengal the mining had been initiated way back in 1997 and continued till year 2015 till deallocation by Hon’ble Supreme Court in Sept. 2014.

Coal reserves of desired quality and adequate quantity are already proven in the coal block under consideration. The mine has already been operated earlier and possesses all necessary infrastructure facilities besides having a skilled and semiskilled manpower in adjoining area. The local persons who lost their livelihood due to suspension of mining operations will also be benefitted by getting employment opportunities in this proposed mine.

Further, the Site does not involve diversion of any forest land. Also, the Site is not located

within any environmentally sensitive area or within 10 Kms of any Wildlife Sanctuary or National Park.

Considering the above no other alternative site was considered for the Coal Mining Project. 5.4 PROCESS / TECHNOLOGY ALTERNATIVE The basic two methodologies available for coal mining are Underground Mining and

Opencast Mining. Apart from many other factors, the choice between these technologies mainly depends on the geo-mining conditions of the coal deposit. The details of the comparative assessment between these two technologies are provided below.

227



5.4.1 Underground Mining Technology The geo-mining conditions of the Tara (East) & Tara (West) coal block offers both

Underground and Opencast Potential. In such cases, the choice of mining methodology needs to consider the aspects like conservation of minerals, safety, envisaged coal production and commercial viability into consideration.

In case of Underground Mining, substantial amount of coal is required to be left behind to

support the roof to prevent the surface subsidence. This drastically reduces the overall percentage of coal extraction. Against the overall coal extraction percentage of about 90% by opencast methodology, only upto 40% to 45% coal extraction can be achieved by Underground Methodology.

Further, the Underground Mining is more hazardous compared to opencast mining. The Project has envisaged the peak production of 4 MTPA. Achievement of this quantity of

production from conventional underground methodology is very difficult. Such production may be achieved through deployment of highly mechanized Underground Mining Methods like Longwall Mining or Continuous Miner. However, the geo-mining conditions may not support these methodologies.

Also, compared to Underground Mining, the opencast methodology offers commercial

benefits in terms of lesser cost of production. However, the Underground Mining offers certain advantages from environmental point of

view. Underground Mining results in lesser land degradation, no loss of agriculture/forest land, no release of Particulate Matters, Sox/NOx into atmosphere etc.

WBPDCL has proposed to work the 107.07 Million Tonnes of coal reserves by Underground

Mining Methodology after exhaustion of the opencast coal reserves after further 11 years of mine operations.

But considering the fact that the Tara (East) & Tara (West) Coal Mine is not a Greenfield

Project and the Mine was worked till the year 2015 by opencast mining methodology, continuance of the same is the preferable alternative for WBPDCL.

5.4.2 Opencast Mining Technology For the proposed Coal Mining Project, highly mechanized conventional mining methodology

with Shovel / Dumper Combination for Overburden Removal and Surface Miner for coal mining is envisaged.

The Opencast Mining methodology involves complete removal of top soil and overburden

rock to expose the underlying coal seams to facilitate coal mining. The advantages of Opencast Mining over Underground Mining are high extraction percentage (about 90%) which aids to conservation of mineral, safe operations and flexibility in terms of quality control. Due to availability of sophisticated Heavy Earth Moving Machineries (HEMM), the method is also relatively less labour intensive with high Output Per Man shift (OMS).

228



5.4.2.1 Choice of Mining Method The Mining Plan for Tara (East) & Tara (West) Coal Mining Project has been prepared for a

peak capacity of 4 MTPA. Achieving this production rate by Underground Mining is very difficult.

Further, prima facie only the Mechanized Opencast Mining Methodology has been

considered as technically feasible because of the following favourable geo-mining conditions:

i. Suitable Gradient of 120-150 of the coal seams.

ii. Multiple Coal Seams.( 9 No. of Coal Horizons) iii. Long strike length favourable for deployment of HEMM iv. Presence of medium thick coal seams along with thin seams. v. Variable thickness of OB/Partings

vi. Less number of faults and geological disturbances

5.4.2.2 Equipment Selection The following options have been considered for selection of equipment for the Project:

1 Deployment of Dragline 2 Deployment of Bucket Wheel Excavator 3 Deployment of Surface Miner 4 Deployment of Shovel Dumper Combination

Deployment of Dragline

The possibility of deployment of Dragline for the Project was examined. Mining by Dragline

Technology is suitable under following circumstances:

Dragline is suitable for flat deposits, to permit back dumping of OB in de-coaled area. The OB is usually dumped on seam floor very near the coal bench, leaving space sufficient only for water drainage and also to reduce mixing of OB with coal. If the coal seam gradient is not flat, the dumped OB will slide towards the coal area preventing coal extraction besides being dangerous.

Dragline is suitable for deposits with Strike Length more than 1.5 Kms to 2.0 Kms to avoid frequent shifting of Dragline from one end to other. Frequent shifting of Dragline reduces machine efficiency as well as is a costly affair.

Dragline is suitable for the deposit which is free from geological disturbances. A

Dragline System works with a rigid operational geometry and frequent changes in the geometry may be difficult to implement without heavy loss of efficiency.

Dragline is more suitable for thick single seam working rather than multi-seam

working. Dragline is suitable for the deposit large enough to ensure the mine life of about 25

years or more so that heavy capital investment on the System could be recovered.

229



The suitability of Dragline Technology for Tara (East) & Tara (West) Project on the basis of

above parameters was evaluated.

The Block has sufficient strike length, favourable gradient but due to occurrence of multiple

coal horizons, limited balance opencast reserves with limited life of the opencast mine as

compared to life of a Dragline of 25 years, and high capital investment, deployment of

Dragline is ruled out.

Deployment of Bucket Wheel Excavator

The possibility of deployment of Bucket Wheel Excavator for the Project was examined.

Mining by Bucket Wheel Excavator Technology is suitable under following circumstances:

Bucket Wheel Excavator is suitable for high volume operations in comparatively soft

rock strata.

Bucket Wheel Excavators are suitable for thick single seam workings.

Bucket Wheel Excavators are suitable for the deposit large enough to ensure the

mine life of about 25 years or more so that heavy capital investment on the System

could be recovered.

The suitability of Bucket Wheel Excavator Technology for Tara (East) & Tara (West) Project

on the basis of above parameters was evaluated. Due to occurrence of multiple coal

horizons and limited balance opencast reserves coupled with limited life of the opencast

mine and high capital investment, deployment of Bucket Wheel Excavator is ruled out.

Deployment of Surface Miner

Surface Miner is suitable for flat and thin seams. The limiting gradient is 1 in 10 or flatter. Also, Surface Miner requires a large coal exposure which is possible only with sufficient flat deposits. Use of Surface Miner is proposed for mining of coal in Tara (East) & Tara (West) Coal Block because of following reasons:

Environment friendly operations.

One surface miner replaces equipment for drilling, blasting, crushing, loading and auxiliary works like Secondary Blasting.

Coal Mining without drilling & blasting and hence lesser vibration and fly rock issues.

No coal crushing is required; this minimizes re-handling & dust generation.

Enhanced quality of ROM (Run Off Mine) product by highly selective mining;

Stable, clean surfaces and benches.

Several working steps are realized by only one machine, leading to easier

coordination and process planning during, dispatching and maintenance.

230



Reduced noise and dust generation.

Improved exploitation of the deposit.

Improved safety.

In case of Tara (East) & Tara (West) Coal Mine:

With the help of automatic grade and slope control system, correct slope for drainage and coal seam with gradient 120 to 150 can be maintained. Width of coal bench is 150m.

Surface Miner 2200SM has been chosen. Milling width 2200mm and depth 300mm, number of cutting tools 76, 4 track, 708kw 12 cylinder diesel engine with gradability operating gear 90%.

There are number of thin coal horizons, which can be extracted in a clean way yielding better quality ROM, eliminating need for coal washing.

Elimination of drilling - blasting and production of -100mm coal, obviating need for crushing before loading in wagons are environment friendly.

Less fire hazard to the coal seam, as it does not leave behind free or loose material, prone to spontaneous heating.

Considering the above, deployment of Surface Miner for mining of coal is the preferable

alternative for WBPDCL and has therefore selected.

Deployment of Shovel Dumper Combination for Overburden

Shovel / Dumper Technology is the most flexible technology for opencast mining. This technology can be used in conditions of varying thickness of seams and partings. The flexibility of the operations enables geological disturbances to be negotiated without much loss of efficiency. Shovel / Dumper System offer convenient mining operations to deal with sudden occurrences of unworkable or poor-quality patches. It also offers flexibility for easy transition to any other technology or equipment configuration. The technology is well known and easier to get skilled manpower. Presently the Shovel / Dumper combination is mainly used with drilling and blasting for OB removal. For Tara (East) & Tara (West)Project, the combination of Shovel / Dumper Technology is much convenient due to presence of multiple seams. Further, this System can deal with sudden occurrence of unworkable and poor-quality zones and offers flexibility foreasy up gradation.

5.5 NO GO ALTERNATIVE

The “No-Go” Alternative considers the situation wherein it is assessed that if the said Project is not implemented whether it will avoid the consequential environmental & social issues.

231



Tara (East) & Tara (West) Project is not a Greenfield Project. It may be considered as a Brownfield Project wherein the land has already been broken and mining of coal was continued till the year 2015. If WBPDCL opts for non-implementation of the Project the exposed coal and the existing water logged pits would pose environment & safety hazards for the local population.

The existing pits are filled with water as all the mining activities have been stopped since April 2015. At present, these huge water logged pits are unsecured and pose threat to the local population. Further, the pits have already exposed coal along its high walls. Due to prolonged exposure to the atmosphere beyond its incubation period, there are frequent incidents of spontaneous heating and fire in the exposed coal. Such incidents have exposed the local population to hazardous situation. WBPDCL is still in the process of obtaining required statutory clearances including obtaining the Environment Clearance for the Project. In absence of the same, WBPDCL is not in a position to address these hazardous conditions. To prevent happening of any hazardous event, reopening and securing the mine at the earliest is the only solution. Further, the closure of the Project has rendered a substantial workforce jobless resulting into a social problem. Non-implementation of the Project would further aggravate the situation. Also, the Coal Mining Project is being implemented to meet the part demand of coal for the existing, operating Thermal Power Plants of WBPDCL. These End Use Coal Plants of WBPDCL supplies electricity to the population of the State of West Bengal for meeting its domestic & industrial requirement. These Thermal Power Plants require coal on consistent basis for continuance of electricity generation. For these End Use Plants, implementation of the Tara (East) and Tara (West) Coal Mining Project is necessary. If WBPDCL opts for non-implementation for this Coal Mine Mining Project, the coal for the existing operating Thermal Power Plants of WBPDCL would have to be sourced either from Coal India Limited or through imports. If sourced from Coal India Limited, then it will have to either increase the production of its existing mines or start a Greenfield Project to meet the additional supply commitment of WBPDCL. This would result in same environmental & social issues at this site or any other site. If sourced through imports, it would result in outgo of valuable foreign exchange of the Country. Further, considering the mineral conservation aspect, extraction of this coal to facilitate development of the region is also important. If not extracted this already exposed natural mineral resource shall go waste.

232



Considering all the above aspects the “No-Go” Alternative is not considered for the Project. Re-opening of the Tara (East) & Tara (West) Coal Mine is the only preferable alternative for WBPDCL and has therefore selected.

5.6 ASSESSMENT OF NEW AND UNTESTED TECHNOLOGY FOR THE RISK OF FAILURE The Project envisages use of conventionally tested Shovel / Dumper Combination

Technology along with use of Surface Miner.

The Shovel / Dumper Combination for undertaking Overburden Removal is being used in

Indian Coal Mining Industry since long and is the only preferable technology for opencast

mining considering the geo-mining conditions of Indian coalfields.

Further use of Surface Miner for mining of coal is also proven. The geo-mining conditions of

Tara (East) & Tara (West) Coal Block permits use of Surface Miner for coal mining.

As the conventional and tested technologies have been envisaged in the present Opencast

Coal Mining Project, assessment of risk of technological failure is not required.

233



CHAPTER 6

EENNVVIIRROONNMMEENNTT MMOONNIITTOORRIINNGG PPRROOGGRRAAMMMMEE

6.1 INTRODUCTION

Environment Monitoring Programme is an important aspect of the Environmental Impact Assessment / Environment Management Plan Document. It essentially involves regular monitoring of the prescribed environmental parameters of the Project Study Area.

A properly planned and implemented Environment Monitoring Programme:

Provides up-to-date status of the environment of the Project Area.

Provides an early indication of the failures, if any, of the implemented environmental control measures or practices for the Project.

Monitor the performance of the Project and the effectiveness of the implemented mitigation measures.

Determines the compliance of the Project with regulatory requirements, government policies and national norms.

Allows for planning of remedial measures in case of occurrence of any unexpected problem or unaccepted environmental issue.

An effective Environment Management Programme offers an opportunity for maintaining

and reviewing the sustainable development in the environment during construction and operation of the Project.

It is the part of the overall Environment Management System and includes an organization

structure, planning activities, responsibilities, practices, procedures, process and resources for developing, implementing, achieving, reviewing and maintaining the environmental policy.

6.2 SCOPE OF THE ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PROGRAMME

The Environment Monitoring Programme suggested for Tara (East) & Tara (West) Coal Mining Project shall be carried out throughout the Mine Life and also minimum three years post-mine closure. The scope involves monitoring of the Key Environmental Parameters which can be attributed to the Project. The scope shall essentially involve:

1) Collection of quality data for Key Environmental Parameters in the Project Area at regular intervals in accordance with prescribed methodologies.

2) Analysis & interpretation of the collected data. 3) Comparison of the extent & severity of the environmental actual impacts of the Project

against the predicted impacts. 4) Assessment of the effectiveness of the implemented EMP Measures. 5) Assessment of the requirement of the additional EMP Measures, if any.

234



6) Assessment of the overall Environment Protection Measures of the Project vis-à-vis applicable regulatory requirements and conditions of Environment Clearance granted by MoEF&CC.

7) Reporting on the compliance of the Environmental Clearance conditions along with suggested Environmental Monitoring Programme to all the concerned Authorities including the Regional Office of MoEF&CC at prescribed regular intervals.

6.3 KEY ENVIRONMENTAL PARAMETERS TO BE MONITORED

Considering the nature and size of the Project, the following Key Environmental Parameters have been identified for regular monitoring in the Project Study Area of 10 Kms under the Environment Monitoring Programme:

1. Air Quality & Meteorology 2. Surface Water Quality 3. Groundwater Quality 4. Noise Level 5. Vibration Level 6. Soil Quality

6.4 ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PROGRAMME FOR KEY PARAMETERS

The details of the suggested Environment Monitoring Programme for Tara (East) & Tara (West) Coal Mining Project are provided in Table No. 6.1.

Table 6.1

Air Quality Parameters to be monitored and suggested locations

Sr. No.

Particular Monitoring Frequency

Sampling Duration

Monitoring Parameters

1 Air Pollution & Meteorology

A Ambient Air Quality

a. Continuous Online Monitoring: At 2 Stations – 1 in Core Zone & 1 in Buffer Zone – To be selected in consultation with WB Pollution Control Board.

Continuous Continuous Particulate Matter

(PM10, PM2.5) SO2, NOx and CO

b. Weekly Monitoring: Churulia, Chinchurbill, Deshermohan and Jaynagar

Twice in a week 24 hrs

continuously

Particulate Matter (PM10, PM2.5) SO2, NOx

and CO

Monitoring of Heavy Metals

Once in six months

--- Hg, Ni, Cd and Cr

Fugitive Dust Sampling in Core Zone

Monthly 24 hrs

continuously Particulate Matter

(PM10, PM2.5)

235



Sr. No.


Sampling Duration


B Meteorology

Mining lease and Outside Area

Daily As per IMD (0830 hrs &

1730 hrs)

Wind speed & direction,

temperature, relative humidity

2 Water Quality

A.

Surface Water : 1) Ajoy River

Once in 3 month

Grab

As per the parameters

specified under IS : 2296 (Class-C)

As per the parameters specified under IS:

10500 – 2012.

2) Existing Nala within ML before meeting Ajay River near Taldanga

Once in 3 month

Grab

3) Seasonal Stream near Baguli Village

One/ month One time

B.

Ground water : 5 Stations in Adjoining Villages

Once in 3 month

One time

Ground water quality parameters

C.

Well or Bore Wells or piezometers in Mine Lease (2 locations) and surrounding areas (5 locations).

Once in a season

One time

Static water level, pumped water level, seasonal fluctuation and other relevant

parameters

3 Waste Water

A. Mine Effluents Once in a month 24 hour

composite As per EPA guidelines,

1986

B. Domestic Raw & Treated Water

Once in a month 24 hour

composite As per EPA guidelines,

1986

4 Noise Levels

Mine Area

24 hr continuous

with one hour interval

A. Near the blasting/drilling site

Every week Noise levels in dB(A)

B.

Near loading and unloading points


C.

Along the haul roads for transportation


Ambient Noise Levels

A.

10 stations in Adjoining Villages

Weekly

24 hr continuous

with one hour interval

Noise levels in dB(A)

5 Vibration Monitoring

A. Installation of Vibration Meter at Churulia & Joynagar Village

Online PPV

236



6.5 ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PROGRAMME FOR OTHER PROJECT PARAMETERS

Apart from the Key Environment Parameters, monitoring of certain Project Parameters which plays major role in restoration of the Project Area is also important. For Tara (East) & Tara (West) Coal Mine regular monitoring of following Project Parameters has been suggested:

1. Plantation 2. Land Reclamation & Backfilling 3. Occupational Health

6.5.1 Monitoring of Plantation The Project involves extensive plantation programme as one of the measures to mitigate the

adverse environmental impacts to the possible extent. Therefore, regular monitoring of the

plantation programme shall be very important.

The total area proposed to be under plantation at the end of the life of the opencast mine

shall be 506.78 Ha. Considering the proposed plantation rate of 2000 trees per hectare, the

Project involves plantation of about 10,13,560 trees in 11 years of the Mine Life.

Regular monitoring of plantation programme in terms of number of trees to be planted per

month, plant growth, maintenance of plantation and survival rate shall be done on half

yearly basis.

The details of the Plantation Programme shall be included in the Half Yearly Returns to be

submitted to the Regional Office of MoEF&CC.

6.5.2 Monitoring of Land Reclamation & Backfilling The Tara (East) and Tara (West) Project involves generation of 373.81 MillionCum

Overburden since inception till the end of the life of the opencast mine. Out of this, about

149.25 MillionCum has already been backfilled. The entire quantity of 190.56 Million Cum to

be generated in next 11 years is proposed to be backfilled into the mined out area.

Sr. No.


Sampling Duration


6 Soil Quality

1.

Waste land - Mine Lease Area Agricultural Land Forest Land in Study Area

Pre monsoon & Post monsoon

One grab sample

Color, textural class, grain, size distribution,

pH, electrical conductivity, bulk density, porosity, Infiltration rate,

moisture retention capacity, organic

matter, Na, N, K, PO4, SO4, etc.

237



This 190.56 Million Cum material shall consist of 11.43 Million Cum Top Soil and 179.13

Million Cum of Overburden. The Top Soil shall be separately mined and shall be utilized for

spreading over the backfilled area to facilitate plantation.

Since the proposed plantation programme shall depend on the availability of backfilled area,

regular monitoring of the land reclamation & backfilling operations in accordance with the

Approve Progressive Mine Closure Plan shall be undertaken.

For monitoring the land reclamation and backfilling status, digital survey of entire mining

lease area using Satellite Remote Sensing Survey shall be carried out once in every three

years. Report of the same including map on 1:50,000 Scale shall be submitted to the

Regional Office of MoEF&CC.

6.5.3 Monitoring of Occupational Health Coal Mining is known to associate with Occupational Health issues. Therefore, it is proposed

to have Occupational Health Surveys in the Core Zone and Buffer Zone of the Tara (East) &

Tara (West) Project once in every year. Further periodical medical examinations of the

workers engaged in mining & allied activities shall be undertaken once in every year for

occupational diseases and & hearing impairment.

All the records pertaining to the Occupational Health of the workers shall be maintained as

required under the provisions of the Mines Rules, 1955 and the relevant DGMS Circulars.

6.6 ESTABLISHMENT OF ENVIRONMENT MONITORING CELL

For effective implementation of the recommended Environmental Monitoring Programme it

is necessary to establish and develop adequate facilities for sampling and analysis on

permanent basis together with adequate instrumentation facilities and development of

competent trained manpower.

The Project Proponent shall create a separate Environmental Cell to ensure effective

monitoring of the Key Environmental Aspects of the Project on day to day basis. Further,

internal quality control and assurance of the monitoring technique as well as analytical

procedure together with periodic external audit shall also be planned. The proposed setup

of the Environmental Cell is provided at Figure No. 6.1.

The Environmental Monitoring Cell (EMC) will submit the recorded data of monitoring of air,

water and noise etc on half yearly basis to Regional Office, MoEF&CC as well as West Bengal

State Pollution Control Board through the Project Management. In addition, EMC will be

responsible for the reporting of various compliances of the Project to the regulatory

authorities i.e. SPCB & MoEF&CC.

238



Figure No. 6.1

Proposed Environment Cell Set-Up

6.7 BUDGETARY PROVISION FOR MONITORING

Adequate expenditure towards capital and recurring expenditure required for Environment

Protection including for Environment Monitoring has been done by WBPDCL. The details of

the same have been provided in the relevant chapter.

239



CHAPTER 7

AADDDDIITTIIOONNAALL SSTTUUDDIIEESS

7.1 INTRODUCTION

As per the Terms of Reference (ToR) issued by MoEF&CC for Tara (East) & Tara (West) Coal Mining Project and also the prescribed Generic Structure of the EIA/EMP Document, the following Additional Studies were conducted:

a. Public Consultation b. Occupational Health & Safety c. Risk Assessment & Disaster Management Plan d. Resettlement & Rehabilitation (R & R) Action Plan e. Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) f. Corporate Environment Responsibility (CER) g. Dewatering of existing water logged pits & its Water Management

7.2 PUBLIC CONSULTATION

As per the provisions of EIA 2006, Public Consultation is a mandatory requirement for Category “A” Project. It refers to the process by which the concerns of Project Affected Persons (PAPs) and others Stakeholders associated with the Project & its Environmental/Social Impacts are addressed. As per the provisions of EIA 2006 Notification, the Public Consultation is required to be conducted by the West Bengal State Pollution Control Board (WBSPCB).

The Tara(East) & Tara(West) Coal Mining Project has been re-allocated to M/s West Bengal

Power Development Corporation Ltd{WBPDCL} ( A Government of West Bengal Enterprise)

by the Ministry of Coal under Clause (c) of Sub-Rule(2) of Rule 7 and Sub-Rule(1) of Rule 13

of the Coal Mines ( Special Provisions) Rules, 2014 vide Allotment Order No.103/10/2015/NA

dated 31/03/2015. The environmental clearance for this project had been granted to the

earlier proponent by MoEF&CC on 30/01/1997 under EIA notification 1994, as such the EAC (

Thermal & Coal ), MoEF&CC , New Delhi did not extend the benefit of the same to M/s

WBPDCL and the company has been asked by MoEF&CC to carry out fresh EIA/EMP study as

per the prescribed Terms of Reference issued vide no. J-11015/22/1996-1A.II(M) dated

12/12/2018. One of the stipulations of this TOR viz. 5.1( iv) “ After preparation of the draft

EIA/EMP Report as per aforesaid TOR , the proponent shall get the Public Hearing

conducted as prescribed in EIA Notification 2006 and take necessary action for obtaining

environmental clearance under the provisions of the EIA Notification 2006.” In compliance

to this TOR condition, the necessary documents( Draft EIA/EMP, Summary EIA in English &

Bengali) were submitted to West Bengal Pollution Control Board, Kolkatta for conduct of the

said Public Hearing. Accordingly the notice for conduct of Public Hearing was issued in local

newspaper on 12/01/2019 ( in English & Bengali , copies of which are enclosed as Annexure-

7.1).The Public Hearing for the said project was conducted on 22/02/2019 at Jamuria

Panchayat Samity Office Compound as per the notice issued on 12/01/2019, under the

Chairmanship of Additional District Magistrate, Paschim Bardhaman. About 600 persons

from nearby villages of the project participated during this Public Hearing and registered

their suggestions/views. The proceedings of the Public Hearing are enclosed as Annexure-

7.2. Photographs of Public Hearing are appended below. The action plan in compliance to

240



the issues raised during this Public Hearing is attached as Annexure-7.3. The Budgetary

Provisions thereof have also been indicated in the action plan.

7.3 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH & SAFETY

Occupational Health and Safety aspects need more attention during operational phases of

the mine. The Coal Mining operations are invariably associated with the Occupational Health

Issues.

7.3.1 Identification of work related Occupational Health Hazards

The problem of occupational health during the operation phase is primarily due to dust and

noise which could affect breath and hearing of the working personnel. However, other

incidental and ancillary activities associated with mining may also pose occupational health

hazards to the personnel. The details of the activities and associated principal environmental

and occupational risks are provided in Table No. 7.1.

Table 7.1 Activities & Associated Environmental & Occupational Hazards

Sr. No.

Hazardous Activities

Expected Hazards Severity of Injury

1 Removal of

Overburden and Mining of Coal

Exposure to high noise level Hearing Problems

Exposure to dust Diseases related to dust and free silica

Exposure to accidents due to HEMM Physical Injury of severe nature

2 Drilling & Blasting



Exposure to ground vibrations Psychological Disorder

Exposure to Fly Rocks Physical Injury of severe nature

Exposure to accidents due to explosives

Physical Injury of severe nature

3

Loading/Unloading and

Transportation of Coal &

Overburden



Exposure to accidents due to HEMM Physical Injury of severe nature

4

Storage of Explosives and

Petroleum Products

Exposure to accidents due to improper handling of explosives/petroleum products

Physical Injury of severe nature

Exposure to toxic fumes Asphyxiation

Exposure to accidents due to fire Physical Injury of severe nature

5 Storage of Coal Exposure to dust

Diseases related to dust and free silica

Exposure to accidents due to Spontaneous Heating

Physical Injury of severe nature and/or burns

6 Use of Electricity Exposure to electrical shocks Physical Injury of severe nature

241



7.3.2 Measures for mitigation of Occupational Health Hazards – Project Personnel

The issues associated with the Occupational Health during the operational phase can be

addressed by providing Personal Protection Equipment (PPEs) to the workers. Use of the

following equipments is proposed as per requirement of the activity:

Industrial safety helmet and crash helmets;

Acrylic vision face shield

Zero power goggles with cut type filters on both sides and blue color glasses;

Welders equipment for eye and face protection;

Cylindrical type earplug;

Ear muffs;

Canister gas mask;

Fluorescent Jacket;

Safety belt/line man's safety belt;

Acid/alkali proof rubberized hand gloves;

Electrically tested electrical resistance hand gloves; and

Industrial safety shoes with steel toe.

7.3.3 Measures for mitigation of Occupational Health Hazards – General Public The general public residing in the adjoining areas of the mine would also be subjected to

issues related to Occupational Health Hazards. Considering the mitigative measures to be

implemented by WBPDCL during the operation of the mine, its is expected that the impact

of mining on the population residing in the Study Area of 10 Kms shall be minimal. However,

to monitor and also keep check on the issues associated with Occupational Health of the

general public, following measures shall be implemented:

i. Health check of all villagers in the immediate vicinity of the Mine shall be carried out periodically. In case any person or a group of persons is found to be suffering from any ailment, directly related to the Coal Mining Operations, proper medical treatment shall be arranged.

ii. Surface Water Management shall be adopted to ensure that run-off from the mining area does not adversely affect natural water streams or other water bodies.

iii. All water bodies e.g. wells and surface water sources in the vicinity of the mine, shall be periodically tested for any pollution related to mining operations and remedial action taken, if warranted.

iv. Operators of all transport vehicles shall be instructed not to honk unnecessarily while passing through villages or nearby schools.

7.3.4 Measures to address Safety Aspects

All possible safety precautions during the mining operations shall be taken. Safety officials with experience in disaster management shall be deployed and sufficient funds shall be provided for implementing all safety measures.

Necessary measures shall be taken to prevent anticipated accident due to following hazardous/risk prone activities.

Slope failure;

Handling of explosives;

242



Fly-rocks during blasting;

Dust hazards;

Movement of HEMM;

Inundation due to surface water;

Fire hazards due to spontaneous heating of coal;

Hazards associated with use of electricity; and

Flooding of lower benches The details of the Safety Measures to be adopted for above hazardous activities have been discussed separately in the Risk Assessment & Disaster Management Plan.

7.4 RISK ASSESSMENT & DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN 7.4.1 Preamble The Disaster Management Act, 2005 defines the term “disaster” as under: “disaster” means a catastrophe, mishap, calamity or grave occurrence in any area, arising

from natural or manmade causes, or by accident or negligence which results in substantial loss of life or human suffering or damage to, or destruction of, property, or damage to, or degradation of environment, and is of such a nature or magnitude as to be beyond the coping capacity of the community of the affected area”.

Further, the Disaster Management Act, 2005 defines the term “disaster management” as

under: “disaster management” means a continuous and integrated process of planning, organizing,

coordinating and implementing measures which are necessary or expedient for-

i. prevention of danger or threat of any disaster; ii. mitigation or reduction of risk of any disaster or its severity or consequences;

iii. capacity-building; iv. preparedness to deal with any disaster; v. prompt response to any threatening disaster situation or disaster;

vi. assessing the severity or magnitude of effects of any disaster; vii. evacuation, rescue and relief;

viii. rehabilitation and reconstruction;”. Coal Mining is a risky operation if not done systematically and scientifically. This is applicable

to all the categories and sizes of the mines irrespective of the mineral being mined. Further, whether the mine is being worked by Opencast Methodology or Underground Methodology, with or without mechanization, all the activities associated with mining pose several potential risks if safety aspects are not followed properly. Natural disasters can also affect the mining operations.

Though a disaster may not always be averted, a Company can, through well designed

emergency preparedness planning, mitigate or minimize their effects. If an emergency preparedness plan is well designed, properly implemented and periodically reviewed, it can greatly enhance the Mining Company’s ability to respond effectively and efficiently to most emergencies and significantly reduce the potential loss or injury of miners and property.

243



Thus, it is always beneficial to have a Disaster Management Plan in place to tackle any unfortunate event.

The Disaster Management Plan may be designed to consider the following three phases of

the disaster:

7.4.2 Objectives of Risk Assessment & Disaster Management Plan The objective of the Risk Assessment and Disaster Management Plan (RADMP) is to describe

the Project Proponent’s emergency preparedness capability, resources mobilization capability and capability to respond to various types of exigencies that could take place in an event of happening of any disaster at the Mine Site.

The control & containment of the hazardous situation to minimize the risk and impact of the

disastrous event is the main objective of the RADMP.

7.4.3 Risk Assessment – Manmade Causes The first step towards preparation of any Disaster Management Plan is identification of the

potential hazards due to the proposed mining operations. The hazards associated with the mining activities shall constitute the manmade causes of the disaster.

The mining of coal from the Project Area of 937.44 Ha shall be undertaken by Mechanized

Opencast Methodology using HEMM along with Drilling & Blasting. The annual production shall be 4 MTPA of coal at peak production level.

The major hazardous activities associated with the mining of coal in this area are listed in

Table No. 7.2.

244



Table 7.2 Major Hazardous Activities associated with Coal Mining

Sr. No.

Hazardous Activity Associated Hazards

1 Removal of OB & Mining of Coal using HEMM

Accidents due to operation of HEMM

Failure of Bench/Pit Slope

Inundation of Working during monsoon

2 Drilling & Blasting

Accidents due to improper connections/handling of explosives

Accidents due to improper storage of explosives

Fly Rocks due to blasting

3 Loading/Unloading & Transportation of Coal & Overburden

Accidents due to operation of HEMM

4 Overburden Dumping Accidents due to Slope Failure

5 Pit Head Coal Stock Yard Fire due to spontaneous heating

6 Storage of HSD Accidents due to explosion

7 Use of Electricity for allied activities like Workshop, Office & Industrial Lighting Etc.

Accidents due to electrical shocks

7.4.3.1 Risk Assessment for operation of removal of OB & mining of coal:

The operations for removal of OB and mining of coal shall involve use of HEMM like

Hydraulic Excavators, Rear Dumpers, Trucks, Surface Miners, Dozers etc along with a

number of ancillary equipment.

The HEMM shall be in operation round-the-clock as the mine shall be working on 24x7 basis.

During such continuous operations of the HEMM the mechanical failures and/or human

errors may result in disastrous accidents.

The removal of overburden and mining of coal shall be undertaken by system of multiple

benches. The Mining Plan provides the details of the Bench Slope and the Ultimate Pit Slope

to be maintained during mining operations. Considering the envisaged ultimate depth of

255m of the opencast workings, strict implementation of the approved Bench / Pit Slope

Geometry shall be needed.

Further, the Mine shall be intersecting the water table and local aquifer and there will be

inflow of groundwater into the working during the operations. Also, during monsoon season

there are chances of heavy surface runoffs entering into the workings. Such situation may

result in inundation of the mine workings unless proper precautions are taken.

245



7.4.3.2 Risk Assessment for Drilling & Blasting Operation:

The Project envisages drilling & blasting of 160mm/250mm holes for removal of overburden

with consumption of about 26.47 Tonnes of explosives on daily basis.

Operation of diesel/electrically operated Heavy Duty Drills is a skilled work and if not done

properly may result in accident. Further, most of the accidents from blasting occur due to fly

rocks mainly due to overcharging of the shot holes. Overcharging also creates ground

vibrations which may lead to displacement of adjoining areas. Dust and noise are also

problems commonly encountered during drilling and blasting operations. Further, wrong

connections, improper handling and storage of explosives may also results in an accident.

Drilling & blasting shall not be involved in mining of coal as the same shall be done by

Surface Miner.

The details of the envisaged Explosive Storage are provided in Table No. 7.3.

Table 7.3 Envisaged Explosive Storage Capacity

Sr. No. Particulars Details

1 No. of Explosive Magazines 2 Nos.

2 Capacity of each Magazine 3 Tonnes

3 Total Explosive Storage Capacity 6 Tonnes

4 Products to be stored:

a. Detonators 10 Nos/Day

b. Detonating Fuses 4.0 Kms/Day

c. Cord Boosters 0.12 Tonnes/Day

The location of the Explosive Magazine has been selected considering all the safety aspects.

The Magazines shall be located in the north-west corner of the Project Area away from the Main Mine Workings and habitations. The Magazine Area shall be properly fenced and shall be guarded. The Area shall be isolated by development of Green Belt around it. Necessary permission for construction of magazine has been obtained from PESO.

7.4.3.3 Risk Assessment for the operations of Loading/Unloading & Transportation of coal &

overburden:

The Project involves peak production of 4 MTPA with associated OB Removal of 29.41

MillionCum. Considering the working days per annum as 330 days, the peak handling of the

coal and overburden shall be 12,122 Tonnes and 89,122 Cum respectively on daily basis.

The operation of loading, transportation and unloading of such huge quantities at the

designated place shall involve use of hundreds of HEMM. Operation of HEMM is a skilled

work and if not done properly may result in accident. Synchronization of the HEMM Fleet to

handle such volume of material needs special attention. Most of the accidents during

operation of the HEMM occur due to oversight or negligence of the operator while operating

or reversing the machine during operations.

246



7.4.3.4 Risk Assessment for Overburden Dumping Operation

The Tara (East) & Tara (West) was an operating mine before 31st March 2015. About 183.25 MillionCum Overburden was generated between the period from 1996-97 to year 2014-15. Out of this 183.25 MillionCum Overburden, about 34 MillionCum Overburden has already been dumped externally at four locations. The height of Dump 1 & 2 is 60m and that of Dump 3 & 4 is 30m. These four External OB Dumps have already been stabilized and do not pose any risk of slope failures. However, in due course of time, the high overburden dumps may cause sliding of the

overburden material due to excessive loading or heavy moisture content, thereby causing loss to life and property.

7.4.3.5 Risk Assessment for Pit Head Coal Stock Yard

The coal mined from the face is usually loaded into the Heavy Duty Rear Dump Trucks which

are not permitted to ply outside the lease area. Therefore, the coal is dumped at the Pit

Head Coal Stock Yard where from it is loaded into the Trucks for onward transport up to the

Railway Siding.

In Tara (East) & Tara (West) Coal Mining Project, a Pit Head Coal Stock Yard of 3 Lakh Tonnes

capacity is envisaged. The ROM Coal from the Stock Yard shall be transported by road to the

Bahnora Railway Siding by Trucks for onward despatch to the Thermal Power Plant by rail.

The coal stocked in the yard, pose risk of fire due to spontaneous heating. Particularly in summer season when the ambient temperature is more the susceptibility of coal to spontaneous heating increases. If not checked, the Stock Yard Fires can cause substantial loss to operating HEMM, Coal

Stock. 7.4.3.6 Risk Assessment for Storage of High Speed Diesel (HSD)

A number of diesel operated HEMM shall be deployed for the Tara (East) & Tara (West) Coal

Mining Project. The deployed equipment may be directly owned by WBPDCL or may be

deployed by the selected Mine Developer & Operator. The Project, therefore, envisages

installation of HSD Storage Tank and Dispensing Unit to meet the diesel requirement of the

HEMM.

Three HSD Storage & Dispensing Units have been envisaged. Two Units shall have 20 KL

Capacity whereas one Unit shall have 70 KL Capacity. Thus, the total storage capacity of HSD

shall be 110 KL. Necessary permissions / approvals for the same shall be obtained in

accordance with applicable statutes.

The details of the HSD Storage and its hazardous characteristics are provided in Table No.

7.4.

247



Table 7.4 Envisaged HSD Storage Capacity & Its Hazardous Characteristics

Sr. No.

Particulars Details

1 No. of Storage Tanks 3

2 Total Capacity 110 KL

3 Chemical Classification* Flammable Liquid

4 Hazchem Code* Class 3

5 NFPA Hazard Signals:*

a. Health 1

b. Flammability 2

c. Stability 0

6 Explosive Sensitivity to Impact* Not sensitive to mechanical impact

7 Explosive Sensitivity to Static Electricity*

Sensitivity exists for vapors

8 Hazardous Combustion Products* CO, NOx and other aromatic hydrocarbons *Source: - Material Safety Data Sheet (HPCL)

Improper storage & handling of HSD may result in severe health issues apart from fires &

explosions causing substantial loss to life and property.

7.4.3.7 Risk Assessment for use of Electricity

Electrically operated equipment consumes significant power in any Opencast Project. Mine dewatering, workshop, offices, colony etc add to the total power demand of the Project. Based on Peak Rated capacity of 4 MTPA ROM Coal form Tara (East) & Tara (West) Coal Block, the tentative requirement of power shall be in the range of 2-3 MVA at 33 kV. This power requirement shall be sourced through West Bengal Electricity Distribution Company Ltd through overhead transmission lines and electrical sub-station. Use of electricity is associated with hazards of electrical fires and electrical shocks causing

loss of life and property.

7.4.4 Risk Assessment – Natural Causes There may be occurrence of earthquake which may disturb the mining operations due to landslides etc and pose threat to the men and machinery. Further, there are chances that heavy rains may inundate the mine workings.

248



The applied mining area is under Seismic Zone III and is in stable zone. Thus, the chances of occurrence of any earthquake in the mine area are negligible. The following three sources have been identified as potential risks resulting in inundation of the mine workings:

Surface Run-Offs from the surrounding area and river/nallas flowing over the lease area

Seepage from strata

Direct Precipitation In case of Tara (East) and Tara (West) Coal Mine, the general topography of the area is slightly undulating. The ground elevation varies from 133m around the Borehole No. TR-6, 68 and 52 in the northern part of the block to about 92m around Borehole No. TR-35 in the eastern part.

A perennial nala traverses across the block and passes through the central part and drains the area to Ajoy River flowing in the eastern proximity of the block. River Ajoy is the main drainage channel flowing from north-west to south-east. There are some shallow ponds within the block.

The average elevation of the High Flood Level (HFL) for Ajoy River has been assessed as 94m. However, the area near the River has already been worked out and has been backfilled. The proposed Opencast Workings to be carried during next few years shall be well away from the HFL and therefore the chances of inundation of the Mine Workings due to surface run-off from Ajoy River is almost nil. The area has wide range of geological formations ranging in age from Archean to Recent. While Archean and Gondwana Formations constitute the major parts, Quaternary Alluvium is restricted to the topographic depressions along the river channels in the form of thin veneer. The Archean metasedimentaries occupy greater part of the area and offers circulation of the groundwater to a limited extent through the secondary openings represented by joints, cracks, fissures and such other planes of discontinuity. The Gondawana sediments for the semi-consolidated formations and are better water potential zone. Hydrogeological conditions together with climate and topography influences the occurrence and movement of groundwater in this region. Climatologically, the area is not known for heavy rains. Thus, considering the relevant factors it is assessed that chances of inundation of the mine workings due to groundwater seepage / heavy rain water are also negligible.

7.4.5 Disaster Management Plan A Disaster Management Plan is aimed to ensure safety of life, protection of environment, protection of installation, restoration of production and salvage operations in the order of priorities. For effective implementation of the Disaster Management Plan it shall be widely circulated and training of personnel along with rehearsals/mock drills shall be organized.

249



The Disaster Management Plan aims to:

1. Organize the rescue operation and provide medical treatment to injured 2. Minimize damage to property and the environment 3. Contain and ultimately bring the accident under control 4. Provide authoritative information to the relatives and news media 5. Secure the safe rehabilitation of affected area 6. Preserve relevant records and equipment for the subsequent inquiry into the cause and

circumstances of the emergency 7. Optimize operational efficiency for rehabilitation and render medical help and restore

normalcy at the earliest. The Disaster Management Plan needs to outline various actions to be undertaken in pre-disaster and post-disaster situations. The same has been detailed below:

7.4.5.1 Pre-Disaster Actions This stage occurs when the prior information is available about a situation that may lead to a disaster in near future: Organizing Employee / Public Awareness Programmes is very important. The workers / employees as well as general public needs to be informed about potential hazards likely to occur in mining area. Emphasis may be given to the following aspects:

Pamphlets and booklets constraining details Dos & Don'ts in the event of crisis / emergency situations and hazards associated with coal mining be prepared and be made available.

Permanent notice boards may be fixed at all the suitable places in the area displaying information maps, escape routes, precautions to be taken and emergency communication details of supervisor.

Help from local youth organizations, voluntary organizations educational institutions may be sought to conduct educational session to make people aware about the safely measures and rescue operations in the event of a disaster.

Pre-Alert Notification: This type of notification is mainly used for disseminating an

important piece of information concerning slowly developing emergencies which can either

be rectified or would take some time before they turn into a crisis/disaster.

Alert Notification: An alert notification implies that although a crisis / disaster is not

imminent, aggravation of the situation could lead to crisis unless condition improve /

Officials should be alerted that an unsafe situation is developing.

Warning Notification: A warning notification implies that a crisis / disaster is imminent and

advance action maybe initiated for minimizing the damage / rescue operations. The warning

notification indicating the magnitude of crisis / disaster should be communicated to other

mines in the region and to the authorities concerned.

250



7.4.5.2 Measures to avoid accidents due to Removal of OB & Mining of Coal All the safety aspects in accordance with the applicable statutes shall be followed. The Code

of Practice to be followed by the Company shall be based on the following:

a. Coal Mines Regulation 2017 b. ILO Code of Safety and Health and in Opencast Mines (1991) c. Mines Act 1952 d. Mines Rules 1966 e. Vocational Training Rules 1966 f. Indian Electricity Rules 1956 g. DGMS Circulars from 1948 upto date as applicable h. Factories Act 1948 (as applicable to Mines) i. Conditions attached to Statutory Permissions and Exemptions granted by DGMS j. Recommendations of National Safety Conferences, Tripartite Safety Review

Committees. k. Special Guidelines issued by DGMS following accident enquiries etc.

7.4.5.2.1 Safety for HEMM Equipment and Workers: Special precaution shall be taken while deploying the HEMM and workers in the mine.

Some of the major safety aspects before deploying of workers & HEMM to the mine are

enumerated as follows:

A. For Mine Workers:

i. No worker shall be deployed unless he is skilled enough to take up the designated assignment and trained at VTC.

ii. Records in Form- B and Form- D shall be maintained.

iii. Records of Vocational training Certificate and driving license of operators shall

be kept by owner. No persons shall be employed unless person holds VTC certificate. A record of it shall be maintained.

iv. Adequate supervision shall be maintained by qualified competent persons.

v. Safety guidelines and safety instruction will be followed.

vi. All drivers shall obey traffic rules prepared by the management.

vii. Before deploying workers, they must be trained and briefed about safety

aspects in opencast mine. However during course of execution of the work, if any accident occurs, whether major or minor, the matter shall have to be immediately informed to the Mine Management i.e. Colliery Manager/Agent/GM of Area so that Notices of Accidents in a accordance with (Reg.9 of CMR) and Section 23 of Mines Act 1952 may be given and other necessary steps may be taken in accordance with the Mines Act 1952.

251



B. For machineries as recommended by DGMS Cir. (Tech.) 1 of 1999:

i. All machineries to be deployed in mines shall be checked before deployment by the relevant Chief Engineer (Mine).

ii. Regular checking of machines deployed by outside agency shall be done. No

unfit machine shall be deployed before the defect is rectified.

iii. A proper record of repair and maintenance along with inspection done by Manager and defect pointed out shall be maintained and signed by authorized person.

iv. The HEMM shall be provided with Audio Visual Alarms, proper light for use at

night and during period when natural light is not sufficient. Also audio-visual alarms for reversing of HEMM shall be provided.

v. RTO certificate photo copies of all vehicles shall be submitted to the Manager.

vi. Regular inspection of HEMM shall be done by the Mechanic as directed by the

Manager.

vii. Machine manufacturers shall be asked to give risk analysis details in respect of machines deployed.

viii. Suitable fire extinguishers shall be provided in every machine.

ix. Risk Management Plan of HEMM shall be made and implemented.

x. Transport System shall be deployed in such a way so as to minimize pollution in

the mine and keep the environmental status as recommended under the approved EMP.

7.4.5.2.2 Stability of Benches and Quarry High Walls:

During mining it is necessary to adopt approved Mining Parameters for the stability of benches and high-walls. It is also mandatory to examine systematically the fencing of mine working, landslides and cracks between benches. It is required to maintain well graded and wide roads on benches keeping the width of working areas sufficient for spreading of blasted rock and movement of the mining and transport equipment. During actual mining operation, systematic observations and regular monitoring of the condition of benches, high-wall slopes shall be carried out and the dimensions shall be modified if necessary, to suit the local conditions. Recommended Bench Geometry for different HEMM has been found suitable in existing opencast mines in the country. Following slopes have been recommended considering the practices in the other mines: Overall (Ultimate) Pit Slope - 420 Coal Bench - 700

252



It is proposed to get studies of Physico-Mechanical Properties of rocks done at IITs/ISM/CMRI/CMPDI or other Institutes so that further stability study can be performed by Experts.

The following measures shall be adopted to address the Slope Stability Issue:

i. Areas prone to slope failure shall be identified and marked on appropriate Plans.

ii. Reviews & inspection at regular intervals shall be done by Rock Mechanics Engineers during operational life of the mine.

iii. Observation of actual alignment of fault, its throw, joints, etc shall be recorded

on appropriate Plans during the process of mining to facilitate identification of potential shear zones beforehand.

iv. Water Drainage System shall be properly implemented to prevent accumulation

of water in cracks.

v. Benches shall be properly leveled to prevent accumulation of water over it.

vi. Regular monitoring of tension cracks, horizontal and vertical movement of strata in critical area shall be done.

vii. If required, reinforcement of Rise Side Slopes shall be done. Minimum 15m

wide strip from the mine edge shall be always kept free from any dump or structure.

viii. Undercutting of Slopes shall not be permitted.

ix. Hydrogeological Studies shall be done to facilitate identification of slope areas

prone to built-up of hydrostatic pressure. If required, dewatering shall be done for reduction of hydrostatic pressure.

7.4.5.2.3 Precautions against danger of inundation from Surface Water:

A careful assessment shall be made against the danger from surface water before the onset of rainy season. The necessary precautions shall be clearly laid down and implemented. A garland drain shall be provided to drain away the surface rain water from coming into the mine. Garland drain shall be provided around OB Dumps and working mines to course the rain water to main streams. Inspections for any accumulation of rain water, obstruction in normal drainage shall be undertaken at regular intervals. Standing order for withdrawal of working persons in case of apprehended danger shall be issued.

253



During heavy rain inspection of vulnerable points is essential. In case of any danger persons shall be withdrawn to safer places.

7.4.5.3 Measures to avoid accidents due to Drilling & Blasting The following measures shall be adopted:

i. Drilling shall be done only by experienced Drill Machine Operator and Blasting shall be done only by a licensed Blaster.

ii. Shots shall not be fired except during the hours of day light.

iii. Holes charged on a particular day shall be fired on the same day.

iv. Care shall be taken to prevent flying of projectiles beyond a distance of 10 m from the place of blasting;

v. Adequate shelters or other protective structures shall be provided to the workers at

all times;

vi. Sufficient warning by effective signal over the entire area falling within a radius of 500m shall be provided.

vii. During the approach and progress of any natural lightening storm either the blasting

shall not be done or adequate precaution shall be taken. viii. The Explosive Magazines shall be designed as per the statutory requirements of the

Indian Explosives Act 1884.

ix. All the statutory provisions for storage, transportation and use of explosives shall be implemented. Vans of approved design would be provided for transportation of explosive.

x. For controlling the Fly Rock and Ground Vibration issues due to blasting the

approved Blast Design Parameter shall be adopted in context of following:

Explosive Charge / Delay

Spacing and Burden

Total Explosive Charge / Blast

Proper Delay Initiation & Delay Sequence

7.4.5.4 Measures to avoid accidents due to Loading/Unloading & Transportation The following measures shall be adopted:

i. The Trucks / Tippers shall be maintained in good conditions and checked thoroughly at least once a week by a competent person to prevent accidents due to mechanical failure.

254



ii. Relevant signs shall be provided at each and every turning point for the guidance of the drivers.

iii. To avoid dangers while reversing the machine, provision of sound device to indicate

reversing of trucks shall be done.

iv. Education and Training of operators shall be taken on regular basis to prevent incidence of such accidents.

7.4.5.5 Measures to avoid accidents due to Overburden Dumping Following slopes have been recommended considering the practices in the other mines:

Max. Height of the Dump - 60m Dump Bench Slope - 370 Max. Overall Slope - 280

The use of a continuous monitoring “Dump & Pit Slope Stability Radar” with integrated Visual Imaging System or any other such technology giving real-time displacement of strata and dumps and warn well in advance of any impending failure of pit slope or dump slope shall be explored. This will ensure safe and timely withdrawal of men and machinery from such prone areas. A protocol for such monitoring shall be developed in consultation with DGMS and Supplier Agency.

The following measures shall be adopted to address the Slope Stability Issue associated with the existing OB Dumps:

i. Proper selection of site for dumping shall be done before dumping. The area shall be

made free from loose material. Dumping shall not be done at an angle more than angle of repose of material being dumped.

ii. After completion of dumping operations dumps to be stabilized by growing vegetation.

iii. Regular monitoring of tension cracks, horizontal and vertical movement of Dumps shall be done.

iv. Garland Drain System shall be properly implemented to prevent accumulation of

water over Dumps.

v. Dump Benches shall be properly leveled to prevent accumulation of water over it.

7.4.5.6 Measures to avoid fires in Pit Head Coal Stock Yard In order to prevent fire hazards in Pit Head Coal Stock Yard following measures shall be taken:

i. The stacking height for the coal shall be limited to 2m to avoid buildup of internal heat within the stock.

255



ii. Storage of flammable material near coal stock yard shall not be permitted.

iii. The internal temperature of the stock pile shall be monitored at regular intervals by inserting pipes in the stock pile.

iv. The dispatch of the coal shall be done strictly on the basis of FIFO Basis to avoid

storage of coal for longer period.

v. Sufficient fire extinguishers shall be installed at selected locations on surface like Electrical Sub-stations, work-shop, Garage, Stores, etc. Besides, sufficient number of water hydrants with sufficient hose pipes shall be made available on the surface for fire protection.

7.4.5.7 Measures to avoid accidents due to Storage of HSD Petroleum Products are inflammable and therefore dangerous if not handled or stored properly. In order to prevent fire hazards in Pit Head Coal Stock Yard following measures shall be taken:

i. The installation and operation of the HSD Storage Tanks and Dispensing Units shall be done strictly in accordance with the applicable Petroleum & Explosive Safety Organization (PESO) Rules.

ii. Smoking shall not be permitted in the premises of HSD Storage and handling area. iii. Storage of other flammable materials shall not be permitted in the premises of HSD

Storage and handling area. iv. Sufficient fire extinguishers suitable for Petroleum Fires shall be installed at

appropriate locations in the HSD Storage Area.

7.4.5.8 Measures to avoid accidents due to fires / electrical shocks:

The following measures shall be adopted:

i. During mining operations, all the statutory provisions of the Indian Electricity Rules

1956 and Indian Standards for installation and Maintenance of Electrical Equipment etc shall be observed.

ii. For protection from electric shocks to persons, from electrical equipment with voltage up to 1000V Earth Leakage Relay shall be provided which will automatically disconnect electrical circuits.

iii. Closed mobile substations and switchgears shall be mechanically interlocked which excludes the possibility of opening the door when oil switch and air circuit breakers are in operation.

iv. All metal parts of electrical equipment shall be properly earthed to avoid failure of insulation.

v. All High Tension Lines (HT) and cables located within the blasting zones shall be disconnected during blasting operations.

vi. Storage of inflammable materials like diesel, lubricants, cotton waste etc shall be done properly to avoid occurrence of fire.

vii. Fire Extinguishers shall be provided to deal the exigency.

256



7.4.5.9 Emergency Organization

It is proposed to setup an Emergency Organization to handle the situation in case of happening of any accident / disaster. A Senior Executive, who has control over the activities of the mine, would be heading the Emergency Organization. He would be designated as Site Controller. As per the organizational chart, a Mine Manager would be designated as the Incident Controller (IC). The Incident Controller shall be reporting to the Site Controller. The Incident Controller would constitute a Team responsible for controlling the incident. Shift In-charge would be the Reporting Officer, who would bring the incident to the notice of the Incident Controller and Site Controller.

In addition, Emergency Coordinators would be appointed who would be responsible for activities like firefighting, rescue, rehabilitation, transport and providing essential support services. For this purposes, security in-charge, personnel department, essential services personnel would be engaged. All these personnel would be designated in Key Personnel Category.

In each shift, electrical supervisor, electrical fitters, pump house in-charge and other maintenance staff would be mobilized for emergency operations. In the event of power or communication system failure, some of staff members in the mine offices would be mobilized and their services would be utilized as messengers for quick communications. All these personnel would come under Essential Personnel Category. The suggested structure of the Emergency Organization for Tara (East) & Tara (West) Coal Mining Project is provided in Figure No. 7.1.

Figure No. 7.1 Structure of Emergency Organization

257



7.4.5.10 Emergency Communication

Whoever notices an emergency situation such as fire / accident etc would inform his immediate superior and Emergency Control Center (ECC). The person on duty in the ECC would appraise the situation to the Site Controller. Site Controller would verify the situation from the Incident Controller of that area or the shift In-charge and take a decision about an impending on - site emergency. This would be communicated to the all Incident Controllers, Emergency Coordinators. Simultaneously, the emergency warning system would be activated on the instructions of the Site Controller.

7.4.5.11 Responsibilities of Key Personnel during Emergency

Site Controller: On receiving information about emergency he would rush to emergency control center and take charge of ECC and assesses the magnitude of the situation on the advice of incident controller and decide:

i. Whether the effected area needs to be evacuated; ii. Whether personnel who are at assembly points need to be evacuated; iii. Declares Emergency and orders for operation of emergency siren; iv. Organizes announcement by public address system about location of

emergency; v. Maintains a continuous review of likely development and assesses the situation

in consultation with Incident Controller and other Key Personnel as to whether shutting the mine operation required and if evacuation of personnel is required;

vi. Directs personnel for rescue, rehabilitation, transport, fire brigade, medical and other designated mutual support systems locally available, for meeting emergencies;

vii. Controls evacuation of affected areas, if the situation is likely to go out of control or effects are likely to go beyond the mine boundary, informs the District Emergency Authority, Police, Hospital and seeks their intervention and help;

viii. Informs the statutory authorities; ix. Gives a public statement if necessary; x. Keeps record of chronological events and prepares an investigation report and

preserves evidence; and xi. On completion of on-site emergency and restoration of normalcy, declares all

clear and orders for the same.

Incident Controller:

i. Assembles the incident control team; ii. Directs operations within the affected areas with the priorities for safety to

personnel, minimum damage to property, environment and minimum loss of materials;

iii. Directs shutting down operations and areas likely to be adversely affected by the emergency;

258



iv. Seeks help of all key personnel ; v. Provides advice and information to the Fire and Security Officer and the Local

Fire Services as and when they arrive; vi. Ensures that all non-essential workers/staff of the affected areas evacuated to

the appropriate assembly points, and the areas are searched for causalities; vii. Preserve the evidences for any likely inquiry later into the cause and

circumstances which caused or escalated the emergency; viii. Co-ordinates with emergency services at the site; ix. Provides tools and safety equipment to the team members; x. Keeps in touch with the team and advises them regarding the method of

control to be used; and xi. Keeps the Site Controller of Emergency informed of the progress of operation.

Emergency Coordinator - Rescue, Fire Fighting:

i. On learning about emergency, rushes to ECC; ii. Helps the incident Controller in containment of the emergency; iii. Ensure fire pumps in operating conditions and instructs pump house operator

to be ready for any emergency with standby arrangement; iv. Guides the firefighting crew i.e. firemen, trained mine personnel and security

staff; v. Organizes shifting of firefighting facilities to the emergency site, if required; vi. Takes guidance from the Incident Controller for firefighting as well as assesses

the requirements of outside help; vii. Controls the traffic at the incident area; viii. Directs the security staff to the incident site to handle emergency operations

under his guidance and supervision; ix. Evacuates the people in the mine or in the nearby areas as advised by Site

Controller; x. Searches for casualties and make necessary arrangements; xi. Assembles search and evacuation team; xii. Make arrangements for safety equipment for the members of the team; xiii. Decides which paths the evacuated workers should follow; and xiv. Maintains law and order in the area, and if necessary seeks the help of police.

Emergency Coordinator - Medical, Mutual Aid, Rehabilitation, Transport and Communication:

i. In the event of failure of electric supply and internal telephones, sets up communication point and establishes contact with the Emergency Control Center (ECC).

ii. Organizes medical treatment to the injured and if necessary shifts them to nearby hospitals;

iii. Mobilizes extra medical help from outside, if necessary; iv. Keeps a list of qualified first aid providers of the factory and seek their assistance; v. Maintains first aid and medical emergency requirements; vi. Makes sure that all safety equipment are made available to the emergency team; vii. Assists Site Controller with necessary data in coordinating emergency activities;

259



viii. Assists Site Controller in updating emergency plan, organizing mock drills, verification of inventory of emergency facilities and furnishing report to Site Controller;

ix. Maintains liaison with Civil Administration; x. Ensures availability of canteen facilities and maintenance of rehabilitation center; xi. Ensures transportation facility; xii. Ensures availability of necessary cash for rescue/rehabilitation and emergency

expenditure; xiii. Controls rehabilitation of affected areas on discontinuation of emergency; and xiv. Makes available diesel/petrol for transport vehicles engaged in emergency operation.

Emergency Coordinator - Essential Services

i. He would assist Site Controller and Incident Controller; ii. Maintains essential services like diesel generator, water, fire water, power supply for

lighting; iii. Gives necessary instructions regarding emergency electrical supply, isolation of certain

sections etc. to shift in-charge and electricians; and iv. Ensures availability of adequate quantities of protective equipment and other

emergency materials, spares etc.

General Responsibilities of Employees during an Emergency:

During an emergency, the workers in-charge should adopt safe and emergency shut down and attend to any prescribed duty as essential employee. If no such responsibility is assigned, he should adopt a safe course to assembly point and await instructions. He should not resort to spread panic. On the other hand, he must assist emergency personnel towards objectives of DMP.

7.4.5.12 Emergency Facilities

Emergency Control Center (ECC):

Mine Office Block shall be the Emergency Control Center. It would have external telephone, fax. All the site controller/ incident controllers, senior personnel would be located here. It would be an elevated place. The following information and equipment are to be provided at the Emergency Control Center (ECC):

a. Intercom, telephone; b. Self-contained breathing apparatus; c. Fire suit/gas tight goggles/gloves/helmets; d. Hand tools, wind direction/velocities indicators; e. Public address megaphone, hand bell, telephone directories; f. Site plan; g. Emergency lamp/torch light/batteries; h. Plan indicating locations of hazard inventories, sources of safety equipment, work

road plan, assembly points, rescue location vulnerable zones, escape routes; i. Hazard chart; j. Emergency shut-down procedures; k. Nominal roll of employees; l. List of key personnel, essential employees, and emergency co-ordinators;

260



m. Duties of key personnel; n. Address with telephone numbers of key personnel, emergency coordinator, essential

employees; and o. Important address and telephone numbers of government agencies, neighboring

industries and other sources of help, outside experts including population details around the Mine.

Assembly Points:

Number of assembly points depending upon the mine location would be identified wherein employees who are not directly connected with the disaster management would be assembled for safety and rescue. Emergency breathing apparatus, minimum facilities like water etc. would be organized.

Depending on the size of mine, different locations should be earmarked as assembly points. Depending upon the location of hazard, the assembly points are to be used.

Emergency Power Supply: Mine facilities are connected to power supply from the WBSEDCL. In the event of any grid supply failure, diesel generator will be provided at the mine, which is operated as soon as any power failure occurs. Water pumps, mine lighting and emergency control center, administrative building and other auxiliary services are connected to emergency power supply. In all the blocks flame proof type emergency lamps would be provided. Fire Fighting Facilities: Firefighting equipment suitable for emergency should be maintained in each operation areas of the mine as per statutory requirements.

Location of Wind Sock: On the top of the administrative block, windsocks would be installed to indicate direction of wind for emergency escape.

Emergency Medical Facilities: Stretchers, gas masks and general first aid materials for dealing with chemical burns, fire burns etc. would be maintained in the medical center as well as in the emergency control room. Private medical practitioners help would be sought. Government hospital would be approached for emergency help.

First aid facilities would be augmented. Names of medical personnel and medical facilities

available in the area would be prepared and updated. Necessary medicines for emergency treatment of burns patient, and for those affected by toxic emission would be maintained. Breathing apparatus and other emergency medical equipment would be provided and maintained. The help of nearby industrial management would be taken. Ambulance:

261



An ambulance with availability of driver in all the shifts would be ensured to transport injured or affected persons. Number of persons trained in providing first aid would be deployed in each shift.

7.4.5.13 Emergency Actions

Emergency Warning:

Communication of emergency would be made to the personnel inside the mine and people outside. An emergency warning system would be established. Evacuation of Personnel: In the event of an emergency, unconnected people have to escape to assembly point. Operators have to take emergency shutdown procedure and escape. Time office maintains a record of deployment of employees in each shift. If necessary, persons can be evacuated by rescue teams. All Clear Signal:

At the end of an emergency, after discussing with Incident Controllers and Emergency coordinators, the Site Controller orders an all clear signal.

7.4.5.14 General Preparedness for Emergency Situation Employee Information: During an emergency, employees would be warned by blowing siren in specific pattern. Employees would be provided with information related to fire hazards, antidotes and first aid measures. Those who are designated as key personnel and essential employees would be given training in emergency response. Co-ordination with Local Authorities: Keeping in view the nature of emergency, two levels of coordination are proposed. In case of an On- Site Emergency, resources within the organization would be mobilized and in the event of an Extreme Emergency local authorities help would also be sought. In the event of an emergency developing into an offsite emergency, Local Authority and District Emergency Authority (normally the Collector) would be apprised of the situation and under his supervision, the offsite Disaster Management Plan would be implemented. For this purpose, the facilities that are available locally, i.e. medical, transport, personnel, rescue accommodation, voluntary organizations etc. would be mustered.

Mutual Aid: Mutual aid in the form of technical personnel, runners, helpers, special protective equipment, transports vehicles, communication facility etc. would be sought from the neighboring industrial management. Mock Drills:

262



Emergency preparedness is an important aspect of planning in Industrial Disaster Management. Personnel would be trained suitably and prepared mentally and physically in emergency response through carefully planned, simulated procedures. Similarly, the key personnel and essential personnel would be trained in the operations.

Important Information: Important information such names and addresses of key personnel, essential employees, medical personnel, transporters address, address of those connected with Off Site Emergency such as Police, Local Authorities, Fire Services, District Emergency Authority would be prepared and maintained.

7.4.5.15 Off-Site Emergency Preparedness Plan

The task of preparing the off-site emergency plan lies with the District Collector. The main aspects which should be included in the off-site emergency plan are:

a. Organization: Details of command structure, warning systems, implementation

procedures, emergency control centers, names and appointments of incident controller, site main controller, their deputies and other key personnel.

b. Communications: Identification of personnel involved, communication center, call signs, network, lists of telephone numbers.

c. Specialized Knowledge: Details of specialist bodies, firms and people upon whom it may be necessary to call e.g. those with specialized knowledge of fire control.

d. Voluntary Organizations: Details of organizers, telephone numbers, resources etc. e. Chemical Information: Details of the hazardous substances stored or procedure on each

site and a summary of the risk associated with them. f. Meteorological Information: Arrangements for obtaining details of weather conditions

prevailing at the time and weather forecasts. g. Public Arrangements and Information: Transport, evacuation centers, emergency

treatment of injured, first aid, ambulances, temporary mortuaries. Arrangements for communicating with the media and information to relatives, etc.

h. Assessment of Emergency: Arrangements for: (a) collecting information on the causes of the emergency; (b) reviewing the efficiency and effectiveness of all aspects of the emergency plan.

7.4.5.16 Role of the Emergency Coordinating Officer

The various emergency services should be coordinated by an Emergency Coordinating Officer (ECO), who will be designated by the district collector. The ECO should liaise closely with the site main controller. The ECO should inform the DGMS authorities in case of accidents as per the statutory requirement. Again depending on local arrangements, for very severe incidents/accidents with major or prolonged off-site consequences, the external control should be passed on to a senior local authority administrator or even an administrator appointed by the central or state government.

7.4.5.17 Role of the Local Authority

The duty to prepare the off-site plan lies with the local authorities. The emergency planning officer (EPO) should prepare for a whole range of different emergencies within the local

263



authority area. It will be the responsibility of the EPO to ensure that all those organizations which will be involved in off- site handling of the emergency, know of their role and are able to execute it by having for example, sufficient staff and appropriate equipment to discharge their responsibilities. Rehearsals for off-site plans should be organized by the EPO.

7.4.5.18 Role of Police:

Formal duties of the police during an emergency include protecting life and property and controlling traffic movements. Their functions would include controlling by- standers, evacuating the public, identifying the dead and dealing with casualties, and informing relatives of death or injury.

7.4.5.19 Role of Fire Authorities:

The control of a fire should be normally the responsibility of the senior fire brigade officer who would take over the handling of the fire from the site incident controller on arrival at the site. The senior fire brigade officer should also have a similar responsibility for other events, such as explosions. Fire authorities in the region should be apprised about the location of all stores of flammable materials, water supply points and fire-fighting equipment. They should be involved in on-site emergency rehearsals both as participants and occasionally as observers of exercises involving only site personnel.

7.4.5.20 Role of Health Authorities:

Health authorities, including doctors, surgeons, hospitals, ambulances, and so on, have a vital part to play following a major accident, and they should form an integral part of the emergency plan. Major off-site incidents are likely to require medical equipment and facilities additional to those available locally, and a medical "mutual aid" scheme should exist to enable the assistance of neighboring authorities.

7.4.5.21 Role of Government Safety Authority:

This will be the Factory Inspectorate in the region. Inspectors would ensure that the organization responsible for producing the off-site plan has adequate arrangements for handling emergencies of all types including major emergencies. They may ascertain well documented procedures and evidence of exercise undertaken to test the plan. In the event of an accident, the role of the factory inspector will come into play which may vary from keeping a watching brief to a close involvement in advising on operations.

7.5 RESETTLEMENT & REHABILITATION PLAN (R & R Plan) Ministry of Coal allotted Tara (East) and Tara (West) Coal Blocks to West Bengal State Electricity Board (WBSEB) & West Bengal Power Development Corporation Ltd (WBPDCL) as captive mining blocks for exclusive supply of coal to their power plants in 1996.

WBPDCL started mining operations in March 1997 till Financial Year 2014-15. Later, the Hon’ble Supreme Court of India cancelled the allotments of all the coal blocks including Tara (East) and Tara (West) Coal Block and all the mining operations are ceased from 1st April 2015.

264



Subsequently, Ministry of Coal re-allotted Tara (East) and Tara (West) Coal Mine to WBPDCL in 2015.

Considering this, WBPDCL has decided to acquire the land as per the provisions of the National R & R Policy (whichever is more beneficial to the people) for which necessary budgetary provision has been made. The purchase of agriculture land will be made by paying appropriate mutually and voluntarily compensation agreed between agriculturist land owner and applicant. Besides purchasing the land by paying the monetary compensation to the land owner it is also proposed to provide following benefits to the land owner and his/her family.

Skill development training to enhance the employability and self-employment for the

landless affected families

Services and Support of Social Organizations will be sought for assessment of felt needs of

PAF’s.

Preference to procurement of support material or services

Involvement in plantation and allied activities

Support for Nonfarm activities for desiring persons

Medical checkups and appropriate support for medical facilities

Medical Insurance cover for initial 5 years period to the land looser families

In addition to the above , no Resettlement of any village is envisaged. However, there are

two R & R colonies viz. Dulalpur & Pialdanga located within the ML area , which need to be

relocated. These two colonies have 103 households and the total number of Projected

Affected Persons thereof are 455. M/s WBPDCL in co-ordination with concerned State

Government officials have already initiated action in this regard by way of identification of

the re-location site and shall undertake to make all the necessary provisions of Schedule-III

of Land Acquisition, Rehabilitation & Resettlement Act 2013 in vogue; for these PAP’s at

this re-located site.

7.6 CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY (CSR)

Any developmental activity, like present mining project causes temporary damage to natural resources and induces changes in the quality of environment of the area. Hence, it has a direct effect on mining, on social development and progress of the region. Mining generates considerable direct employment along with related secondary and tertiary employment opportunities. Communication, education and health care facilities improve, and as a result, there is improvement in literacy and economic levels of the region. Thus, there is a paradox, on one hand environment may get affected, on the other economy and living standards improve.

For overall gain, it is necessary to strike a balance between the two aspects of economy and ecology and ensure that impact on environment is minimized with improvement in socio-economic conditions. This is better achieved through a well-planned approach relevant to the area under consideration.

Growth and development of any region often depends on introducing urban and industrial activities in a planned way. But the region like the present study area, where people subsist on allied economy and agricultural activities, mining activities have always opened up new avenues of livelihood pattern for the people living in the area.

WBPDCL has designed a Corporate Social Responsibility Programme in the form of various social and economic development activities.

265



7.6.1 Interaction with Villagers:

During interactions with the villagers of surveyed villages some specific areas were identified for CSR activities, which are listed below:

Providing of potable drinking water to the core and buffer area villages.

Promotion of Modern Agriculture tools and equipment to improve the production per unit area.

Promote social forestry and horticulture to improve local environmental conditions

Provide opportunities for income generation activities.

Provide Ambulance to attend the medical emergencies

Entrepreneurship development by promoting local youths to adopt self employment through Vocational training and support activities.

Provision of proper water and sanitation facilities in the villages to maintain cleanliness and hygiene.

Above areas are covered in CSR plan under capital investment whereas other identified areas are covered under the recurring CSR Plan. Care is also taken to provide necessary aid for women, children, and unemployed youths, weaker and vulnerable groups. CSR plan takes into account the community expressed needs as derived from Baseline Survey, Focus Group Discussion, Key Informant Interview and SWOT analysis of the villages under study. The CSR activities covers health, drinking water, education, community infrastructure, entrepreneurship development, agriculture, animal husbandry, social forestry, modular and non modular employable skills, water conservation, recycling and reuse of water, sanitation etc.

7.6.2 Allocation of Funds for CSR:

The capital CSR budget has been worked out as per the expressed felt needs of villagers during Rapid Rural Appraisal. The proposed total budget is to the extent Rs. 2,40,00,000.00 (Rupees Two Crores Forty Lakhs Only) and will be spent in core and buffer villages of study area. The capital cost of Rs.1,54,05,000.00 (Rupees One Crore Fifty Four Lakhs Five Thousand Only) for CSR activities shall be spent in the first five years. About Rs.85,95,000.00 (Rupees Eighty Five Lakhs Ninety Five Thousand Only) would be spent as recurring expenditure for CSR activities

The total CSR plan outlay is for five years.

The Company is already committed to spend Rs. 2/- per metric ton of production on revenue account which would amounts to at least Rupees 2.40 Crores in five years.

The CSR plan activities are performed under two heads – capital investment activities and recurring cost activities.

The proposed Social Impact Assessment & Corporate Social Responsibility Plan is attached as Annexure 7.4. The CSR Policy of WBPDCL is attached as Document No. 7.1.

266



7.7 CORPORATE ENVIRONMENT RESPONSIBILITY (CER) MoEF&CC vide its OM No. 22-65/2017-IA.III dated 1st May 2018 had clarified that the concept of the Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) as provided for in the Companies Act, 2013 and under the Companies (Corporate Social Responsibility Policy) Rules, 2014 comes into effect only in case of the Companies having operating profits and also making net profits. The Environment Clearance given to a Project may involve a situation where the concerned Company is yet to make any net profit and/or is not covered under the purview of the aforesaid Act & Rules. In such cases, the EACs/SEAC s were prescribing different formulation of the Corporate Environment Responsibility (CER). Accordingly, to bring transparency and uniformity while recommending CER, the MoEF&CC issued the above guidelines. The major points stipulated under the above Guidelines of MoEF&CC are: a. The cost of CER shall be in addition to the envisaged cost for implementation of the

EIA/EMP. b. The maximum percentage of the fund allocation for CER shall be in accordance with the

envisaged Capital Investment of the Project. c. The activities proposed under the CER shall be worked out based on the issues raised

during the Public Hearing, Social Need Assessment, R&R Plan, EMP etc. d. The activities under CER shall be restricted to the Project Affected Area only. e. The activities listed under CER shall be treated as a separate Project and shall be

monitored. The Monitoring Reports shall be submitted on half yearly basis to the Regional Office of MoEF&CC and the concerned District Collector.

f. The District Collector may add or delete the activities to be taken under CER as per requirement of the District.

Further to the above Guidelines, MoEF&CC vide its Circular No. 22-65/2017-IA.III dated 19th June 2018 issued directions to impose CER on the Environment Clearances issued after 1st May 2018 as per the norms of the above mentioned OM. The details of the prescribed norms of MoEF&CC for allocation of funds for CER Activities for the Projects are provided in Table No. 7.5.

Table 7.5

Prescribed Maximum Percentage of Fund Allocation for CER Activities

Sr. No.

Capital Investment / Additional Capital Investment

Fund Allocation for CER as % age of Capital Investment

Greenfield Project

Brownfield Project

1 <= 100 Crores 2.0 % 1.0 %

2 > 100 Crores to <= 500 Crores 1.5 % 0.75 %

3 > 500 Crores to <= 1000 Crores 1.0 % 0.50 %

4 > 1000 Crores to <= 10000 Crores 0.50 % 0.25 %

5 > 10000 Crores 0.25 % 0.125 %

267



The details of the activities which can be implemented under the CER are provided in Table No. 7.6.

Table 7.6

Activities which can be implemented under CER

Sr. No.

Activity

1 Infrastructure creation for Drinking Water Supply

2 Sanitation

3 Health Education

4 Skill Development

5 Roads

6 Cross Drains

7 Electrification including Solar Power

8 Solid Waste Management Facility

9 Scientific support & awareness to local farmers to increase yield of crops & fodder

10 Rain Water Harvesting

11 Soil Moisture Conservation Work

12 Avenue Plantation

13 Plantation in Community Areas

7.7.1 Fund Allocation for undertaking CER Activities for Tara (East) & Tara (West) Project

The Tara (East) & Tara (West) Coal Mining Project was in operation till 31st March 2015 by

the Prior Allottee. As such, this is not a Greenfield Project and therefore is being treated as

Brownfield Project for assessment of the CER Cost.

WBPDCL has envisaged a Capital Investment of Rs. 33560 Lakhs (Rs. 335.60 Crores) for the

Project. As per the norms of the MoEF&CC, WBPDCL is required to allocate fund @ 0.75% of

the Capital Cost i.e. Rs. 2.517 Crores for implementation of the CER Activities.

7.7.2 Action Plan & Implementation Schedule for CER Activities On the basis of the interaction had with the villagers / local authorities in the Project

Affected Area an Action Plan has been worked out for undertaking the various activities

under CER around the Project Area of Tara (East) & Tara (West) Coal Mining Project.

This CER Action Plan shall be implemented in a time bound manner as per the envisaged

implementation schedule. The details of the suggested CER Action Plan, tentative funds

allocation and implementation schedule are provided in Table No. 7.7.

268



Table 7.7 CER Action Plan, Funds Allocation & Implementation Schedule

Sr. No.

Proposed CER Activity

Allocation of Funds Implementation

Schedule Rs. Lakhs

1 Installation of Solar Powered Street Lights in Churuilia & Jaynagar Village

Rs. 10.00 Lakhs Within 2 years from the date of start of mining operations

2 Installation of Reverse Osmosis (RO) Plant for Churulia & Jaynagar Village

Rs. 15.00 Lakhs Within 1 year from the date of start of mining operations

3 Construction of Public Toilets in Churulia, Chinchurbill, Deshermohan and Jaynagar Villages

Rs. 40.00 Lakhs Within 3 years from the date of start of mining operations

4 Construction of Bore Wells in nearby villages as per requirement for drinking water purpose


5 Construction / Repair of Village Roads in the surrounding area

Rs. 100 Lakhs Within 2 year from the date of start of mining operations

6 Avenue Plantation along the Coal Transport Route ( ~ 14 Kms)


7 Arrangement of Training Programmes from Experts related to Crops, Animal Feed etc for local villagers.

Rs. 15.00 Lakhs Every year from the date of start of the mining operations

8 Arrangement of Health Education Programmes on regular basis

Rs. 35.00 Lakhs Every year from the date of start of the mining operations

Total proposed expenditure under CER = Rs. 250.00 Lakhs

WBPDCL is committed to implement the above CER Activities in a time bound manner. The

above CER Action Plan shall be revised, if required, in accordance with the issues raised

during Public Hearing and the Modified CER Action Plan along with relevant details shall be

incorporated in the Final EIA/EMP Document which shall be submitted to MoEF&CC for

Environment Clearance.

7.7.3 Corporate Environment Policy WBPDCL is a Government of West Bengal Enterprise and is committed towards Sustainable

Development. The Corporate Environment Policy of the Company is in place and has been

approved by the Board of Directors. The details of the Corporate Environment Policy are


269



Table 7.8 Corporate Environment Policy

Policy Statement:

Being a responsible Corporate House, WBPDCL is committed for protection of ecology & environment through implementation of all the required mitigative measures to minimize pollution and undertaking re-cycling of wastes, conservation of natural resources including minerals, forests, water & land through Sustainable Development.

Objectives:

Under its Corporate Environment Policy, WBPDCL is committed to: 1. Conduct its Coal Mining & Allied Operations in environmentally sustainable manner in

accordance with all the applicable statutes.

2. Implement the Environment Management Plan as approved by the concerned Central / State Government Authorities.

3. Undertake continuous monitoring of the Key Environmental Parameters in the Project Affected Areas and take mitigative measures as required.

4. Conserve the Natural Resources through the principle of REDUCE, REUSE AND RECYCLE.

5. Conserve Energy Utilization Measures to reduce the Carbon Foot Print of the Projects.

6. Conserve the Ecology & Biodiversity of the Project Affected Areas.

7. Create awareness about Sustainable Development among all the Stakeholders through Awareness Programmes/Trainings/Workshops.

8. Implement the Projects approved under Corporate Environment Responsibility (CER) in the Project Affected Areas.

9. Allocate necessary funds for protection of ecology & environment in the Project Affected Areas.

10. Set targets, measure progress and take corrective actions to ensure continuous improvement in the Environmental Performance of the Projects at individual level as well as the Company at Corporate Level.

The Standard Operating Process / Procedures to bring into focus any infringements / deviation / violation of the environmental or forest norms / conditions are being prepared. The hierarchical system of the Company to deal with environmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the EC conditions has been included in the Report. Director (Mining), WBPDCL shall be overseeing the Environmental Cell. WBPDCL have a well laid- down system of reporting of non-compliances / violations of

environmental norms to the Board of Directors.

270



7.8 DEWATERING OF EXISTING WATERLOGGED PITS & ITS MANAGEMENT

7.8.1 Introduction

The Tara (East) and Tara (West) Coal Mine was in operation till 31st of March 2015. The

mining was undertaken by opencast methodology and therefore the Project Area consists of

two abandoned pits viz. East Quarry & West Quarry. Though certain decoaled area has been

backfilled, the total excavated surface area of both the pits is about 266 Ha.

The mining has already intersected the groundwater table. Therefore, due to groundwater

inflow from the adjoining strata as well as inflow of surface water, these two pits are filled

with water after cessation of the mining activities.

The first activity to be initiated during reopening of the mine, after obtaining all the

statutory clearances, is dewatering of these existing waterlogged pits to facilitate

continuation of further mining operations.

The detailed plan for dewatering these existing waterlogged pits and its management is

being prepared by WBPDCL.

7.8.2 Quality of the Mine Pit Water accumulated in the Pits

In order to ascertain the quality of the Mine Pit Water which has been accumulated in the

Pits since long, samples of water were collected and were analyzed through an accredited

laboratory. The details of the quality of the Mine Pit Water are provided in Table No. 7.9.

Table 7.9 Quality of Accumulated Mine Pit Water

Sr. No. Parameter Units Mine Pit Water Analysis Result

Physical Parameters

1 pH at 25 0C - 7.46

2 Ambient Temperature 0C 24.1

3 Turbidity NTU 2.5

Inorganic Parameters

4 Electrical Conductivity μS/cm 2710

5 Total Dissolved Solids mg/l 1680

6 Total Suspended Solids mg/l 30

7 Total Alkalinity as CaCO3 mg/l 205

8 Total Hardness as CaCO3 mg/l 1538

9 Calcium Hardness as CaCO3 mg/l 1022

10 Chlorides as Cl mg/l 20

11 Sulphates as SO4 mg/l 132.3

12 Nitrates as NO3 mg/l BDL

13 Fluoride as F mg/l 0.98

14 Dissolved Oxygen mg/l 5.8

271



Sr. No. Parameter Units Mine Pit Water Analysis Result

Pollutants

15 Amonical Nitrogen as NH3-N mg/l -

16 Nitrite Nitrogen as NO2-N mg/l 0.001

17 Total Phosphate as PO4-P mg/l 0.009

18 Cyanide as CN mg/l BDL

19 Phenolic Compounds mg/l BDL

20 Total Oil & Grease mg/l BDL

21 B O D 3 days 27 0C mg/l -

22 C O D mg/l 33.6

Trace Metals

23 Arsenic as As mg/l BDL

24 Cadmium as Cd mg/l BDL

25 Chromium as Cr6+ mg/l BDL

26 Copper as Cu mg/l 0.05

27 Iron as Fe mg/l 0.096

28 Lead as Pb mg/l 0

29 Manganese as Mn mg/l 0.15

30 Mercury as Hg mg/l BDL

31 Selenium as Se mg/l BDL

32 Zinc as Zn mg/l 0

The above quality of the mine pit water indicates that all the key parameters are within the

prescribed range and consumption or utilization of this water by humans / animals would

not pose any harm.

7.8.3 Objectives of Dewatering Plan

Any Dewatering Plan needs to take into consideration following aspects:

i. It should be suitable in terms of human health and safety. ii. It should not create unacceptable environmental impacts and should comply with the

relevant environmental norms. iii. It should be cost effective. iv. It should be implemented within required timeframe. v. It should not interfere with other mining & allied activities.

Considering the above aspects and the quality of the Mine Pit Water, a simple Mine Pit

Dewatering Plan involving utilization of “In-Pit Pumping Methodology” has been envisaged

for dewatering of the existing waterlogged pits of Tara (East) and Tara (West) Coal Mine.

The “In-Pit Pumping Methodology” is widely used for control of groundwater and surface

water in large surface mines and essentially consists of diversion of all the water inflows

towards the deepest point of the mine and pumping of the accumulated water there from

on surface. Since the water is expected to contain significant amount of suspended solids, it

272



is typically allowed to settle into “Sedimentation / Settling Tanks” before its final discharge

into any surface water body.

7.8.4 Water Management Plan

In the context of Mine Dewatering the key element of the Water Management Plan is the final discharge / disposal of the pumped out water. The available alternatives for Water Management Plan are as under:

a. Utilization for meeting the Project Water Requirement.

b. Storage into Surface Water Reservoirs / Ponds.

c. Re-injection into ground.

d. Discharge into Surface Water Body.

Utilization of the Mine Pit Water for meeting the domestic as well industrial requirement of the Project is the most preferable alternative.

However, in the case of dewatering of the existing waterlogged workings, the quantity of the pumped out water shall be huge and the requirement of water for dust suppression, plantation or other uses during the initial stage of mine operations shall be too less. Therefore, this alternative shall not be preferable.

The Project Area of the Tara (East) & Tara (West) Coal Mine is characterized by presence of a number of Surface Water Ponds. The water available in these Water Ponds caters the need of villages/local population during rainy season and some period of post-monsoon season. Storage of the pumped out mine water into these surface water reservoir / ponds could be an alternative for disposal of the Mine Pit Water. However, distribution of the mine water to individual ponds would put substantial financial burden on WBPDCL and the same would also not be a practical solution. Therefore, this alternative shall also not be preferable. Re-injection of the pumped Mine Pit Water into the ground is one of the methods for Artificial Recharge of the groundwater. It involves injecting the water into the ground in controlled manner through Recharge Structures like Wells, Canals, Weirs etc. In this process the water is pumped from the Mine Pit and piped to the Recharge Structure located a considerable distance away where the water is again injected back into the ground. However, such type of Water Re-injection Systems or Artificial Recharge Systems is not straightforward in planning or operation. Therefore, this alternative shall also not be preferable. The envisaged Dewatering Plan, therefore, considers the most practical solution of discharge of the Mine Pit Water into the nearest Surface Water Body viz. Ajay River. The River has adequate hydraulic capacity to receive the anticipated quantity of Mine Pit Water without causing downstream flooding.

7.8.5 Envisaged Dewatering Plan

It is proposed to install adequate capacity of pumps at appropriate locations for pumping of the accumulated water in the existing pits. These pumps shall be capable of handling slurry / high load of suspended solids. The Booster Pumps shall be installed at appropriate locations to pump the Mine Pit Water right upto the Surface Settling Tank.

273



Surface Settling / Sedimentation Tank(s) with adequate capacity shall be constructed to

facilitate settling of the suspended solids in order to bring the same to the acceptable limits.

The clear water shall be pumped through Discharge Pumps into the seasonal nala which was

diverted during the earlier mining operations. This nala discharges its load into the Ajay

River.

The State Water Investigation Directorate (SWID) of Government of West Bengal vide its

Permit No. PO2130220430-40000001TSE dated 30-06-2016 has already issued permission

for withdrawal of 1632 Cum/Hr groundwater from the opencast mine.

The Schematic Arrangement for dewatering of the water logged pits is indicated in Figure

No. 7.2.

Figure 7.2 Schematic Arrangement – Dewatering of Waterlogged Pits

The Plan indicating the location of the Sedimentation Tank and the proposed Dewatering

Plan is attached as Plate No. 7.2.

274



CHAPTER-8

PPRROOJJEECCTT BBEENNEEFFIITTSS

8.1 INTRODUCTION All the Projects have its own advantages and disadvantages. Normally, every Industrial Project has the potential to result primarily in economic benefits to the local community and also to the Government. The Tara (East) & Tara (West) Coal Mining Project is expected to benefit the following stakeholders for at least 11 years:

a. The Government

b. The Local Community c. The Implementing Agency viz. WBPDCL

8.2 PROJECT BENEFITS TO THE GOVERNMENT The primary benefits to the Government (State as well as Central) from any mining project are generation of additional revenues in terms of receipt of royalties and other statutory levies against the coal mined. The secondary benefits to the Government are socio-political benefits in terms of enhanced economic activities and employment opportunities in the Project Area resulting into overall development of the area. To tentatively quantity the economic benefits that would accrue to the Government due to mining of coal at Tara (East) & Tara (West) Coal Mining Project an assessment exercise was undertaken. Based on the present statutory levies to be received by the Government and the present applicable rates, it is estimated that the Government shall be receiving approximately Rs. 1312 Crores in the 11 years of the OC Mine Life. The details of the assessment are provided in Table No. 8.1. In addition to the above Statutory Levies, the State Government of West Bengal is also entitled to receive Rs. 100/- per Tonne in accordance with the conditions of the Allotment Agreement. This “Reserve Price” prescribed under the Allotment Agreement shall be subjected to escalation and shall be payable on monthly basis. In 11 years of Opencast Mine Life, additional Revenue of Rs. 177.80 Crores (at present rate) shall be accrued to the State Government of West Bengal. Thus, due to implementation of the Tara (East) & Tara (West) Coal Block, in 11 years of OC Mine Life, the Government is expected to get revenue of about Rs. 1490 Crores.

275



Table No. 8.1

Estimated Economic Benefits to the Government from the Project

Sr. No.

Applicable Statutory Levy

Unit Rate

Estimated Revenue Generation considering Basic CIL Notified Price

On Per Tonne Basis

At Peak Production

Level

In 11 Years of Opencast

Mine Life

Per Tonne Basis

Rs./Tonne Rs. Crores Rs. Crores

1 Rural Employment Cess 20% 204.80 81.92

1312.27

2 Primary Education Cess 5% 51.20 20.48

3 Royalty (G-8 to G-10 Grade Coal)

Rs. 4.30/- 4.30 1.72

4 Contribution to National Mineral Exploration Trust (NMET)

2% 0.09 0.03

5 Contribution to District Mineral Foundation Trust (DMFT)

30% 1.29 0.52

6 Asansol Mines Board of Health (AMBH) Cess

Rs.1/- 1.00 0.40

7 Public Works Road Cess Rs. 1/- 1.00 0.40

8 State Goods & Service Tax (2.5% of Basic Price + 1 to 7)

2.50% 32.19 12.88

9 Central Goods & Service Tax (2.5% of Basic Price + 1 to 7)

2.50% 32.19 12.88

10 Clean Environment Cess Rs. 400/- 400.00 160.00

11 Stowing Excise Duty Rs. 10/- 10.00 4.00

Total Estimated Revenue Generation for the Government / Annum (Rs. Crores) =

738.06 295.22 1312.27

Note: - The estimated cost has been calculated considering Rs. 1024/- per tonne Notified Price of CIL for Grade G-10 published vide Notification No. CIL:M&S:GM(F)/Pricing 2018/07 dated 08-01-2018; Peak Production Rate of 4 MTPA & Balance Extractable Reserves of 17.78 Million Tonnes.

276



8.3 PROJECT BENEFITS TO THE LOCAL COMMUNITY The Tara (East) & Tara (West) Coal Mining Project shall have positive impacts in the Project Area and surrounding villages in terms of development of infrastructure facilities like roads and communication, transport, schools as well as basic amenities viz. drinking water, sanitation, hospitals, health care, and overall socio economic development. The Company shall initiate necessary steps to create above facilities which will ultimately help in uplifting the living standards of local communities. 8.3.1 Tangible (Direct) Benefits of the Project: Employment Generation:

The direct requirement of manpower for Tara (East) & Tara (West) Coal Mining Project has been assessed at 1161. Skilled, Semiskilled and Unskilled labor, both during construction and operational phases of the Project, shall be sourced from the area surrounding the Project. If required, specific Skill Development Programmes / Training shall be imparted to the local youths to enhance their employment potential. Considering the number of persons per family as four, this employment potential of 1161 persons translates to direct benefit of the Project to about 4645 individuals.

Development of Additional Infrastructure / Improvement of Existing Infrastructure: The Project is expected in development / improvement of following infrastructure facilities:

Road Communication

Housing Facilities

Educational & Sports Facilities

Power and Water Supply & Sanitation Facilities

Shopping & Entertainment Facilities

Health Care Facilities

Change in Socio-Economics: The Project is expected to have overall positive impact on socio-economic front of the Project Area due to increased economic activities, creation of new employment opportunities, infrastructural development and better educational and healthcare facilities. Due to influx of the new people in the Project Area, the local people will come in contact with the migrated people. This may create higher aspirations between the locals and along with accelerated economic activities and urbanization would result in increase quality of life and standard of living. To address the issues associated with the changed socio-economic conditions in the Project Area, WBPDCL shall arrange:

277



Skill Development and Capacity Building Programmes

Entrepreneurship Development Programmes

Occupational Health Awareness Programmes

Community Activities like Medical Aids, Family Welfare Camps, AIDS Awareness Programme, Immunization Camps,

Sports & Cultural Activities, Plantation Drives etc. 8.3.2 Intangible (Indirect) Benefits of the Project:

The Project is expected to yield following Intangible Benefits:

Creation of Secondary & Tertiary Business Opportunities for the local people in the form of Service Industry resulting in development of ancillary & allied services like Security, Canteen & Mess, Transport, Civil Repair & Maintenance, HEMM Repair and Maintenance etc.

At the end of the Opencast Mine Life of 11 years, about 506 Ha reclaimed area is proposed to be brought under Plantation. At the stage of Final Mine Closure, the State Government may explore the possibility of declaration of this plantation area as Forest under appropriate statutes.

Further, at the end of the Opencast Mine Life of 11 years, about 66 Ha area shall be under water body. The anticipated depth of this void is 30 m. Thus, the Project shall be creating a huge water body which would act as a Rainwater Harvesting Structure and would ultimately aid in enhancement of the groundwater table in the Project Area. The possibility of use of this water reservoir for Fishery / Pisciculture Projects by the local community can also be explored.

8.4 PROJECT BENEFITS TO THE IMPLEMENTING AGENCY VIZ. WBPDCL

WBPDCL is operating its Thermal Power Plants in the State of West Bengal. These coal based Power Plants need coal for generation of power. The Tara (East) & Tara (West) Project shall be meeting about 20% of the total coal requirement of the Power Plants. The Project shall be resulting into following benefits for WBPDCL:

Consistent availability of part coal requirement from captive source.

Improved quality of coal, as strict quality control can be enforced in its own mines, resulting in enhanced power generation.

Lower cost of coal production resulting into reduced electricity generation cost.

278



CHAPTER 9

EENNVVIIRROONNMMEENNTTAALL CCOOSSTT BBEENNEEFFIITT AANNAALLYYSSIISS The Terms of Reference issued by MoEF&CC stipulates preparation of EIA/EMP Document based on the generic structure specified in Appendix III of the EIA Notification 2006. The Appendix III of the EIA Notification 2006 stipulates preparation of the Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis only if the same is recommended at the Scoping Stage. As at the Scoping Stage, the MoEF&CC has not recommended Environmental Cost benefit Analysis for Tara (East) & Tara (West) Coal Mining Project, the same has not been carried out.

279



CHAPTER – 10 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

10.1 INTRODUCTION

In order to mitigate the anticipated impacts of the Coal Mining & Allied Activities in the 937.44 Ha Project Area, delineation and implementation of a proper Environment Management Plan (EMP) is very important. The objective of the EMP should be sustainable development. The EMP should not only consider the general good practice measures but should also consider the Site and Project Specific Measures to mitigate the anticipated impacts. The main aim of the suggested EMP should be confinement of the pollution at the source itself. A good EMP is expected to clearly address following aspects: a. Listing of anticipated potential impacts on Key Environment Parameters along with

suggested mitigative measures. b. Plan for implementation of the suggested mitigative measures and monitoring the

efficacy of implemented mitigative measures. c. Plan for submission of Regular Reports to all the concerned Authorities in accordance

with Regulatory Requirements.

The details of the anticipated impacts and mitigative measures have already been provided in Chapter 4 of the EIA/EMP Document. As per the generic structure of the Document provided in Appendix III of the EIA Notification 2006, this chapter is required to address the Administrative Aspects of the Environment Management Plan. Considering the above and the anticipated impacts of the proposed Project on the Base Line Environment, the relevant Administrative Aspects of the Environment Management Plan has been prepared and presented in this chapter.

10.2 ANTICIPATED POTENTIAL IMPACTS & SUGGESTED MITIGATION MEASRUES

10.2.1 Summary of Anticipated Impacts & Mitigative Measures

A summary of the anticipated potential impacts and the details of the suggested mitigation measures are provided in Table No. 10.1.

Table No. 10.1

Summary of Anticipated Potential Impacts & Suggested Mitigation Measures

Parameters Anticipated Impacts Suggested Mitigation / Management Measures

Topography

Change in Topography: Due to change in topography the natural drainage pattern shall change.

Creation of large Water Body: The creation of large water body will make up losses by increase in seepage in to ground water. Efforts will be made to restore the land as per Mine Closure Plan.

280




Drainage Reduction in surface runoff; Increase in ground water runoff (base flow)

The increase in ground water runoff (base flow) will be gainfully used in mining activity and balance will contribute to local surface water quality.

Air Quality

Emission of Particulate Matter, Dust and Gaseous Pollutants viz. NOx, SO2 due to mining operations viz. drilling, blasting, crushing, loading and transportation and movement of HEMM.

Wet drilling, Controlled blasting – Optimization of charge per hole and charge per round; Regular maintenance of vehicles and machinery; Water sprinkling on haul roads within ML area; Plantation in and around the proposed mine and Green Belt Development; Afforestation of completely mined out area, with minimum gap between excavation and afforestation;

Water Regime

Mining induced increase in rate of infiltration and ground water recharge. Mined area will function as rain water harvesting system

Regular monitoring of water levels and quality of water in existing open well and bore wells to study the ground water in the project area.

Surface Water Quality

Discharge of mine runoff during rains to surface water channels

Water channels/drains carrying the rain water from the mine will be provided with baffles and settling pits to arrest the suspended solids;

Wash off from waste dumps and coal stock piles during rainy season

Retaining walls will be provided at the toe of dumps and unstable OB benches within the mine to prevent wash off from dumps and sliding of material from benches.

Oil spillage from maintenance work shops

The workshop effluent will be routed through oil & grease trap and treated to the discharge standards and reused in the workshop.

Waste water discharge from office building etc.

The domestic sewage from the canteen and toilets will be routed to septic tanks followed by soak pits. Adequate maintenance of the tanks will be carried out to avoid choking with sludge.

Groundwater Quality

• Contamination due to discharge of waste water generated from workshop and offices.

ETP will be provided and regular monitoring of water levels and quality of water in the existing open wells and bore wells around the mine both in the upstream and downstream of the project area and corrective measures as required.

Fluoride Concentration >1.5 mg/liter

• >3.0 mg/liter • Mettled enamel of teeth;

Skeletal fluorosis

Defluoridation of water at domestic/community level by installing suitable deflouridation system based on laboratory investigation and sound design

281




Noise and Vibrations

• Noise / Vibration generation due to drilling, blasting, operation of HEMM, coal handling plant (CHP), workshop and vehicular movement

• Drilling parameters like overburden, depth, diameter and spacing will be properly designed to give proper blast.

Systematic blasting with proper spacing, burden and stemming will be carried out;

Blasting will be carried out during favorable atmospheric conditions.

A safe distance of about 100 m will be maintained from blasting site. Minimum quantity of detonating fuse will be consumed by using non-electrical initiation system; Secondary blasting will be minimized to the extent possible;

Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) like ear muffs/ear plugs will be provided to the operators of HEMM and persons working near HEMM;

Provision of sound insulated chambers for the workers deployed on machines (HEMM) producing high levels of noise will be made;

Exposure time of workers to the higher noise levels would be minimized.

Prime movers/diesel engines will be properly maintained;

A buffer barrier of tree belt will be provided in phased manner along the periphery of the mine to attenuate noise;

Trees will be planted on both sides of haul roads.

Land / Soil Environment

• Change in land use pattern due to excavation, overburden dumps, soil extraction etc.

• Land degradation, soil erosion and visual impacts

• Concurrent back-filling and land reclamation is proposed to be carried out as soon as sufficient decoaled area is available.

• As per the Approved Mining Plan (2nd Revision), the mine shall be generating additional overburden of 190.56 MillionCum till the end of the life of the opencast mine. It is proposed to dump this entire quantity internally for backfilling the mined out area.

• After back-filling, area shall be leveled & planted with local species in consultation with local forest officials.

• [The void area of the excavated pit will ultimately become a water body. This void area will also be suitably sloped, bunded and fenced.

282




Flora and Fauna

• There are no endangered and endemic species in the study area.

• No wildlife sanctuary or national park exists in the study area.

• Though not endangered and endemic species, every attempt will be made to protect and conserve the forest ecosystem of the Project Area. Apart from this, appropriate measures would be taken for conservation and development of wildlife habitat as per requirement.

Occupational / Public Health

• Health problems including respiratory disease due to air and noise pollution.

• Health hazards in the workplace

•

• Dust masks would be provided to the workers to prevent inhalation of RSPM thereby reducing the risk of lung diseases and other respiratory disorders. Earplugs will be provided to all the operators of HEMM.

• Regular health checkups including lung function test and audiometry test of workers will be carried out. Ear Muffs will be provided to all workers.

• Training on health and safety will be imparted to all the workers so that they develop habit of using the protective equipment. One resource person will be identified within the organization to impart the training regularly to all the employees.

• Regular Medical Camps for villagers, labours, employees & their family members would be organized.

• A Mobile Dispensary will be set up for the workers. • Various health awareness and family welfare

programmes for the benefit of the general public in project region will be organized.

Socio- Economic

The main occupation of the people in the surrounding villages is agriculture and the proposed Project might deprive them of this occupation necessitating alternate avenues for employment for their livelihood. However, the project will create positive impacts both direct on the economy of the region and generate employment potential.

Local population will be made aware about the proposed project and shall be taken in to confidence prior to implementation of the project As far as possible locally available workforce in skilled and unskilled category will be employed in the project. This will minimize the impact of unemployment prevalent and created due to reduced agricultural activities in the local population The basic amenities/facilities viz. education, safe drinking water supply, sanitation, health care will be provided by the project proponent in the nearby villages for the welfare of the people. Regular environmental awareness programs would be organized by the project proponent to bring forth the environmental management measures being undertaken and the beneficial aspects of the project for improving their quality of life.

283



10.2.2 Greenbelt Development

The details of the stage wise land use and reclamation area are provided in Table No. 10.2.

Table No. 10.2 Stage Wise Land Use & Reclamation Area

As can be seen, out of 937.44 Ha, an area of about 597.65 Ha shall be disturbed due to mining and allied activities during the operation of the Project. To compensate for the above, plantation over 506.78 Ha area shall be undertaken.

The Green Belt shall:

Compensate the loss of vegetation due to setting up of the mine

Prevent the spread of fugitive dust generated due to mining and allied activities

Attenuate noise generated by the mine

Reduce soil erosion

Increase green covers and improve aesthetics In addition to above green belt shall also be developed in vacant areas, around office buildings, garage, stores etc. along the road sides and on the external dump area. The Plantation / Green Belt Development Programme envisaged for Tara (East) & Tara (West) Coal Mining Project is described below: As soon as the Project Operations are taken up, extensive tree plantation shall be done on the mine barriers / boundaries, both side of the approach and haul roads, around

284



workshops, proposed coal dumps, settling tanks, residential areas and other places which will remain free from excavation and other associated mining activities. The density of the plantation shall be as under:

a. Avenue Plantation: 1000 sampling per Km; two rows on both sides of the road, width-3m

b. Around Infrastructure: 2000 Sapling/Ha, width 5m, 3 rows of plantation all around c. Intervening land: 2000 Saplings/Ha

The details of the area to be available for plantation, as per the Approved Mining Plan (2nd Revision) are provided in Table No. 10.3.

Table No. 10.3

Details of the area available for Plantation during Mine Life

Particulars Area Available for Plantation (Ha)

YEAR -1 YEAR -3 YEAR -5 FINAL YEAR

Backfilled Area 212.06 249.88 288.63 350.03

External Dump 96.21 96.21 96.21 96.21

Safety Zone and / or Rationalization Area

18.07 32.37 45.49 50.58

Green Belt 9.96 9.96 9.96 9.96

Total Plantation Area = 336.30 388.42 440.29 506.78

Considering the availability of area at different stages of mine life, the Green Belt

Development Plan has been chalked out, the details of which are provided in Table No. 10.4.

Table No. 10.4 Suggested Green Belt Development Plan

285



Thus during the 11 years of mine life, it is proposed to plant 10,13,560 trees in 506.78 Ha of

project area affected by the mining & allied activities. This will bring about 54% of the

Project Area under plantation at the end of the opencast mine life.

The plantation shall be undertaken in accordance with the guidelines of Central Pollution

Control Board (CPCB). The details of the plant species proposed to be planted in the Project

Area are provided in Table No. 10.5.

Table No. 10.5 Suggested Plant Species For Green Belt Development Plan

Sr. No.

Vernacular Name Scientific Name Family

1 Asan Terminaliaalata Combretaceae

2 Awala Emblicaofficinalis Euphorbiaceae

3 Bor Ziziphusjujuba Rhamnaceae

4 Chichwa Albiziaodoratissima Caesalpiniaceae

5 DesiBadam Terminailiacatapa Combretaceae

6 Hiwar Acacia leucophloea Mimosaceae

7 Kadulimb Azadirachtaindica Meliaceae

8 Karak Dendrocalamusstrictus Gramineae

9 Karanj Pongamiapinnata Fabaceae

10 Kassod Sennasiamea Caesalpiniaceae

11 Kavath Feronialimonia Rutaceae

12 Kala Tembhurni Diospyrosperegrina Ebenaceae

13 Kala Umbar Ficushispida Moraceae

14 Maharukh Ailanthus excelsa Simaroubaceae

15 Moha Madhucaindica Sapotaceae

16 Pakad Ficuslacor Moraceae

17 Palas Buteamonosperma Fabaceae

18 Pandhara Tembhurni Diospyrosmelanoxylon Ebenaceae

19 Peru Psidiumguajava Myrtaceae

20 Sag Tectonagrandis Verbenaceae

10.3 PLAN FOR IMPLEMENTATION & MONITORING OF THE SUGGESTED MITIGATION MEASURES

10.3.1 Establishment of EMP lmplementation Cell:

The success of any EMP depends on proper implementation of the suggested mitigative measures in a time bound manner. Therefore, it is necessary to put in place an organizational structure responsible for the implementation of the suggested environmental control & mitigation measures. The proposed set-up of the EMP Implementation Cell shall be as under:

286



The main objective of the EMP Implementation Cell shall be implementation of the suggested EMP Measures in accordance with the Approved Environment Impact Assessment / Environment Management Plan Document and the accorded approvals like Environment Clearance, Consent to Establish/Operate etc. The EMP Implementation Cell shall work as a Team and shall also coordinate with the Environment Monitoring Cell for proper compliance of the implemented EMP Measures. 10.3.2 Establishment of Environment Monitoring Cell:

A comprehensive programme for Environment Monitoring has already been delineated in Chapter 6 of the EIA/EMP Document. For effective implementation of the recommended Environmental Monitoring Programme it

is necessary to establish and develop adequate facilities for sampling and analysis on

permanent basis together with adequate instrumentation facilities and development of

competent trained manpower.

The Project Proponent shall create a separate Environmental Cell to ensure effective monitoring of the Key Environmental Aspects of the Project on day to day basis. Further, internal quality control and assurance of the monitoring technique as well as analytical procedure together with periodic external audit shall also be planned. For effective monitoring of the environment during operation of the Project, establishment of a separate Environment Monitoring Cell has been proposed. The proposed set-up of the Environment Monitoring Cell shall be as under:

287



10.3.3 Estimation of Capital and Recurring Expenditure towards Environment Protection

The implementation of the suggested Environment Protection Measures shall involve Capital & Recurring Expenditure. As the implementation of the protection measures shall be a continuous process during the life of the mine, the capital expenditure shall not be required in one go. It would be required in phases. The Recurring Expenditure shall be regularly required on annual basis. The details of the estimated Capital Expenditure towards implementation of the Pollution Control Measures are provided in Table No. 10.6.

Table No. 10.6 Estimated Capital Expenditure towards Pollution Control Measures

Sr. No. Activity / Item Units Amount Rs (Lakhs)

Unit cost Total cost

1 Air Pollution Control

a Truck Mounted Tanker with Sprinkling Arrangement

5 25 125.00

b Mobile Water Sprinkler 1 40 40.00

2 Water Pollution Control

a De-silting tanks, Garland Drain LS 40 40.00

b Boulder Check Plug 10 0.5 5.00

c Effluent Treatment Plant (ETP) 1 LS 25.00

d Sewage Treatment Plant (STP) 1 LS 40.00

e Mine Water Sedimentation Pond & Pumps

2 50 100.00

288



Sr. No. Activity / Item Units Amount Rs (Lakhs)

3 Noise Control

a Noise Level Indicator (Fixed) 2 3 6.00

4 Pollution Monitoring

a Continuous Air Monitoring Station 2 25 50.00

b Piezometer for Hydrogeological Monitoring

10 1 10.00

c Vibration Monitoring Equipment 1 3 3.00

5 Conservation of Natural Resources

a Solar lightening arrangement 50 0.5 25.00

b Rainwater Harvesting LS LS 25.00

c Soil Preservation (Biological Reclamation)

LS LS 25.00

6 Reclamation

a Biological Reclamation of (Internal Dump)

LS LS 100.00

b Green Belt Development including Plantation over backfilled & other area within ML (Ha)

507 0.5 253.50

7 Occupational Health

a Fire Fighting Equipment (Portable) 25 0.2 10.00

b Personnel Protection Equipment (goggles , gloves, helmets, dust mask, safety boots)

1200 LS 50.00

8 Miscellaneous

a Top Soil Management -- LS 25.00

b Awareness Programme -- LS 15.00

c Ecological Conservation Measures -- LS 25.00

Total Estimated Cost (Rs. Lakhs) = 997.50

The details of the tentative phasing for the estimated Capital Expenditure towards implementation of the Pollution Control Measures are provided in Table No. 10.7.

289



Table No. 10.7 Phasing of Capital Expenditure towards Pollution Control Measures

290



The details of the estimated Recurring Expenditure towards implementation of the Pollution Control Measures are provided in Table No. 10.8.

Table No. 10.8 Estimated Recurring Expenditure towards Pollution Control Measures

Sr. No.

Activity / Items Total Estimated Cost

Rs. Lakhs / Annum

1 Pollution Control (Manpower & Consumables) 35.00

2 Pollution Monitoring 10.00

3 Occupational Health 25.00

4 Green Belt 15.00

5 Reclamation 15.00

6 Other EIA/EMP, Fencing, Regeneration & Maintenance of Safety Zone, Scientific Studies etc

15.00

7 Maintenance of Rainwater Harvesting Structures 10.00

8 Training & Awareness Programmes on Environmental Management including Safety

10.00

9 Statutory Fees related to Environment Approvals/Consents etc

10.00

Estimated Recurring Cost (Rs. Lakhs/Annum) = 145.00

10.4 PLAN FOR COMPLIANCE OF THE REGULATORY REQUIREMENT

Only implementation and monitoring of the recommended and approved EMP is not enough. Maintaining the proper documents and reporting of the compliance to all the concerned Regulatory Authorities also form the part & parcel of the process. As stipulated in the Standard Environment Clearance Conditions for Opencast Coal Mines published by MoEF&CC vide its OM No. F. No. 22-34/2018-IA.III dated 9th August 2018, in addition to the other conditions as imposed by MoEF&CC, the compliance of the following shall be ensured:

i. The Monitoring Data for the Key Environmental Parameters shall be uploaded on the Website of WBPDCL and shall also displayed at the Project Site at a suitable location.

ii. The details of the monitored data shall be submitted to the Regional Office of MoEF&CC once in six months.

iii. Land Use Pattern shall be monitored through Satellite Remote Sensing Survey and the

report of the same shall be submitted to MoEF&CC once in every three years. iv. Progressive Compliance Status vis-à-vis the Post Mining Land Use Pattern shall be

submitted to MoEF&CC. v. Report on monitoring & management of the reclaimed and rehabilitated mine area

shall be submitted to Regional Office of MoEF&CC.

291



vi. Report on the Human Health Issues in the Project Area shall be submitted to the Regional Office of the MoEF&CC once in every six months.

vii. The copy of the Board Resolution in the context of the compliance of the Corporate

Environment Responsibility (CER) shall be submitted to MoEF&CC as part of six monthly report.

viii. The funds earmarked for Environment Protection shall be kept in a separate account

details of which shall be provided in the Six Monthly Compliance Report. ix. Self Environmental Audit shall be conducted on annual basis. Further, Third Party

Environmental Audit shall be carried out once in every three years. x. The copy of the Environmental Clearance shall be prominently advertised in at least

two local Newspapers and shall be displayed on the website of WBPDCL permanently. xi. The copies of the Environment Clearance shall be submitted to Heads of Local Bodies,

Panchayats and Municipal Bodies in addition to relevant Offices of the Government. xii. Details of the compliance of the stipulated EC Conditions shall be uploaded and

updated on half-yearly basis. xiii. The Environmental Statement in prescribed Form –V shall be submitted to the

WBSPCB as per the Environment (Protection) Rules, 1986. xiv. The information on the commencement of the mining operations at the Project Site

shall be submitted to the Regional Office of MoEF&CC.

292



CHAPTER 11

SSUUMMMMAARRYY && CCOONNCCLLUUSSIIOONNSS

This Chapter provides the concise summary of the Key Project Parameters along with overall justification for implementation of the project and explanation of how adverse effects have been mitigated as required under the generic structure of Appendix III of the EIA Notification 2006. Further, the conclusion on the studies undertaken is also included in the Chapter.

11.1 ALLOCATION OF COAL BLOCK

Ministry of Coal has allotted Tara (East) and Tara (West) Coal Mine to West Bengal Power Development Corp. Ltd (WBPDCL) under Clause (c) of Sub-Rule (2) of Rule 7 and Sub-Rule (1) of Rule 13 of the Coal Mines (Special Provisions) Rules, 2014 vide Allotment Order No. 103/10/2015/NA dated 31st March 2015.

11.2 LOCATION OF THE PROJECT The Tara (East) & Tara (Wes) Coal Block is located in Raniganj Coalfields covering area of seven villages viz. Churulia, Chinchurbill, Deshermohan, Jaynagar, Birkulti, Manpur and Joyantipur of Jamuria Block in Paschim Bardhaman District of West Bengal. 11.3 PROJECT AREA & LAND REQUIREMENT The Project Area is 937.44 Ha including earlier Mining Lease Area of 800 Ha and 137.44 Ha additional area used/to be used for mining & allied activities like OB Dumps, Colony, Nala/Road Diversions etc.

The 937.44 HA Area includes 444.80 Ha of Private Land and 492.67 Ha Government Land. The Project involves acquisition of 607.65 Ha land, out of which 355.23 Ha land is already transferred from Prior Allottee and balance 252.415 Ha is in the process of acquisition for proposed opencast mining.

11.4 CURRENT STATUS OF THE PROJECT SITE

The Tara (East) & Tara (West) Coal Mine is closed since 1st April 2015. The existing pits are filled with water as all the mining activities have been stopped since April 2015. At present, these huge water logged pits are unsecured and pose threat to the local population.

Further, the pits have already exposed coal along its high walls. Due to prolonged exposure to the atmosphere beyond its incubation period, there are frequent incidents of spontaneous heating and fire in the exposed coal. Such incidents have exposed the local population to hazardous situation. To prevent happening of any hazardous event, reopening and securing the mine at the earliest is the only solution.

293



11.5 ENVIRONMENTAL SENSITIVITY The Project is a Brownfield Project which involves re-opening of the closed Coal Mine which was in operation till 31st March 2015. No National Park, Wildlife Sanctuary, Biosphere Reserve or Migratory Corridors of Fauna is present inside the Project Site or within 10 Kms area of the Project Site. Ajay River passes along the north-eastern corner of the Project Area. 11.6 GRANT OF TOR & BASE LINE DATA MONITORING The TOR for the Project was accorded vide MoEFCC Letter No. J-11015/22/1996- IA.II(M) dated 12th Dec. 2018. The Base Line Data was collected during the period from Oct. 2018 to Dec. 2018. 11.7 MINING METHODOLOGY The Mine has been planned to work by Mechanized Opencast Mining Methodology by

deploying Surface Miner for extraction of coal and Shovel/Dumper Combination for removal of Overburden along with Drilling & Blasting.

11.8 PRODUCTION, RESERVES AND LIFE OF MINE

The Project envisages peak production of 4 MTPA in 6th Year of Mine Operation and extraction of 17.78 Million Tonnes of coal along with Overburden Removal of 190.56 Million Cubic meter in 11 years of Mine Life.

11.9 NALA DIVERSION

A perennial nala traverses across the block and passes through the central part and drains the area to Ajoy River flowing in the eastern proximity of the block. To extend the working further towards south direction diversion of this perennial nala is envisaged. 11.10 ROAD DIVERSION

Diversion of the Churulia-Joynagar Village Road passing through the proposed mining area is envisaged to facilitate Coal Mining Operations. 11.11 MANPOWER, WATER & POWER REQUIREMENT

The Project shall provide direct employment to nearly 1161persons besides creating many indirect employment opportunities. The Water Requirement of the Project is estimated to be 853 Cum/Day. Out of this,564 Cum/Day of the water is required Dust Suppression, Plantation & other activities and the balance 289 Cum/Day for drinking/domestic purpose. The Power Requirement based on rated peak capacity of 4 MTPA ROM Coal shall be in the range of 2-3 MVA at 33 kV.

294



11.12 RESETTLEMENT & REHABILITATION

The Project does not involve shifting of any village located within the Project Area. However, the two R&R Colonies viz. Dulalpur and Pialdanga shall be relocated outside the Mining Area in accordance with provisions of the applicable statutes.

11.13 BASE LINE ENVIRONMENT

The Base Line Environmental quality data for various components of environment viz. Air, Noise, Water, Land and Socio-Economic were generated during October – December 2018 in the Study Area covering 10 Kms around the Tara (East) & Tara (West) Coal Mine. Other environmental data on Flora and Fauna, Land Use Pattern, Forest etc were also generated through field surveys and also collected from different State Government Departments. 11.13.1 Air Environment

Air Quality Monitoring was carried out at 13 Stations consisting 3 Sampling Stations within the Core Zone (Project Area) and 10 Sampling Stations in Buffer Zone (10 Kms around Core Zone). the ambient air quality of Tara (East) & (West) Coal Block mine area and its buffer zone showed that the concentrations of all monitored parameters were within the stipulated standards of MoEF & CC.

11.13.2 Surface & Ground Water Environment

Water quality monitoring was carried out from 7 ground water and 7 surface water monitoring stations located in the study area. Fluoride concentration in ground water samples is found to be exceeding the prescribe limits at some ground water sampling stations. Otherwise the quality of water samples are showing that the water sources of the area are not polluted except the surface water samples getting contamination from surface run-off. The Coliforms values are exception otherwise all the water samples are indicating its characteristics within limit as given in relevant Indian Standards.

11.13.3 Noise Environment The noise Levels in the lease buffer zone were observed in the range of 37.5-54.9 dB (A) covering all the 9 monitoring stations which are below the prescribed regulatory limits.

11.13.4 Flora & Fauna

Keeping with this view the present assignment has been undertaken for carrying out a field survey of the flora and fauna as an internal input for an EMP. In this regard a field surveys were carried out in the core area of 10 kms radius around the project area. Listing of flora and fauna within core and buffer has been done.

11.13.5 Land Environment

The land use pattern of the study area (10 km radius around the mine site) has been estimated by using satellite image.

11.13.6 Soil Environment

Soil samples were collected from three selected locations in the study area in May 2016 & March 2018 to assess the existing soil quality around the Tara (East) & Tara (West) Coal mine lease area.

295



11.13.7 Socio-Economic Environment

Preliminary socio economic survey has been used for socio economic information 11.14 ANTICIPATED IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES

To predict the expected impacts of various activities on the different environmental parameters, a detailed survey of the factors are performed and identification of probable impacts are done by different techniques.

In order to estimate the ground level concentrations due to the emission from the proposed increase in production, EPA approved Industrial Source Complex AERMOD View Model has been employed.

Predicted 24 hourly Ground Level Incremental Concentrations of PM10 & PM2.5 are estimated to be 22.25 ug/m3 And 14.6 ug/m3 respectively at work place. This prediction is based on various mining operations and site specific meteorological data in worst scenario.

The mining operations may cause surface water pollution due to wash off from dumps and Soil erosion . Proper control measures which are essential to prevent the flow of suspended matter from the mine and dump.

It is proposed to liquidate the reserves by conventional benching method of opencast with shovel-dumper combination for overburden removal and use of surface miner for coal removal. Out of the 937.44 Ha of mining lease area, 405.06 Ha will be used for excavation out of which 350.03 Ha shall be reclaimed by concurrent internal dumping and remaining 55.03 Ha of void will be converted into water body. It may be noted from table 4.1 that excavation of 266.04 Ha has already been carried out at present in west and east quarry. The proposed mining operation will be continued to be extended from these two quarries and finally it will be joined together to form a single quarry and hence 139.02 Ha additional area will be broken up in phased manner during the course of mining. There are 4 existing OB dumps within the mining lease covering 96.21 Ha of the land. However, these will be rehandled during 12-14th Years and waste material lying within these dumps will be used for backfilling and subsequently this area will be biologically reclaimed. Thus, there will be no external dumps at the closure stage. Total OB generation will be of the order of 190.56 Mm3. Plantation in 506.78 Ha will be done which covers barrier, safety zone and infrastructure around including road and undisturbed land etc. Thus, 54% the Mining lease area shall be biologically reclaimed and 07 % area will be utilized as water reservoir, 3 % will remain as public utility land and balance 36 % land will remain as undisturbed land.


WBPDCL proposes to develop about 506.78 ha (including safety & reclaimed area and OB dump) of land with 10,13,560 saplings under plantation and greenbelt development programme in progressive manner during the life of the mine. As per the MoEF & CC guidelines, it is proposed to plant local tree species @ 2000 trees/ ha in consultation with the Forest Department.

Under CSR activities it is proposed to distribute fruit saplings (like guava, mango, jamun, chikoo etc) to the students of various schools. The students will be encouraged to plant these saplings at their backyards and in school premises. They will be also encouraged to maintain and nourish these trees.

The quantity used for blasting is unlikely to create any strong vibration. Impact due to vibration on the surface structures is not anticipated. In order to check the ground vibration

296



and to keep them within set limit, delay blasting is being undertaken. Delay detonators with 5 to 10 millisecond delay interval are used.

The transport of coal will be carried out to the desired destination of end use through rail. However, the coal will be transported to the Bhanora railway siding through road network which is about 14 Km from the mining lease. The available road network is adequate to handle the additional transport road. Considering 100% transport by road which works out to be 12000 tonnes per day due to proposed production, there will an additional of 700 dumpers of 18 tonnes capacity. The transport route will be maintained by WBPDCL on regular basis and water sprinkling will be carried out thrice a day besides undertaking avenue plantation on the available places on the route.

The impact on socio economic of surrounding area will be positive, as mine will directly employ about 1161 workers. Preference will be given to the local resident of the area for employment. There will be employment generation of double this number in secondary and tertiary sectors. There is no displacement of any habitation or personnel.

There will be negligible impacts on bio diversity of the area beyond what is already present due to traffic on the State Highway. On the other hand there will be positive impact due to the plantation activities, which are proposed by management on areas surrounding surface infrastructure for the proposed OC mine.

11.15 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN

A Comprehensive Environment Management Plan including development of Green Belt over 506.78 Ha area has been suggested. Plantation of 1bout 10,13,560 Trees is envisaged over a period of 11 years of Mine Life.

Capital Expenditure of Rs. 9.97 Crores and Recurring Expenditure of Rs. 1.45 Crores is envisaged for implementation of the suggested Environment Management Plan.

11.16 CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY

WBPDCL has proposed Capital Expenditure of Rs. 1.54 Crores and Recurring Expenditure of Rs. 0.8595 Crores (for the first five years) towards implementation of Corporate Social Responsibility as per applicable statutes.

11.17 CORPORATE ENVIRONMENT RESPONSIBILITY

WBPDCL has proposed total expenditure of Rs. 2.50 Crores in addition to the CSR towards implementation of the Corporate Environment Responsibility as per applicable statutes/guidelines of MoEF&CC.

11.18 OVERALL JUSTIFICATION FOR IMPLEMENTATION OF THE PROJECT

West Bengal Power Development Corp. Ltd (WBPDCL), the State owned Power Generation Company caters to approximately 55% of the state electricity demand which is mainly from its non-coking coal based thermal plants.

At the State level, the overall energy requirement is projected to grow from existing 52,358 MU in FY15 to 62,926 MU in FY19, representing an annual growth of 5%during the period. This translates into increase in peak demand from existing 7,544MW in FY15 to 11,172 MW in FY19.

WBPDCL owned thermal power plants requires 19.18 Million tonnes per annum of coal at present load factor of 85%. Tara (East) and (West) coal mine will cater to only 20.86% of supply requirement for WBPDCL.

297



Presently the supply of coal to the power plants of WBPDCL is covered by Coal Linkage with CIL and direct purchase from Market. However, the coal linkage does not provide consistent supply in accordance with the demand from power plants and affects efficiency of power generation.

Tara (East) & Tara (West) gives downstream integration of supply chain providing leverage on supply of coal from own source which ultimately helps in increased efficiency and flexibility of power generation in case of increased demand in future. Additionally the cost of coal production is less than the CIL Market Rate which will further benefit the power consumers.

Considering the Demand / Supply Position of coal, extraction of coal from Tara (East) and Tara (West) is economically beneficial for WBPDCL which in turn bound to benefit the power consumers of the West Bengal State.

Further, the Project shall be creating additional employment opportunities, peripheral development of the mining area and also contributing to the State Exchequer.

Considering the overall scenario, implementation of the Tara (East) & Tara (West) Coal Mining Project is justified.

11.19 EXPLANATION ON HOW ADVERSE EFFECTS ARE MITIGATED

The EIA/EMP Report has established the Base Line Environment of the Project Area and has assessed anticipated impacts of the Project on the overall ecology & environment. Accordingly, general as well as specific mitigation measures for management of the Key Environmental Parameters have been suggested. Further, specific measures towards monitoring and implementation of the Environment Management Plan along with details of the funds required towards implementation of the Pollution Control Measures are also included in the Report. By implementing the suggested Environment Management Plan adverse effects of the Project can be mitigated.

11.20 CONCLUSION

The proposed Opencast Coal Mining Project is bound to have certain negative impacts on the local environment. However with proper mitigation measures and an effective implementation of the Environment Management Plan as suggested in this EIA/EMP Report and recommended by MoEF&CC, CPCB and State Pollution Control Board, the negative impacts may be minimized to a great extent.

The Project on the other hand shall bring in positive and beneficial impacts in terms of growth in regional economy by transforming the economy from predominantly agricultural to significantly industrial, increase in government earnings and revenues and accelerate the pace of overall development of the region.

The proposed project will provide direct employment to a large number of people in the project area and nearby villages. This project will also generate indirect employment to a considerable number of families, who will render their services for the employees of the project.

The project will also encourage ancillary industries in the region, which will not only increase the employment potential but also strengthen the economic base of the region. The Project would be in the interest of the Region and State of West Bengal as a whole and therefore may be implemented.

298

EIA/EMP for Tara (East) & Tara (West) Opencast Coal Mine Project

(Peak Production Capacity = 4 MTPA ; Project Area = 937.44 Ha), District – Paschim Bardhaman, West Bengal

Srushti Seva Private Ltd.

NABET Accredited EIA Consultant Organization : Certificate No. NABET/EIA/1720/RA 0105 Valid till 15/05/2020

CHAPTER–12 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT

12.1 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT

SRUSHTI SEVA PRIVATE LIMITED (SrSPL) is a techno – scientific service organization dedicated exclusively to the cause of maintaining the equilibrium between the developmental activities and the environment including the protection and management of natural resources.

The objective of Srushti Seva Private Limited is to revive, support, strengthen and promote the traditional and unconventional technologies, which have survived through ages. These technologies meet our target of achieving the eco-friendly environment in this modern age. For the same cause we, at SrSPL, take initiatives in associating with national and international institutions, working for the same cause.

SrSPL is also dedicated to collect, analyse and disseminate the scientific, technical and socioeconomic information and knowledge for the benefit of the masses. The advance technological tools like Information Technology etc. are used for a quality output and better perspective. To achieve the desired objectives in each project, the vital factor of socio-economic information collation and analyses always plays an indispensable role. SrSPL has always stood in the front lines in this important area. The present and perspective areas of work for SrSPL are :

Environment Impact Assessment & Environment Management Plan

Rainwater Harvesting – Feasibility, Survey and Execution

Investigation of environmental pollution and abatement measures.

Watershed development, management and evaluation.

Programs for conservation of surface and ground water.

Ground water recharge- feasibility and surveys.

Development of unconventional energy sources.

Training and awareness programmes.

To summarise, Srushti Seva private Limited is a group which is inspired and guided by the nature and finds an immense pleasure in working on scientific lines with a role of activator between the decision makers and the locals. The active participation of locals through the development of self-help groups is always on top of the main agenda. Srushti Seva private Limited is dedicated to work in the field of research, development and exploration of traditional technologies and unconventional energy resources. The benefit of these activities is made available to the end users.

Srushti Seva private Limited has been recognized by Nagpur Municipal Corporation (NMC) as Technical Agency for implementation of rainwater harvesting. It is also empanelled as Technical Service Provider (TSP) by Zilla Parishad, Nagpur and as Support Organisation (SO) By Zilla Parishad, Bhandara under Jalswarajya Project. In addition, it is also associated with various social organisations and educational institutions to provide necessary technical support in the field of water conservation and management. Srushti Seva private Limited has been accredited under EIA consultants Organization by NABET vide letter no. Certificate No NABET/EIA/1720/RA 0105, Valid till 15/05/2020 (Annexure 12.1). The list of Experts contributing to the EIA/EMP of Tara (East) & Tara (West) Opencast Coal Mine Project is enclosed as Annexure 12.2.

299

EIA C sul a Thhe etWW eesst oBBennggaall PPowwerr...

Documents

Transcript of EIA C sul a Thhe etWW eesst oBBennggaall PPowwerr...